Skip to main content

Full text of "Home ownership, income and types of dwellings; reports of the Committees on Home Ownership and Leasing, Ernest T. Trigg, chairman, Relationship of Income and the Home, Niles Carpenter, chairman, Types of Dwellings, John Ihlder, chairman;"

See other formats


'WT 


QME : OWNING  AN, 

STMENT  FACTORS,  DWELLING  TYPES 

4D  ECONOMIC  CONSIDERATIONS 

X)ME  LEVELS  AND  HOME  PURCHASE 


From  the  collection  of  the 

7   n 
z,_,    m 

o  Prelinger 
v    Jjibrary 
t        P 


San  Francisco,  California 
2006 


(K,  Q 


THE  PRESIDENT'S  CONFERENCE  ON 

HOME  BUILDING  AND  HOME 

OWNERSHIP 

Called  by 
PRESIDENT  HOOVER 


ROBERT  P.  LAMONT 

SECRETARY  OF  COMMERCE 

RAY  LYMAN  WILBUR 

SECRETARY  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

Joint  Chairmen 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  PRESIDENT'S 

CONFERENCE  ON  HOME  BUILDING 

AND  HOME  OWNERSHIP 

FINAL  REPORTS  OF  COMMITTEES 

JOHN  M.  GRIES  AND  JAMES  FORD,  General  Editors 
DAN  H.  WHEELER  AND  BLANCHE  HALBERT,  Associate  Editors 

I.  Planning  for  Residential  Districts 
II.  Home  Finance  and  Taxation 

III.  Slums,  Large-Scale  Housing  and   Decentraliza- 

tion 

IV.  Home  Ownership,  Income  and  Types  of  Dwell- 

ings 

V.  House  Design,  Construction  and  Equipment 
VI.  Negro  Housing 
VII.  Farm  and  Village  Housing 
VIII.  Housing  and  the  Community — Home  Repair  and 

Remodeling 

IX.  Household  Management  and  Kitchens 
X.  Homemaking,   Home   Furnishing   and   Informa- 
tion Services 
XI.  Housing  Objectives  and  Programs 


Home  Ownership,  Income 
and  Types  of  Dwellings 


Reports  of  the  Committees  on 

HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING 
ERNEST  T.  TRIGG,  Chairman 

RELATIONSHIP  OF  INCOME  AND  THE  HOME 
NILES  CARPENTER,  Chairman 

TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 
JOHN  IHLDER,  Chairman 


Edited  by 
JOHN  M.  CRIES  AND  JAMES  FORD 

Assisted  by 
JAMES  S.  TAYLOR 


THE  PRESIDENT'S  CONFERENCE  ON  HOME 

BUILDING  AND   HOME  OWNERSHIP 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C 


Acknowledgment  is  made  to  the  Vice  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  Relationship  of  Income  and  the  Home, 
namely,  Martin  A.  Brumbaugh,  to  the  Secretaries  of  the 
Committees  on  Home  Ownership  and  Leasing  and  Types 
of  Dwellings,  namely,  John  R.  Riggleman  and  Dan  H. 
Wheeler,  respectively,  and  to  James  S.  Taylor  and 
Blanche  Halbert  for  preliminary  editing  and  frequent 
help  in  the  preparation  of  these  final  reports  for  publi- 
cation. Acknowledgment  is  likewise  made  to  Marion  E. 
Hall  for  the  compiling  of  the  Index  and  to  Dan  H. 
Wheeler  for  the  detailed  work  of  preparing  this  volume 
for  the  press. 


COPYRIGHT,  1932 

BY  THE  PRESIDENT'S  CONFERENCE  ON  HOME  BUILD- 
ING AND  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  ROBERT  P.  LAMONT 
AND  RAY  LYMAN  WILBUR,  JOINT  CHAIRMEN.  ALL 
RIGHTS  RESERVED,  INCLUDING  THE  RIGHT  TO  RE- 
PRODUCE THIS  BOOK,  OR  PORTIONS  THEREOF,  IN 
ANY  FORM. 


PRINTED  BY  NATIONAL  CAPITAL  PRESS,  INC.,  WASHINGTON,  D.  C.,  U.  S.  A. 


COMMITTEE  ON  HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING 

ERNEST  T.  TRIGG,  Chairman, 
Chairman,  Educational  Bureau,  American  Paint  and  Varnish  Manufacturers' 

Association, 
Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 


Benjamin  F.  Affleck,  President,  Uni- 
versal Atlas  Cement  Company,  Chi- 
cago, Illinois. 

Frederick  M.  Babcock,  Research  As- 
sociate, Bureau  of  Business  Re- 
search, University  of  Michigan, 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

Saul  Cohn,  President,  U.  S.  Mortgage 
and  Title  Guaranty  Company  of 
New  Jersey;  President,  Bankers 
Bond  and  Mortgage  Guaranty  Com- 
pany, Newark,  New  Jersey. 

John  H.  Donlin,  Editor,  The  Plas- 
terer, Cicero,  Illinois. 

Ernest  M.  Fisher,  Professor  of  Real 
Estate,  School  of  Business  Admin- 
istration, University  of  Michigan, 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

F.  Stuart  Fitzpatrick,  Manager,  Civic 
Development  Department,  Chamber 
of  Commerce  of  the  U.  S.,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Ernest  A.  Hale,  Former  President, 
U.  S.  Building  and  Loan  League, 
Boston,  Massachusetts. 


Miss  Harlean  James,  Executive  Sec- 
retary, American  Civic  Association, 
Inc.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

John  H.  Kirby,  President,  Kirby 
Lumber  Company,  Houston,  Texas. 

M.  J.  McDonough,  President,  Build- 
ing Trades  Department,  American 
Federation  of  Labor,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

Elmer  T.  Peterson,  Editor,  Better 
Homes  and  Gardens,  Des  Moines, 
Iowa. 

Malcolm  C.  Rorty,  Former  President, 
National  Bureau  of  Economic  Re- 
search, Lusby,  Calvert  County, 
Maryland. 

Simmons,  Edward  A.,  Chairman  of 
the  Board,  American  Builder  Pub- 
lishing Corporation,  New  York, 
New  York. 

William  M.  Steuart,  Director,  Bureau 
of  the  Census,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Commerce,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Charles  Warner,  Former  President 
National  Lime  Association,  Phila- 
delphia, Pennsylvania. 


JOHN  R.  RIGGLEMAN,  Secretary, 

Division  of  Building  and  Housing,  Bureau  of  Standards, 
U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,  D.  C. 


COMMITTEE   ON   RELATIONSHIP   OF   INCOME  AND 

THE  HOME 

NILES  CARPENTER,  Chairman, 

Chairman,  Department  of  Sociology,  University  of  Buffalo, 
Buffalo,  New  York. 

MARTIN  A.  BRUMBAUGH,  Vice  Chairman, 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Social  Research,  University  of  Buffalo, 
Buffalo,  New  York. 


Joseph  Herman  Daves,  Head,  Depart- 
ment of  Economics  and  Sociol- 
ogy, Knoxville  College,  Knoxville, 
Tennessee. 


Miss  Emily  W.  Dinwiddie,  Director, 
Children's  Bureau,  State  Depart- 
ment of  Public  Welfare,  Richmond, 
Virginia. 


vi       HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Miss  Blanche  Halbert,  Research  Di-  Laurence   F.    Schmeckebier,    Institute 
rector.   Better   Homes   in  America,  for     Government     Research,     The 
Washington,   D.   C.  Brookings      Institution,      Washing- 
Gardner  S.  Rogers,*  Assistant  Man-  ton,   D.   C. 
•     ager,    Civic    Development    Depart- 
ment, Chamber  of  Commerce  of  the  Robert  Whitten,  City  Planning  Con- 
U.  S.,  Washington,  D.  C.  sultant,  New  York,  New  York. 

Miss  Faith  M.  Williams, 

Senior  Economist,  Bureau  of  Home  Economics, 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


COMMITTEE  ON  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

JOHN  IHLDER,  Chairman, 

Executive   Director,   Massachusetts   Housing   Association, 

Executive  Director,  Pittsburgh  Housing  Association, 

Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania. 

C.  Ernest  Baker,  Manager  of  Francis  Arthur  C.  Livermore,  Vice  President 
White  Estate,  Baltimore,  Maryland.  and     General     Manager,     Westing- 
Charles    A.    Beck,     Secretary-Treas-  house    Air    Brake    Home    Building 
urer,     Woodlawn     Trustees,     Wil-  Company,      Wilmerding,      Pennsyl- 
mington,  Delaware.  vania. 

H.  Morton  Bodfish,  Executive  Man-       A   ,,       T   XT    4.1     TTJV       TU     A     u- 
TT      c      T)   -\A-.  A    T  ^  Arthur  T.  North,  Editor,  The  Archi- 

LgeargueyCWcagoU1Sisand  ^  ™™*  F°™"-  New' York,  New 
Herman  F.  Cellarius,  Secretary,  U.  S. 

Building  and  Loan  League,  Cincin-  Miss    Mary    A.    Rokahr,    Extension 

nati,  Ohio.  Economist,  Home  Management,  Ex- 
Harris  Ginberg,  Secretary-Treasurer,  tension  Service,  U.  S.  Department 

The  Cincinnati  Model  Homes  Com-  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 

New 

Thomas  S.  Holden,  Vice  President,  Arthur  Evans  Wood,  Professor  of 
F.  W .  Dodge  Corporation,  New  Sociology,  University  of  Michigan, 
York,  New  York.  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

DAN  H.  WHEELER,  Secretary, 

Division  of  Building  and  Housing,  Bureau  of  Standards, 
U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Adviser  to  the  Committee 

A.  Lawrence  Kocher,  Managing  Editor, 
The  Architectural  Record,  New  York,  New  York. 
*  Deceased. 


FOREWORD 

It  is  doubtful  whether  democracy  is  possible  where  tenants 
overwhelmingly  outnumber  home  owners.  For  democracy  is  not 
a  privilege;  it  is  a  responsibility,  and  human  nature  rarely  volun- 
teers to  shoulder  responsibility,  but  has  to  be  driven  by  the  whip 
of  necessity.  The  need  to  protect  and  guard  the  home  is  the  whip 
that  has  proved,  beyond  all  others,  efficacious  in  driving  men  to 
discharge  the  duties  of  self-government.  And  from  the  landed 
barons  of  King  John,  down  through  the  squirearchy  and  yeomanry 
of  England  to  the  makers  of  the  American  Revolution,  the  men 
who  have  preserved  the  civil  liberties  of  the  English-speaking 
peoples  have  been  the  men  with  a  stake  in  the  soil. 

We  have  concerned  ourselves  too  little  with  the  effect  of  home 
ownership  on  citizenship.  In  the  planning  and  production  of  our 
housing  we  have  given  no  thought  to  its  influence  in  aiding  or 
obstructing  self-government.  No  one  denies  that  for  reasons  other 
than  financial  ones,  home  ownership  is  impossible  or  unwise  for 
many  members  of  the  population — for  example,  the  unmarried 
and  those  whose  occupations  require  frequent  shifts  of  location. 
But  for  the  sake  of  our  political  institutions  and  what  they  mean 
to  our  liberties,  we  should  not  forget  that  the  obstacles  to  a  much 
greater  percentage  of  home  ownership  than  we  can  now  boast  are 
artificial  and  capable  of  removal. 

To  be  specific,  the  Committee  on  Types  of  Dwellings  in  this 
volume  examines  the  heavy  trend  which  developed  in  our  cities 
in  the  1920's  toward  multi-family  dwellings.  How  much  of  that 
trend  resulted  from  a  carefully  planned  response  to  studied  needs 
and  demands  and  how  much  from  an  unconsidered  adjustment  to 
the  line  of  least  resistance  by  speculative  builders,  concerned  pri- 
marily to  get  the  greatest  profit  in  the  shortest  time?  Thousands 
of  families  live  in  apartments  because  they  have  no  choiee.  Where 
investigations  have  been  made — in  Detroit  and  in  Chicago — the 
majority  of  apartment  dwellers  have  said  they  would  prefer  one- 
family  homes  if  they  could  get  them  well  equipped  and  at  the 
same  price. 

In  the  provision  of  types  of  dwellings,  as  in  every  other  aspect 
of  our  housing,  rule-of-thumb  methods  have  prevailed  and  imme- 

vii 


viii   HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

diate  profit  has  been  the  goal.  Far-sighted  planning  and  recog- 
nition of  individual  and  social  welfare  have  had  little  part.  For 
one  thing,  we  have  given  almost  no  thought  to  supplying  single- 
family  homes  of  good  standard  to  the  low-income  groups.  With- 
out doubt  the  major  obstacle  to  an  extensive  increase  in  home 
ownership  in  this  country  is  financial.  The  traditional  single- 
family  house  handed  down  from  our  ancestors  costs  too  much  for 
the  wage  earner.  Instead  of  taking  thought  to  reduce  that  cost, 
as  we  have  reduced  the  cost  of  the  automobile,  for  instance,  we 
have  accepted  the  substitute  multi- family  dwelling,  the  tenement. 
That  is  not  only  social  short-sightedness;  it  is  economic  short- 
sightedness. The  market  for  good  housing  within  the  range  of 
the  poor  man's  pocketbook  is  the  richest  untapped  market  in  the 
world.  It  would  be  a  gratuitous  reflection  on  modern  science 
and  engineering  technique  to  suggest  that  the  production  of  such 
housing  is  impossible.  Until  the  last  few  years  it  has  never  been 
tried.  Let  the  same  initiative  that  produced  the  skyscraper  be 
turned  to  the  production  of  low-cost  dwellings  and  the  results  will 
surprise  a  world  bred  in  a  tradition  of  housing  that  has  not  changed 
fundamentally  in  five  thousand  years.  Awareness,  housing-con- 
sciousness to  replace  the  widespread  apathy  to  housing — that  is 
the  first  requisite. 

Meanwhile,  the  possibilities  for  providing  suitable  housing  for 
low-income  groups  contained  in  reconditioning  and  remodeling 
existing  dwellings  need  to  be  explored.  Those  possibilities  have 
been  largely  neglected.  A  growing  body  of  experience  reported 
by  many  cities  and  Better  Homes  in  America  committees  gives 
evidence  that  reconditioning  offers  the  most  powerful  tool  imme- 
diately available  for  raising  housing  standards. 

In  discussions  of  the  relationship  between  income  and  housing, 
one  vital  point  is  often  overlooked.  Thrift  is  a  virtue  that  can 
work  miracles.  The  wealth  of  our  resources  has  tended  to  crowd 
this  virtue  out  of  the  national  character,  and  to  lead  us  to  expect 
rewards  without  sacrifices.  We  depend  too  much  on  a  future 
reduction  in  the  cost  of  housing  and  not  enough  on  the  self-dis- 
cipline which  would  enable  us  to  buy  a  home  with  our  present 
means.  The  immigrant  from  France  or  Germany,  for  instance, 
finds  it  easier  than  the  native  born  American,  with  the  same  or 
a  larger  salary,  to  buy  a  home.  Perhaps  the  fault  lies  in  our 
perspective.  In  the  turmoil  of  modern  life,  we  may  have  forgotten 


FOREWORD  ix 

that  the  home  is  the  most  important  physical  factor  in  human 
environment  and  the  major  objective  of  human  activity.  When 
this  basic  truth  rises  once  again  to  the  surface  of  the  national 
consciousness,  home  ownership  will  increase,  whatever  the  changes 
or  the  lack  of  changes  in  its  cost.  The  labors  of  the  men  and 
women  whose  results  are  contained  in  this  volume  will  hasten  the 
coming  of  that  time. 

ROBERT  P.  LAMONT. 
August  8,  1932. 


INTRODUCTION 

In  designating  this  Conference  as  one  on  Home  Building  and 
Home  Ownership,  the  President  was  profoundly  aware  of  the 
importance  of  the  ownership  of  homes  in  safeguarding  the  tradi- 
tions and  developing  the  ideals  of  our  Nation.  Responsible  citizen- 
ship is  largely  dependent  upon  individuals  having  a  stake  in  the 
community,  which  is  the  major  source  of  civic  pride  and  judicious 
participation  in  the  affairs  of  local  government.  Through  the  rela- 
tion of  his  home  to  its  neighborhood  and  to  the  city  government, 
the  home  owner  acquires  a  keener  civic  interest  and  a  greater  sense 
of  civic  responsibility.  In  addition,  home  ownership  means  high 
standards  and  better  control  of  the  environment  by  the  occupant. 
It  helps  also  in  the  development  of  thrift  and  self  respect,  facil- 
itates wholesome  living,  and  promotes  character  development  in 
that  it  gives  the  family  a  fresh  incentive  for  sacrifice  and  a  new 
and  high  ideal. 

Home  ownership  is  not  immediately  feasible  for  all  families. 
Many  wage  earners  and  others  must  look  upon  their  employment 
as  temporary  and  must  be  free  to  move.  In  large  cities,  because 
of  transit  difficulties,  many  families  are  forced,  for  the  time  being 
at  least,  to  live  in  apartment  houses.  The  real  estate  market  may 
not  be  favorable  to  building  or  purchase  of  the  type  of  house 
required.  But  all  families  in  which  there  are  young  children 
should  seriously  try  to  find  a  place  in  the  family  budget  for  sav- 
ings which  may  at  the  proper  time  be  invested  in  the  purchase 
of  a  home. 

The  purpose  of  the  Conference  has  at  times  been  misquoted. 
It  has  been  charged  that  its  aim  was  to  induce  every  American 
family  to  own  its  home.  This  is  a  misconception.  It  was  stated 
definitely  in  many  places  that  the  purpose  of  this  phase  of  the 
Conference  was  to  make  home  ownership  possible  for  families  that 
desire  to  own  their  own  homes  and  to  protect  them  in  such  owner- 
ship from  needlessly  heavy  burdens  of  financing,  taxation  and 
legal  difficulties.  Home  ownership  should  be  rendered  possible 
for  every  thrifty  family.  Each  of  the  committees  of  the  Con- 
ference has  addressed  itself  to  some  phase  of  this  problem.  The 
Committee  on  Home  Ownership  limited  its  studies  largely  to  an 

xi 


xii    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

examination  of  the  advantages  of  home  ownership,  the  conditions 
under  which  it  is  desirable,  the  relative  merits,  economic  and  social, 
of  ownership  and  renting,  and  considered  the  interests  of  lending 
agencies  and  the  public  as  well  as  those  of  the  prospective  home 
owner. 

The  Committee  on  the  Relationship  of  Income  and  the  Home 
was  one  of  the  last  to  be  appointed  and  had  little  time  at  its  dis- 
posal for  original  research.  It  found  a  mass  of  undigested  and 
imperfectly  correlated  documents  on  one  phase  or  another  of  its 
subject  but  no  previous  comprehensive  study  was  available.  The 
time  and  funds  available  to  the  committee  were  so  limited  that 
it  was  unable  to  make  an  extensive  original  study  of  income  and 
its  distribution  in  America.  Neither  could  it  cover  the  range  and 
percentage  of  income  devoted  to  rent  and  to  home  acquisition,  to 
heat,  light  and  service  for  the  home,  and  to  the  purchase  and 
upkeep  of  furnishings  and  equipment,  by  population  and  occupa- 
tional and  racial  groups.  Nor  could  it  survey  the  better  types  of 
housing  now  available  here  and  there  throughout  America  for 
unskilled  and  semi-skilled  workers  in  order  to  ascertain  the  meth- 
ods of  making  these  more  widely  available.  Well-endowed  re- 
search covering  a  considerable  number  of  years  would  be  necessary 
to  cover  this  subject.  The  report,  particularly  the  chapter  on  the 
Buffalo  home  ownership  study  which,  at  the  request  of  the  Com- 
mittee, has  been  revamped  by  James  S.  Taylor,  Chief  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Building  and  Housing  of  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Com- 
merce, is  a  useful  and  valuable  study  of  available  contemporary 
income  data  in  its  relation  to  housing  and  calls  attention  to  the 
imperative  need  of  further  study. 

The  Committee  on  Types  of  Dwellings  was  asked  to  look  into 
the  relative  merits  and  costs  of  houses  of  many  types  now  current, 
whether  detached  or  in  rows  and  whether  for  individual  families 
or  for  two  or  more  families.  It  also  considered  the  geographical 
distribution  of  these  various  types,  the  local  reasons  for  their  adop- 
tion and  the  relative  consumer  demand  for  each.  Trends  in  resi- 
dential construction  were  likewise  studied.  The  report  does  much 
to  clarify  terminology  in  designating  the  types  of  houses  and 
establishes  a  standard  classification  which  is  urged  for  universal 
adoption.  The  report  will  thus  be  an  essential  reference  book 
for  real  estate  men  and  builders  and  for  specialists  in  housing, 
whether  employed  by  public  or  private  agencies. 


INTRODUCTION  xiii 

This  volume  as  a  whole  is  a  unique  contribution  to  the  literature 
of  housing.  The  members  of  each  of  the  committees  reporting 
here  were  drawn  from  a  wide  variety  of  professions  and  back- 
ground. Their  findings  will  be  of  particular  value  not  only  to 
specialists  in  housing  and  social  welfare  but  also  to  real  estate 
men,  subdividers,  architects,  builders  and  contractors,  home  econ- 
omists, householders  and  to  public  servants  who  deal  with  any 
phase  of  the  problem  of  housing. 

JOHN  M.  CRIES, 
JAMES   FORD. 

October  26,  1932. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

PART  1 1 

CHAPTER  I.     HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING 1 

The  Problem 1 

Trends  in  Home  Ownership  and  Leasing 2 

Owning  Compared  with  Renting 3 

Stabilization  of  Values  and  Income 4 

Need  of  Information 4 

Home  Ownership  as  an  Incentive  to  Save 5 

Protecting  the  Home  Owner's  Investment 6 

Supplementary  Reports 7 

Recommendations    7 

APPENDIX    I.     HOME    OWNERSHIP    AND    THE    BUSINESS 

CYCLE 12 

Supply  and  Demand  12 

Reasons  for  Expansion 12 

Trends,    Seasonal    Variations,    Cycles,    and    Random 

Movements    14 

Securing  Expert  Advice  on  Economic  Conditions.  ...  18 

Conclusion 18 

APPENDIX  II.     SAFEGUARDING  THE  HOME  INVESTMENT.  .  19 

Home  Ownership  Is  an  Incentive  to  Save 19 

Buying  at  a  Favorable  Time 19 

Neighborhood   20 

Selecting  the  Location 21 

Style 21 

Necessity   for   Careful   Examination   of   Ready-Built 

House 22 

Preliminary  Cautions  in  House  Building 22 

Budgeting  the  Purchase 23 

Mortgages  and  Their  Renewals 24 

Cost  of  Improvements 25 

Taxes,  Insurance,  Maintenance  and  Other  Costs 25 

Speculative  Prospect  of  Appreciation 26 

City  Planning,  Zoning,  and  Deed  Restrictions 26 

Insurance 28 

Importance  of  Adequate  Legal  Advice 28 

Improvement  of  Home  Premises 29 

Attention  to  Maintenance  and  Modernizing 29 

XV 


xvi   HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

PAGE 

Community  Improvement  through  Cooperative  Effort  29 

Home  Owners'  Interest  in  Government 30 

APPENDIX  III.     PROBLEMS  OF  RENTING 31 

The  Tenant's  Problems 31 

The  Landlord's  Problems  36 

General  Considerations  39 

PART  II.     RELATIONSHIP  OF  INCOME  AND  THE  HOME 45 

CHAPTER    II.     GENERAL    CONSIDERATIONS    AND    RECOM- 
MENDATIONS     45 

Introductory    45 

Factual  Summary  and  Commentary 47 

Need  for  Further  Research 48 

Expenses  above  Basic  Costs 48 

Inequality  in  Bargaining  Strength 49 

New  versus  Used  and  Reconditioned  Homes ....  49 
Spending  Patterns  in  Home  Buying  Families ....  50 
Special  Advantages  Enjoyed  by  Some  Home  Buy- 
ing Families    51 

The  Problems  of  the  Low-Income  Family 52 

Recommendations    53 

CHAPTER  III.     RECENT  DATA  ON  INCOME  DISTRIBUTION 
AND    FAMILY   EXPENDITURES    FOR    HOUSING    IN    THE 

UNITED  STATES   58 

CHAPTER  IV.     Low-CosT  HOUSING  PROJECTS 69 

Cost  Reduction 69 

Low-Cost  Housing  Enterprises   70 

United  States  Department  of  Commerce  Survey 74 

Better  Homes  in  America  Demonstrations 74 

Conclusion 75 

CHAPTER  V.    THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY.  .  .  76 

Introductory    76 

Description    77 

Financing  the  Property 82 

Occupation,  Earnings  and  Composition  of  the  Family 

Which  Owns  the  Property 88 

Down  Payments  on  Home  Purchases 97 

Consequences  of  Home  Purchase 98 

Analysis  of  Information  and  Data 102 

Miscellaneous  Relationships   122 

Summary     122 


CONTENTS  xvii 

PAGE 

CHAPTER  VI.     A  CASE  STUDY  OF  TEN  HOME  PURCHAS- 
ING FAMILIES  IN  THE  BUFFALO  AREA 126 

Introductory    126 

Case  Summaries 127 

Summary  and  Interpretation   131 

CHAPTER    VII.     PROPORTION    OF    HOMES    OWNED    AND 

RENTED  BY  VALUATION  CLASSES  IN  1930 135 

APPENDIX.     SUPPLEMENTARY  RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  RE- 
CONDITIONING, REMODELING  AND  MODERNIZING  143 

PART  III 145 

CHAPTER  VIII.     TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 145 

Effects  of  Unregulated  Building 145 

A  New  Era 145 

Classification  and  Definition 146 

Types  of  Dwellings  147 

Classification  of  Dwellings   148 

Discussion  of  Types  and  Varieties 151 

The  Essentials  of  Good  Housing,  plus  Desirables.  ...  152 

Conveniences  versus  Essentials   155 

Long-Time  Policy  :  Immediate  Practice 156 

Composition  of  the  Population  and  the  Housing  Needs 

of  the  Various  Groups 160 

Social  Needs  and  How  They  Are  Met  by  the  Different 

Types  of  Dwellings 162 

Community  Burdens  Due  to  Dwelling  Types 168 

Farm  and  Village  Housing 168 

Rural  Industrial  Housing   169 

Mining  Towns   169 

Conclusions   169 

Studies 172 

APPENDIX  I.     FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 175 

Family  Types   175 

Varying  Types  and  Housing  Needs 175 

Family  Data  of  the  1930  Census 176 

Analysis  of  Wilmington  Census  Data 176 

Composition  of  the  Family 177 

Home  Values  and  Rentals 182 

Comparison  of  Family  Types  by  Wards  ....  184 

Cincinnati  School  Census  Data  192 

The  Aging  of  the  Population 192 


xviii  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

PAGE 

Present  Situation  and  Trend  as  to  Dwelling  Types ...  192 
The  Dwelling  Trend  as  Indicated  by  New  Con- 
struction      192 

Some  Reasons  for  the  Apartment  Trend  in  Metro- 
politan Regions 199 

Effect  of  High  Land  Values ^  fj .  200 

Home  versus  Apartment  Living 201 

Home  Ownership  versus  Renting 202 

Fewer  Children  in  Apartments 202 

Children  of  Preschool  Age 204 

The  Gainfully  Employed  Homemaker 205 

Multiple  Dwellings  in  Smaller  Cities   205 

APPENDIX  II.     LAND  VALUE  AND  ITS  EFFECT  UPON  TYPES 

OF  DWELLINGS  208 

APPENDIX  III.     DIAGRAMS  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TYPES 

AND  VARIETIES  OF  DWELLINGS 216 

ILLUSTRATIONS 

One- family  Dwelling  of  Good  Design  and  in  Attrac- 
tive Setting    Frontispiece 

PAGE 

One- family  Dwellings 

Detached   facing  146 

Semi-detached  (Washington,  D.  C.) (top)   facing  147 

Group  (Chatham  Village,  Pittsburgh)  ....  (two)  facing  31 

Group  (Philadelphia)    facing  174 

Row  (Burleith,  Washington,  D.  C.) facing  30 

Two- family  Dwellings 

Detached  (Buffalo  Income  Bungalow) .  .  (center)  facing  147 

Detached  (New  England) (bottom)  facing  147 

Semi-detached  (St.  Louis  Flat) (top)   facing  151 

Group  (Bridgeport  Housing  Company) facing  150 

Row     (Sanitary     Housing     Company,     Washington) 

(center)    facing  151 

Multi- family  Dwellings 

Detached  (Tilden  Gardens,  Washington)   (top)  facing  175 

Semi-detached  (Washington) (bottom)   facing  175 

Row  (New  York  City) (bottom)   facing  151 


PART  I 

CHAPTER  I 

HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING 
The  Problem 

Individuals  and  families  are  confronted  with  many  important 
problems  in  purchasing  or  leasing  homes.  How  can  home  owner- 
ship be  made  easier  for  those  for  whom  it  is  desirable  and  prac- 
tical? How  can  conditions  be  improved  so  that  the  renter  will 
enjoy  more  satisfaction  as  a  home  owner?  These  are  the  central 
questions  which  should  be  carefully  examined  in  a  study  of  home 
ownership  and  leasing. 

The  following  pages  are  devoted  to  a  consideration  of  the  con- 
ditions under  which  home  ownership  is  preferable  to  renting,  and 
to  a  study  of  methods  of  stimulating  home  ownership  and  prevent- 
ing difficulties  in  the  acquisition,  holding,  management,  and  leasing 
of  homes. 

The  committee  feels  that  it  should  be  possible  for  a  home  to  be 
owned  by  everyone  for  whom  home  ownership  is  desirable.  As 
President  Hoover  has  so  ably  stated  in  the  foreword  of  "How  to 
Own  Your  Home" : x 

"Maintaining  a  high  percentage  of  individual  home  owners  is  one  of  the 
searching  tests  that  now  challenge  the  people  of  the  United  States.  The 
present  large  proportion  of  families  that  own  their  homes  is  both  the  foun- 
dation of  a  sound  economic  and  social  system  and  a  guarantee  that  our 
society  will  continue  to  develop  rationally  as  changing  conditions  demand. 

"A  family  that  owns  its  home  takes  pride  in  it,  maintains  it  better,  gets 
more  pleasure  out  of  it,  and  has  a  more  wholesome,  healthful,  and  happy 
atmosphere  in  which  to  bring  up  children.  The  home  owner  has  a  construc- 
tive aim  in  life.  He  works  harder  outside  his  home ;  he  spends  his  leisure 
more  profitably ;  and  he  and  his  family  live  a  finer  life  and  enjoy  more  of 
the  comforts  and  cultivating  influences  of  our  modern  civilization.  A 
husband  and  wife  who  own  their  home  are  more  apt  to  save.  They  have 
an  interest  in  the  advancement  of  a  social  system  that  permits  the  individual 
to  store  up  the  fruits  of  his  labor.  As  direct  taxpayers  they  take  a  more 
active  part  in  local  government.  Above  all,  the  love  of  home  is  one  of  the 
finest  instincts  and  the  greatest  of  inspirations  of  our  people." 


1  Gries,  John  M.,  and  Taylor,  James  S.,  Washington   (U.   S.  Bureau  of 
Standards),  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  1925. 

1 


2       HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

The  committee  believes  that  the  social  consequences  which  would 
accompany  an  increase  in  the  proportion  of  home  owners,  for 
whom  home  ownership  is  sound,  would  be  distinctly  desirable  and 
that  this  increase  can  be  accomplished  by  removing  or  reducing 
the  difficulties  which  limit  the  spread  of  home  ownership. 

The  importance  of  considering  the  problems  of  the  renter  in  mak- 
ing a  home  in  the  United  States  is  indicated  by  the  fact  that  over 
half  of  the  families  live  in  rented  houses.  Although  the  problems 
of  renters  of  housing  accommodations  may  sometimes  be  inade- 
quately considered  by  social  and  economic  workers,  they  have  been 
given  much  consideration  by  those  who  are  furnishing  quarters 
for  rent  with  the  result  that  to  many  people  more  desirable  facili- 
ties can  be  rented  than  can  be  purchased  on  a  comparable  basis. 

Trends  in  Home  Ownership  and  Leasing 

According  to  the  census  of  1920,  45.6  per  cent  of  the  families 
in  the  United  States  owned  their  homes.  For  the  country  as  a 
whole,  this  figure  represented  a  decrease  of  one-half  of  one  per 
cent  as  compared  with  1900,  but  in  all  cities  of  100,000  or  more 
inhabitants  the  proportion  owned  showed  an  increase  as  compared 
with  1910  and  1900. 

According  to  the  census  of  1930,  the  proportion  of  farm  homes 
owned  in  that  year  was  substantially  less  than  in  1920.  In  re- 
ferring to  this  situation,  however,  it  should  be  appreciated  that  the 
considerations  involved  in  owning  a  farm  as  a  production  unit  are 
not  independent  of  the  questions  of  home  ownership. 

Population  census  data  for  1930  available  for  Delaware  show 
that  the  proportion  of  homes  owned  in  the  state  as  a  whole  has 
steadily  increased  for  the  past  thirty  years.  In  Wilmington,  the 
largest  city  in  Delaware,  the  proportion  owned  has  also  increased 
steadily  during  the  same  period,  from  27.1  per  cent  in  1900  to 
45.2  per  cent  in  1930.  Data  for  other  states  were  not  available 
when  the  report  was  prepared. 

The  trend  toward  apartment  house  building  in  the  larger  cities 
and  in  some  of  the  suburban  areas  should  not  be  misconstrued  as 
indicating  that  the  desirability  of  the  ownership  of  homes  built 
for  single- family  occupancy  has  decreased.  The  great  majority 
of  American  men  and  women  still  regard  the  ownership  of  a  home 
as  an  essential  contribution  to  their  welfare  and  as  an  important 
aid  in  the  proper  rearing  of  their  families. 


HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING  3 

The  easy  access  afforded  by  improved  transportation  facilities 
from  suburban  communities  to  industrial  areas,  the  use  of  auto- 
mobiles by  the  great  army  of  American  workers,  the  lowering  of 
the  cost  of  household  equipment,  and  the  numerous  conveniences 
that  are  now  purchasable  in  the  form  of  household  appliances  are 
all  conducive  toward  the  acquiring  of  a  home,  which  a  family  can 
maintain,  improve,  and  beautify,  as  it  sees  fit. 

The  number  of  homes  within  the  price  range  of  $4,000  to  $9,000 
has  run  not  only  to  hundreds  but  to  thousands,  where  each  com- 
munity has  been  built  up  as  a  unit.  In  the  best  of  these  develop- 
ments there  is  evidence  of  a  skill  in  the  selection  of  prospects  by 
the  developers  that  has  led  rather  rapidly  to  the  fostering  of  an 
active  neighborhood  spirit.  This  spirit  has  grown  up  among  those 
who  previously  may  have  been  living  in  congested  city  quarters, 
in  ignorance,  perhaps,  of  their  nearest  neighbors,  and  accustomed 
to  none  of  the  restraints  against  careless  living  and  none  of  the 
inspirations  toward  good  living  that  develop  through  neighborhood 
acquaintance  and  high  community  ideals. 

Observation  of  these  communities  indicates  rather  clearly  that 
it  is  unnecessary  to  argue  for  the  detached  single- family  house  or 
for  the  suburban  community  suitable  for  homes  for  those  who 
have  moderate  incomes.  A  family  usually  has  a  natural  desire  to 
own  such  a  home  and  live  in  such  surroundings.  There  are  appro- 
priate methods  of  development  and  financing  which  have  been 
tested  and  applied.  Public  efforts  need  be  directed  mainly  to  facil- 
itating this  natural  movement  toward  home  ownership  by  giving 
adequate  publicity  to  tested  development  and  financing  plans,  by 
encouraging  prospective  home  owners  to  secure  the  necessary 
information  from  the  proper  sources  before  buying,  and  by  en- 
couraging cooperative  activities  that  are  destined  to  develop  the 
community  and  protect  the  home  owner's  investment. 

Owning  Compared  with  Renting 

Whether  home  ownership  or  leasing  is  advisable  depends  upon 
the  particular  requirements  of  the  householder.  If  the  house- 
holder is  a  permanent  resident  of  the  city  and  is  in  a  position  to 
make  satisfactory  financial  arrangements,  he  is  ordinarily  in  a 
position  to  enjoy  the  advantages  of  home  owning.  If,  however, 
the  householder  must  have  freedom  of  movement,  or  if  it  would 


4      HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

be  unsafe  for  him  to  undertake  the  obligation  of  purchasing,  his 
wants  would  ordinarily  be  best  satisfied  by  renting. 

One  of  the  most  influential  considerations  in  home  buying  is 
pride  of  ownership.  The  home  owner  takes  pride  in  owning  and 
improving  a  house  and  a  piece  of  ground.  He  enjoys  the  respect 
of  his  fellow  citizens  due  to  this  provision  for  the  welfare  of  his 
family  and  his  independence  as  a  home  owner. 

The  relations  between  the  cost  of  owning  and  the  cost  of  renting 
vary  widely  in  different  periods  of  the  business  cycle.  When  the 
householder  is  comparing  these  costs,  it  is  very  important  that  he 
consider  them  from  a  long-range  point  of  view  and  that  he  be  not 
misled  by  temporary  advantages  of  one  or  the  other. 

Stabilization  of  Values  and  Income 

One  of  the  greatest  things  that  can  be  done  to  make  home  own- 
ership more  desirable  is  to  effect  a  greater  stability  of  home  values 
and  of  home  owners'  incomes.  The  tendency  of  the  crowd  to  buy 
in  periods  of  inflation  results  in  much  dissatisfaction  with  home 
ownership  when  business  later  declines.  The  effecting  of  greater 
control  of  business  fluctuations,  especially  in  holding  back  building 
and  other  business  activities  during  periods  of  inflation,  will  do 
much  to  safeguard  home  ownership,  and  not  only  by  helping  to 
stabilize  the  value  of  the  homes  themselves  but  in  making  it  easier 
for  those  who  are  paying  for  homes  to  continue  making  payments. 
Under  present  conditions,  not  only  does  the  value  of  the  home 
decline  in  periods  of  depression,  but  the  incomes  of  many  of  those 
who  are  purchasing  homes  decrease  to  the  extent  that  when  it  is 
most  necessary  to  keep  up  the  payments  it  is  not  possible  to  make 
them.  From  the  viewpoint  of  society  as  a  whole,  the  advantage 
that  the  home  owner  has  who  buys  in  a  period  of  depression  at  an 
extremely  low  price  does  not  offset  the  disadvantage  of  the  owner 
who  buys  in  a  period  of  prosperity  at  an  inflated  price. 

Need  of  Information 

Although  there  may  be  some  measures  that  can  be  taken  to 
control  the  activity  that  results  in  the  extreme  inflation  and  defla- 
tion of  home  values,  the  greatest  influence  in  this  connection  is 
information.  If  the  home  buyer,  the  home  buyer's  advisors,  the 
financial  institutions,  and  others  who  are  directly  interested  in 
home  buying  had  adequate  information  at  hand,  it  would  do  much 


HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING  5 

to  prevent  the  false  hopes  which  cause  values  to  soar  and  over- 
building to  occur  in  periods  of  prosperity.  Information  of  this 
type  includes  current  data  on  population  growth  and  upon  the 
supply  of  vacant  dwelling  space.  These  data  must  be  interpreted 
in  conjunction  with  information  which  will  reveal  the  position  in 
the  local  business  cycle,  the  long-time  trend  of  the  community 
growth,  and  any  other  factors  which  would  modify  their  interpre- 
tation. Information  on  purchasing  power,  price  levels,  cost  of 
living,  the  outlook  in  the  market  for  the  commodities  produced 
in  the  locality  are  all  important. 

The  committee  cannot  be  too  emphatic  in  urging  the  home  buyer 
to  consult  with  responsible  officials  in  savings  banks,  in  building 
and  loan  associations,  and  in  the  trust  departments  of  commercial 
banks,  and  with  other  reliable  local  leaders  who  are  known  to  give 
sound  advice  on  problems  of  what,  when,  where,  and  how  to  buy. 
In  order  that  the  uninformed  home  purchaser  may  protect  himself 
against  any  unscrupulous  dealings,  he  may  well  adopt  the  follow- 
ing general  rules :  Never,  under  any  circumstances,  sign  any  con- 
tract for  the  purchase  of  real  estate  without  having  such  contract 
approved  in  absolutely  final  form  by  a  responsible  bank  officer  or 
competent  attorney,  and  preferably  by  both.  Make  no  payments 
until  the  contract  is  signed.  Ask  to  have  all  promises,  guarantees, 
etc.,  put  into  writing,  and  break  off  negotiations  at  once  if  there  is 
any  hesitation  in  complying  with  this  request.  For  instance,  some- 
times salesmen  make  guarantees  of  resale  value ;  if  such  a  promise 
is  a  condition  influencing  the  buyer,  he  should  insist  that  it  be 
written  into  the  purchase  contract.  Be  particularly  cautious  if 
you  have  had  no  previous  real  estate  transactions,  or  if  an  initial 
payment  of  only  10  per  cent  or  less  is  required. 

Home  Ownership  as  an  Incentive  to  Save 

If  home  ownership  is  otherwise  desirable  for  a  family,  the 
strong  incentive  to  save  that  accompanies  the  purchase  of  a  home 
serves  as  an  additional  sound  argument.  People  who  will  not 
save  otherwise  will  economize  in  various  ways  in  order  to  pay  for 
a  home.  Even  if  the  buyer  experiences  some  decline  in  the  value 
of  his  property,  in  many  cases  he  accumulates  what  he  would  not 
otherwise  have  secured.  Consequently,  home  buying  represents 
for  many  people  a  much  better  investment  than  they  would  have 
made  if  they  had  continued  to  rent.  Many  persons  who  now  enjoy 


6       HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

the  ownership  of  their  homes  are  very  thankful  that  they  obli- 
.gated  themselves  to  pay  for  a  home  at  an  early  period  in  their 
lives  even  in  cases  when  such  saving  was  neither  easy  nor  con- 
venient. 

The  security  of  tenure  which  the  young  home  owner  enjoys  is, 
of  course,  very  important.  But  probably  nothing  contributes  in 
a  greater  degree  to  the  enjoyment  of  the  home  owner,  when  the 
time  comes  for  retirement,  than  the  security  that  is  felt  in  home 
ownership. 

Protecting  the  Home  Owner's  Investment 

There  are  many  ways  in  which  the  home  owner  can  protect  his 
investment  against  the  various  influences  which  tend  to  cause  the 
entire  neighborhood  as  well  as  the  individual  house  and  lot  to 
depreciate  in  value,  provided,  of  course,  that  the  investment  is 
wisely  made  in  the  first  place.  Among  the  more  important  methods 
of  protecting  the  home  owner's  investment  are  city  planning  and 
zoning,  deed  restrictions  regulating  the  occupancy  of  the  land, 
building  and  plumbing  codes,  and  insurance.  The  home  owner 
must  also  have  adequate  contracts  and  other  legal  documents,  and 
he  must  have  made  an  adequate  inspection  of  his  house,  lot  and 
equipment.  The  proper  kind  of  community  development  activities 
help  the  home  owner  to  take  advantage  of  the  different  means  of 
protection  that  are  available,  as  well  as  to  call  the  attention  of 
the  community  to  the  importance  of  maintaining,  modernizing, 
and  otherwise  developing  the  neighborhood.  Such  community 
development  activities  also  do  much  to  retard  and  prevent  the 
depreciation  of  neighborhood  property. 

In  looking  forward  to  the  development  of  greater  protection 
for  the  home  owner,  the  possibilities  of  regulating  subdivisions 
ought  to  be  carefully  considered.  It  should  be  recognized  that  a 
profound  change  in  what  home  ownership  means  has  taken  place 
in  the  minds  of  the  American  public.  It  is  already  appreciated 
that  unlimited  freedom  in  the  use  of  a  lot  does  not  give  the  owner 
so  great  enjoyment  of  his  rights  as  he  gains  when  he  surrenders 
certain  privileges  in  return  for  protection  through  similar  surren- 
ders by  his  neighbors.  The  experimental  and  other  developments 
where  the  home  owner's  rights  are  restricted  to  an  unusual  degree 
deserve  careful  analysis. 


HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING  7 

Supplementary  Reports 

Further  details  supporting  the  committee's  statements  are  con- 
tained in  a  number  of  supplementary  reports  which  appear  here- 
after as  appendices  to  this  report.  The  titles  of  these  appendices 
are,  Home  Ownership  and  the  Business  Cycle,  Appendix  I,  page 
12;  Safeguarding  the  Home  Owner's  Investment,  Appendix  II, 
page  19;  and  Problems  in  Renting,  Appendix  III,  page  31. 

Recommendations 

1.  Economic  Information.    The  committee  recommends  that 
the  Department  of  Commerce,  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  and 
other  Federal  departments  continually  support  all  practical  move- 
ments to  furnish  better  information  on  the  vacancy  situation,  cur- 
rent population  changes,   and  other  types   of   data   of   value  in 
arriving  at  a  better  understanding  of  the  degree  of  inflation  or 
deflation  of  real  estate  values.     The  furnishing  of  accurate  and 
pertinent  information  on  cyclical  conditions  is  believed  to  be  one 
of  the  greatest  services  that  can  be  performed  in  the  efforts  to 
bring  about  a  greater  stability  of  home  values  and  home  owners' 
incomes. 

2.  Developing  Popular  Interest  in  Better  Information  be- 
fore Purchasing.    The  committee  recommends  that  the  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce  increase  its  efforts  to  develop  a  popular  under- 
standing of  the  need  for  securing  more  and  better  information 
before  purchasing  a  home.     It  is  suggested  that  greater  efforts 
be  made  to  call  the  attention  of  the  public  to  the  Department  of 
Commerce  bulletins,  How  to  Own  Your  Home,2  Present  Home 
Financing  Methods*  How  to  Judge  a  House,4  and  Care  and  Repair 
of  the  House.5    As  a  companion  to  these  pamphlets  the  committee 
is  submitting  a  paper  on  Safeguarding  the  Home  Owner's  Invest- 
ment, Appendix  II,  page  19. 

The  committee  further  recommends  that,  on  the  basis  of  all  of 
the  material  presented  to  the  Conference,  a  master  pamphlet 


2  Previously  cited. 

3Gries,  John  M.,  and  Curran,  Thomas  M.,  Washington  (U.  S.  Bureau 
of  Standards),  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  1928. 

*  Perkins,  Nelson  S.,  Washington  (National  Committee  on  Wood  Utiliza- 
tion, U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce),  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
1931. 

5  Phelan,  Vincent  B.,  Garden  City,  N.  Y.,  Doubleday,  Doran  and  Company, 
Inc.;  Washington  (U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards),  U.  S.  Government  Printing 
Office,  1931. 


8      HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

which  will  list  the  entire  range  of  factors  that  should  be  consid- 
ered, and  refer  specifically  to  the  available  Conference  and  Gov- 
ernment bulletins  that  would  help  present  and  prospective  home 
owners  to  solve  the  various  problems  of  home  ownership,  be  pre- 
pared for  popular  circulation. 

3.  Handbook  on  Analyzing  Local   Economic   Situations. 
The  committee  recommends  that  the  Department  of   Commerce 
prepare  a  detailed  handbook  showing  what  and  how  information 
can  be  used  in  determining  where  and  when  to  buy  a  home.    This 
bulletin  should  include  detailed  examples  of  information  that  can 
be  gathered  and  tell  how  it  can  be  analyzed  in  arriving  at  a  better 
understanding  of  the  economic  situation  than  is  possible  if  such 
analyses  are  not  made.     The  special  purpose  of  this  handbook 
would  be  to  serve  trained  community  leaders  and  advisors,  as  well 
as  prospective  home  owners,  who  wish  to  study  such  matters  in 
detail. 

4.  Trends  in  Home  Ownership  and  Leasing.    The  commit- 
tee recommends  that  as  soon  as  the  1930  census  data  are  available, 
studies  be  made  of  the  trends  in  home  ownership  and  leasing  with 
reference  to  such  classifications  as  locality,  size  of  cities,  races 
of  people,  size  of  families,  ages,  kind  of  work  done  by  house- 
holders, urban  and  rural,  and  the  like,  to  determine  as  far  as  pos- 
sible the  tendencies  involved  and  their  relation  to  other  informa- 
tion.   Much  of  this  information  will  be  available  from  the  census 
directly,  and  other  tendencies  can  be  determined  indirectly.     A 
study  of  this  kind  should  furnish  a  basis  for  determining  where 
the  greatest  emphasis  should  be  placed  in  later  investigations. 

5.  City  Planning  and  Zoning.     The  committee  recommends 
that  the  various  organizations  interested  in  community  develop- 
ment, continue  to  study  with  zeal  the  development  in  city  planning 
and  zoning,  instances  where  it  is  desired  to  retain  unified  land 
ownership  in  a  large  tract,  and  the  developments  in  various  coun- 
tries where  the  amount  of  land  subdivided  for  residential  use  is 
being  regulated.     The  committee  especially  urges  the  Division  of 
Building  and  Housing  of  the  Department  of  Commerce  and  other 
organizations  to  watch  carefully  the  development  of   efforts  to 
control  the  subdivision  of  land  in  the  various  parts  of  the  world. 

6.  Home  Financing.    The  committee  recommends  that  efforts 
be  encouraged  and  continued  for  the  purpose  of  reducing  the  cost 
of  financing  to  those  for  whom  home  ownership  is  sound  and 


HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING  9 

desirable.  Uncertain  and  irregular  supply  of  credit  is  a  grave 
obstacle  to  successful  home  ownership.  Such  uncertainty  under 
the  present  organization  is  now  manifested  in  the  following  ways: 

1.  It  is,  as  a  rule,  harder  for  a  home  buyer  to  obtain  a  loan  for  a  given 
percentage  of  the  purchase  price  when  he  wishes  to  buy  at  the  bottom  of 
the  market,  rather  than  at  the  top  (when  credit  often  comes  altogether  too 
easily). 

2.  A  considerable  proportion  of  home  loans  are  now  made  for  short  terms, 
for  5  years,  for  3  years  or  even  for  1  year,  and  in  such  cases,  even  if  some 
amortization  payments  have  been  made,  a  drop  in  realty  values  leaves  the 
owner  with  the  risk  of  being  called  on  to  reduce  substantially  the  principal 
amount  of  the  loan  as  a  condition  of  renewal — and  often  at  a  time  when  he 
needs  the  credit  most. 

The  Committee  on  Home  Ownership  and  Leasing  believes  that 
the  difficulties  such  as  arise  during  periods  of  extensive  fore- 
closures might  be  reduced  substantially  through  a  system  whereby 
local  lending  institutions  could,  through  a  well-recognized  pro- 
cedure, obtain  a  more  liquid  supply  of  credit  with  which  to  meet 
reasonable  demands  of  their  home  owning  and  home  buying 
clients.6 

7.  Insurance.  The  committee  finds  that  in  the  evolution  of  the 
various  forms  of  insurance  and  their  regulation  under  the  laws 
of  the  various  states,  the  fundamental  objective  of  providing  the 
home  owner  with  protection  in  case  of  extraordinary  loss  has  been 
overlooked  in  important  respects.  For  example,  fire  insurance  may 
cover  the  principal  hazard  to  the  whole  structure,  but  there  are 
other  risks,  including  tornadoes,  destruction  by  airplane,  and  by 
runaway  vehicles.  The  committee  recommends  that  a  study  be 
made  under  the  auspices  of  an  impartial  agency  of  national  stand- 
ing, with  the  cooperation  of  authorities  on  underwriting,  covering : 

1.  Risks  for  which  home  owners  may  reasonably  expect  insurance  pro- 
tection ; 

2.  The  most  practicable  procedure  by  which  such  risks  may  be  explained 
clearly  to  home  owners; 


6  A  resolution  was  adopted  by  the  Conference,  endorsing  the  suggestion  of 
President  Hoover  for  the  establishment  of  a  system  of  home  loan  banks.  The 
President's  statement  appears  in  "Home  Finance  and  Taxation"  and  the 
resolution  appears  in  "Housing  Objectives  and  Programs,"  Publications  of 
the  President's  Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership,  Wash- 
ington, 1932,  Vols.  II  and  XI,  respectively.  This  suggestion  culminated  in 
the  enactment  and  approval  on  July  22,  1932,  of  the  Federal  Home  Loan 
Bank  Act,  providing  for  the  discounting  by  mortgagees  of  first  mortgage 
paper.  (Public  Act  No.  304,  Seventy-second  Congress.) 


10     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

3.  Forms  of  coverage  designed  to  give  the  individual  protection  of  all 
types  he  desires,  with  the  simplest  possible  procedure. 

8.  Taxation.    The  committee  recommends  that  an  appropriate 
organization   provide   facilities    for    furnishing   information   and 
guidance  to  the  community  leaders  who  wish  to  create  public 
interest  in  improving  the  local  tax  situation  throughout  the  coun- 
try.   The  committee  recognizes  the  importance  of  the  efforts  that 
are  being  made  to  reduce  the  amount  of  taxes  assessed  on  homes. 
In  many  cases  taxes  are  not  in  a  sound  relation  to  what  the  home 
owner  can  properly  bear,   owing  to  excessive  expenditures   for 
municipal  improvements. 

9.  Leasing  Problems.     The  committee  recommends  that  the 
Department  of  Commerce  continue  to  study  and  analyze  the  prob- 
lem of  renting  for  the  purpose  of   furnishing  information  and 
cooperating  with  those  who  are  attempting  to  improve  the  condi- 
tions of  both  the  landlord  and  the  tenant.     This  study  would 
involve  such  practical   questions  as  tenants'   reports   on   janitor 
service  and  superintendent's  inspection  in  the  case  of  an  apart- 
ment, or  periodic,  inspection  of  heating  systems,  plumbing,  roofs, 
etc.,  in  the  case  of  a  house ;  improving  rental  contracts ;  developing 
an  appreciation  on  the  part  of  the  renter  of  longer  term  tenancy; 
staggering  lease  dates;  long-term  leases  of  land  where  the  house 
is  owned  by  the  tenant ;  and  including  of  options  to  buy  in  long- 
term  leases. 

The  renter's  point  of  view  should  not  be  overlooked  in  planning 
community  development.  The  necessity  for  supervision  of  com- 
munity development  is  felt  everywhere.  Some  definite  form  of 
cooperation  by  the  builder,  the  architect,  and  the  man  who  is 
investing  his  capital  might  help  to  improve  community  conditions. 
It  is  suggested  that  a  board  in  each  community,  to  which  plans 
for  any  construction  should  be  submitted  and  approved  before  a 
building  is  erected,  might  prove  advantageous.  Such  a  board 
would  study  the  plans  in  relation  to  architectural  suitability,  and 
any  building  codes  or  other  municipal  restrictions.  At  present, 
necessary  garage  space  for  tenants'  cars  and  the  relation  of  such 
space  to  zoning  laws  and  architectural  suitability,  especially  for 
multi-family  dwellings,  is  an  important  problem.  It  is  imperative 
to  give  attention  to  recreation  facilities  for  children  in  any  future 


HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  LEASING  11 

community  plans.     A  study  of  rent  in  relation  to  assessments 
might  be  included  in  a  rent  survey. 

10.  Multiple  Listing  and  Property  Briefs.    The  committee 
recommends  to  the  real  estate  boards  that  they  consider  an  expan- 
sion of  the  practice  of  multiple  listing.     From  the  point  of  view 
of  the  prospective  buyer  or  renter  it  is  a  great  convenience  to 
have  the  information  on  the  greater  number  of  houses  which  mul- 
tiple listing  provides. 

The  committee  also  urges  the  further  consideration  of  the  ad- 
vantages of  property  briefs  for  residential  properties.  A  property 
brief,  containing  photographs  and  full  description  of  the  dwelling, 
lot,  etc.,  as  well  as  a  list  of  the  disadvantages,  enables  the  home 
seeker  to  calmly  and  leisurely  study  and  compare  the  various 
properties.  The  important  data  will  then  not  be  forgotten  or  over- 
looked. 

11.  Permanent  Central  Committee.   It  is  recommended  that 
a  permanent  central  committee  be  created  for  the  purpose  of 
coordinating,  when  desirable,  the  home  ownership  work  that  is 
being  done  by  the  various  organizations,  and  assisting  in  distribut- 
ing the  information  by  radio,  newspaper  and  magazine  articles 
and  advertisements.     It  is  believed  that  funds  can  be  provided 
for  these  purposes  through  the  channels  of  life  insurance  com- 
panies, mortgage  lending  institutions,  building  material  companies, 
and  other  commercial  organizations  which  have  a  practical  interest 
in  the  subject. 

It  is  suggested  that  it  would  be  well  to  designate  as  this  perma- 
nent central  committee  a  national  organization  already  in  operation, 
which  has  activities,  mailing  lists,  contacts,  etc.,  already  developed. 
Such  an  organization,  however,  should  be  entirely  independent  of 
any  individuals  or  groups  which  might  use  the  organization  to 
further  their  own  private  or  commercial  interests. 


APPENDIX  I 

HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  THE  BUSINESS 
CYCLE 

One  of  the  greatest  opportunities  to  improve  the  conditions  of 
home  ownership  arises  from  the  fact  that  many  people  buy  at  high 
prices  during  boom  periods;  the  locations  do  not  develop  as  they 
expect,  and  they  see  their  investments  shrink  materially  when 
business  conditions  decline.  Hence,  those  interested  in  promoting 
sound  home  ownership  conditions  may  well  promote  the  collection 
of  figures  and  facts  to  assist  in  analyzing  and  stabilizing  cyclical 
fluctuations,  and  help  prospective  home  buyers  to  develop  an  ap- 
preciation of  true  conditions  in  order  to  meet  them. 

Supply  and  Demand 

Simple  statements  of  the  relation  of  supply  to  demand,  when 
available,  are  valuable  in  analyzing  real  estate  situations.  The 
home  buyer  often  can  apply  such  information  directly  to  his  par- 
ticular problem.  Reports  on  dwelling  vacancies  or  occupancies 
are  prepared  in  a  number  of  cities,  and  the  quality  and  extent  of 
these  investigations  are  being  improved  rapidly. 

In  studying  the  relation  of  supply  to  demand,  consideration 
must  be  given  to  the  probable  future  demand.  Studies  of  popu- 
lation trends,  and  of  the  economic  factors  that  support  the  com- 
munity, permit  estimates  of  future  demand  that  are  of  much  value 
in  making  allowances  for  future  conditions.  The  use  of  such  esti- 
mates in  analyzing  and  forecasting  real  estate  conditions  can  be 
illustrated  by  facts  ascertained  in  a  survey,  made  in  1924,  of  the 
Los  Angeles  subdivision  situation. 

Population  forecasts  were  made  indicating  that  Los  Angeles 
City  *  would  have  a  population  of  1,250,000  in  1930,  and  1,500,000 
(minimum)  or  2,000,000  (maximum)  in  1940.  From  two  inde- 
pendent bases,  the  relation  of  population  to  occupied  lots  2  was 
determined.  The  estimates  of  future  population  divided  by  the 
number  of  persons  per  occupied  lot  (corrected)  gave  the  esti- 
mated number  of  lots  needed  to  1930  as  54,855,  and  the  minimum 


1  Excluding  outlying  districts. 

3  In  this  study,  a  lot  was  considered  as  occupied  if  it  had  a  building  on  it 
and,  in  estimates  of  future  demand  on  the  basis  of  population,  corrections  had 
to  be  made  for  vacancies  in  buildings. 

12 


HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  THE  BUSINESS  CYCLE  13 

and  maximum  estimates  of  the  number  needed  to  1940  as  107,367 
and  212,390,  respectively.  The  survey  showed  that  in  Los  Angeles 
197,208  lots  already  were  occupied,  while  156,557  were  vacant. 
From  these  figures  it  was  easy  to  estimate  the  relation  of  the 
existing  supply  of  lots  to  the  probable  future  demand.  In  other 
words,  the  figures  indicated  that  6  years  later  (in  1930)  101,702 
of  the  then  vacant  lots  would  still  be  vacant  if  no  more  lots  were 
subdivided,  since  there  was  a  probable  demand  for  only  54,855 
lots  out  of  the  total  of  156,557  that  were  vacant.  When  the  esti- 
mate was  carried  forward  to  1940,  the  figures  indicated  that  if  no 
more  lots  were  subdivided,  49,190  lots  would  still  be  vacant  on 
the  basis  of  the  minimum  population  estimate,  and  there  would 
be  a  shortage  of  55,833  on  the  basis  of  the  maximum.  Although 
such  figures  indicated  an  unfavorable  investment  situation  on  the 
whole,  it  was  obvious  that  still  greater  allowances  would  have  to 
be  made,  because  many  more  new  subdivisions  doubtless  would 
be  laid  out.  This  point  is  important,  because  new  subdivisions  in 
many  localities  are  laid  out  and  sold  through  well-organized,  ag- 
gressive sales  efforts,  while  the  individually  owned  lots  are  not 
usually  pushed  so  aggressively,  and  are  more  apt  to  remain  vacant. 

It  is  difficult  to  say  just  what  proportion  of  lots  should  remain 
vacant  for  the  best  interests  of  a  community.  One  hundred  per 
cent  occupancy  is  very  seldom  possible.  Furthermore,  the  pro- 
portion of  vacancies  would  normally  be  larger  in  a  rapidly  grow- 
ing community,  where  the  chance  of  gain  appears  relatively  great. 
However,  it  does  seem  unnecessary,  from  an  economic  point  of 
view,  that  a  community  should  carry  an  overhead  burden  in  vacant 
lots  of  44.25  per  cent,  as  was  the  case  in  Los  Angeles  City  (ex- 
cluding outlying  portions)  in  1924.  In  the  outlying  districts,  62.12 
per  cent  of  the  lots  were  vacant,  and  it  was  probable  (on  the 
basis  of  the  minimum  and  maximum  demand  estimates)  that  be- 
tween 40  and  20  per  cent  would  be  vacant  16  years  later  in  1940, 
even  if  no  more  lots  were  subdivided.  Such  a  tremendous  over- 
head burden,  carried  by  a  community  in  the  form  of  investments 
in  unproductive  property,  has  an  unfavorable  effect  upon  all  lines 
of  business. 

Reasons  for  Expansion 

In  making  a  statistical  analysis  of  real  estate,  it  should  be 
realized  that  the  subdivision  of  lots  is  economically  justified  only 
when  more  lots  are  needed  as  sites  for  additional  homes,  business, 


14    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

industries,  or  public  purposes.  Provision  of  new  lots  must  include 
the  margin  of  vacant  lots  necessary  for  the  laying  out  of  large 
tracts.  An  excessive  proportion  of  vacant  lots  is  an  economic 
drain  on  a  community  and  has  no  advantages. 

Although  great  profits  have  been  made  in  certain  instances,  the 
subdivision  of  city  lots  ordinarily  involves  large  risks  and  danger 
of  unusual  loss.  Great  risks  are  usually  taken  by  people  who 
hope  for  great  gains,  but  who  often  are  not  able  to  distinguish 
between  sound  and  unsound  values,  and  who  believe  that  they  are 
making  safe  investments.  These  errors  in  judgment  are  usually 
caused  by  inaccurate  and  inadequate  information  regarding  the 
normal  possibilities  of  future  demand. 

"There  is  always  an  element  of  uncertainty  in  such  expansion  due  to  the 
fallibility  of  human  judgment  and  the  lack  of  information  in  regard  to  the 
community's  development.  But  this  element  of  uncertainty  can  be  and  is 
being  reduced  by  more  careful  analysis  of  the  growth  and  movement  of 
population,  and  of  the  trend  of  values  which  reveals  the  condition  of  the 
market  for  home,  factory,  or  business  sites.  In  so  far  as  real  estate  dealers 
and  owners  seek  and  take  advantage  of  more  complete  information  of  this 
character,  their  forecasts  of  the  needs  of  the  community  will  become  more 
accurate,  and  urban  developments  based  on  these  forecasts  will  become  in- 
vestments rather  than  bad  speculation."  8 

Even  though  a  large  number  of  old  sites  in  a  city  may  be  vacant, 
a  real  demand  may  arise  for  new  lots,  which  embody  the  most 
up-to-date  practices  of  a  modern  subdivision,  as  to  size  and  ar- 
rangement, community  features,  and  so  forth.  The  progress  in 
providing  advantages  in  new  subdivisions  tends  to  make  obsolete 
many  of  the  older  subdivisions.  It  may  be  to  the  interest  of  all 
that  these  older  lots  pass  permanently  out  of  the  active  market, 
and  it  is  quite  possible  that  they  may  revert  to  farm  land. 

Residential  lot  speculation  is  of  great  concern  to  the  home 
owner  because  it  not  only  influences  the  value  of  his  home  site, 
but  it  also  strongly  influences  speculative  building,  with  the  result 
that  the  value  of  the  home  owner's  investment  becomes  less  stable. 

Trends,  Seasonal  Variations,  Cycles,  and  Random 
Movements 

The  importance  of  distinguishing  between  long-time  trends,  sea- 
sonal variations,  cycles,  and  random  movements  cannot  be  too 
strongly  emphasized.  In  most  analyses,  it  is  not  necessary  actually 


8  Ely,  Richard  T.,  and  Morehouse,  Edward  W.,  Elements  of  Land  Eco- 
nomics, New  York,  The  Macmillan  Company,  1924,  p.  94. 


HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  THE  BUSINESS  CYCLE  15 

to  compute  these  changes  but  it  is  necessary  in  nearly  all  cases 
to  appreciate  the  movements,  at  least  in  a  general  way.  If  the 
data  are  presented  graphically,  these  different  types  of  variations 
generally  can  be  observed  to  a  degree  that  is  accurate  enough  for 
practical  purposes. 

Since  erroneous  assumptions  regarding  the  trends  and  cycles 
have  been  responsible  for  so  many  mistakes  in  analyzing  real 
estate  conditions,  these  movements  will  now  be  considered  in 
some  detail. 

In  this  discussion,  the  terms  "basic  trend"  and  "long-time  trend" 
refer  to  the  general  tendency  toward  growth  or  decline  over  a 
period  of  10,  20,  or  more  years;  "seasonal  variation"  refers  to 
the  annual  fluctuations  which  tend  to  recur  at  the  same  time  every 
year;  "cycles"  refer  to  the  irregular  movements,  which  recur 
every  few  years,  commonly  known  as  good  and  bad  times ;  and 
"random  movements"  refer  to  the  unusual  occurrences,  such  as 
are  not  recurring  in  nature. 

Long-Time  Trends.  There  are  many  conspicuous  examples 
of  steep  upward  trends  in  real  estate  values.  It  is  extremely  im- 
portant, in  analyzing  real  estate  values,  that  one  discover  any 
change  in  the  basic  trend  as  soon  as  it  occurs,  if  possible,  and 
that  one  should  not  confuse  the  upward  swing  of  the  business 
cycle  with  the  long-time  trend.  It  is  generally  known  that  in- 
creases in  the  values  of  lots  in  the  large  American  cities  have 
been  large  and  rapid  during  the  last  decade,  but  it  is  not  so  gen- 
erally known  that  some  of  the  values  are  less  now  than  they  were 
20  years  ago. 

The  opportunities  to  gain  through  long-time  increases  in  city 
land  values  are  undoubtedly  good  in  many  locations,  but  the  in- 
vestor should  take  care  that  he  does  not  pay  an  inflated  price  for  a 
lot  in  a  location  which  has  reached  its  peak  and  not  only  is  ex- 
periencing a  cyclical  decline,  but  has  also  had  an  unfavorable 
change  in  the  long-time  trend. 

If  the  basic  trend  of  a  certain  residential  property  is  upward, 
it  is  ordinarily  because  the  site  has  become  more  desirable.  The 
basic  trend  of  the  building  itself  is  ordinarily  downward,  regardless 
of  the  attention  to  maintenance  and  repairs.  It  should  be  empha- 
sized, in  this  connection,  that  the  owner  of  a  home  often  considers 
cyclical  and  random  increases  in  the  value  to  be  basic  trend  in- 
creases. 


16     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

The  increases  in  the  prices  of  lots  during  the  period  from  1913 
to  1920  were  emphasized  by  the  rising  general  price  level.  Changes 
in  the  general  price  level  must  be  carefully  observed  in  analyzing 
trends  of  real  estate  prices  as  well  as  trends  of  other  prices. 

The  foregoing  discussion  is  not  intended  to  convey  the  impres- 
sion that  investment  in  a  home  cannot  be  profitable ;  it  does  indi- 
cate that  long-time  trends  should  be  carefully  analyzed  before  an 
investment  is  made;  and  that  the  upswing  of  a  business  cycle 
must  not  be  confused  with  the  long-time  trend.  Many  very  profit- 
able investments  have  been  made  in  residential  property  and,  if 
the  locations  are  carefully  and  skilfully  analyzed,  there  is  no  rea- 
son to  believe  that  others  cannot  be  made.  However,  an  invest- 
ment in  a  home  should  not  primarily  be  required  to  yield  a  profit. 
The  investment,  of  course,  should  meet  all  reasonable  requirements 
of  safety. 

Real  Estate  Cycles.  Almost  every  period  of  prosperity  in  this 
country  is  accompanied  by  a  high  degree  of  real  estate  activity. 
This  often  takes  the  form  of  a  boom  in  certain  localities.  In  fact, 
some  of  our  greatest  booms  have  been  those  that  were  based  on 
real  estate  speculation.  The  "crowd,"  including  some  of  the 
most  highly  successful  citizens  of  the  area  concerned,  is  carried 
away  by  the  enthusiasm  which  accompanies  the  vast  increases  of 
wealth  which  are  thrust  upon  the  lucky  ones.  Those  who  actually 
understand  the  economics  of  the  situation  are  in  the  minority. 

There  have  been  many  real  estate  booms  in  the  United  States 
during  the  past  100  years.  From  1834  to  1837  the  valuation  of 
the  property  in  Mobile,  Alabama,  increased  from  $4,000,000  to 
$27,000,000.  After  the  panic  of  1837  the  values  decreased  more 
rapidly  than  they  had  risen.  During  this  same  period  (a  few 
years  before  1837)  people  were  coming  into  the  State  of  Illinois 
so  rapidly  that  it  was  believed  that  cities  would  spread  all  over 
the  prairie  and  that  no  farming  land  would  be  left.  City  lots 
were  laid  out  on  what  are  today  the  most  isolated  farms.  Lands 
were  sold  for  more  than  their  present  value,  and  more  than  fifty 
times  their  value  at  that  date.  In  1919,  farms  were  selling  in 
Iowa  at  $300  to  $400  per  acre.  These  same  farms  are  now  being 
sold  at  $100  to  $150  per  acre. 

One  of  the  most  spectacular  real  estate  booms  of  recent  years 
was  the  Florida  boom  of  1925.  In  Miami,  where  the  boom  cen- 
tered, business  lots  wrere  sold  at  prices  which  were  greater  than 


HOME  OWNERSHIP  AND  THE  BUSINESS  CYCLE  17 

the  prices  charged  for  the  best  lots  in  cities  from  ten  to  fifteen 
times  as  large  as  Miami.  It  was  estimated  that  one  subdivision 
of  land  alone,  near  Miami,  would  require  approximately  $1,000,- 
000,000  of  annual  income  to  support  the  residential  land  values, 
whereas  the  entire  annual  income  of  the  United  States  at  that 
time  amounted  to  only  approximately  $73,000,000,000.  The 
Florida  boom  also  reached  a  high  stage  in  many  of  the  smaller 
towns  and  villages.  For  instance,  in  Lake  Wales,  an  interior  town 
of  2,747  persons  (1925  state  census),  a  business  lot  about  two 
blocks  from  the  center  of  its  business  district  was  sold  for  $800 
per  front  foot,  and  another  lot  was  sold  for  $1,000  per  front  foot. 
In  towns  of  this  size,  a  business  enterprise  can  seldom  produce 
enough  in  a  specific  location  to  warrant  paying  more  than  a  few 
thousand  dollars  for  the  entire  lot.  From  the  overoptimistic  sit- 
uation which  accompanied  the  boom,  Florida  appears  to  have 
passed  abruptly  into  a  severe  period  of  depression.  The  state  has 
in  its  undeveloped  land,  mineral,  climate,  and  beach  resources, 
factors  making  for  an  upward  tendency  in  long-time  growth,  and 
the  depressed  conditions  may  be  as  unrepresentative  as  were  the 
conditions  of  the  preceding  boom. 

Random  Movements  in  Real  Estate.  In  analyzing  real  estate 
cycles,  it  is  necessary  to  make  a  careful  distinction  between  major 
and  minor  cycles.  The  minor  cycles  may  recur  every  few  years, 
but  the  major  cycles  may  occur  only  once  or  twice  during  a  busi- 
ness generation  and  sometimes  they  do  not  occur  this  often,  when 
for  practical  purposes  they  may  be  more  properly  classified  as 
random  movements.  The  type  of  boom  which  a  community  may 
experience  on  account  of  the  building  of  a  railroad,  or  the  open- 
ing up  of  new  lands  in  some  instances,  may  never  be  repeated, 
and,  consequently,  it  is  important  to  recognize  that  such  a  boom 
is  not  cyclical.  More  extreme  examples  of  random  movements 
are  the  booms  which  accompany  the  development  and  exhaustion 
of  natural  resources,  such  as  the  oil  booms  in  various  fields  in 
Oklahoma,  Texas,  and  California,  or  the  mining  booms  which 
cause  such  cities  as  Rhyolite,  Nevada,4  to  flourish  and  decline. 

The  determination  of  whether  a  boom  is  cyclical  or  random  de- 
pends upon  whether  or  not  the  natural  resources  and  other  fac- 
tors are  such  that  the  condition  can  be  repeated.  Florida,  for 


*  Rhyolite,  once  a  city  of  some  10,000  population,  is  now  a  city  of  empty 
buildings. 


18    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

instance,  still  has  the  same  climate,  the  same  advantageous  loca- 
tion, and  the  same  other  economic  factors  which  constituted  the 
principal  bases  for  the  development  which  resulted  in  the  boom  of 
1925  and,  therefore,  it  is  practically  certain  that  other  cycles  will 
follow,  though  it  may  be  some  time  before  there  occurs  another 
boom  which  will  be  as  extreme  as  the  last  one.  Rhyolite,  on  the 
other  hand,  no  longer  has  the  mineral  resources,  as  far  as  is 
known,  and  has  no  other  bases  for  development.  Its  boom  was 
distinctly  a  random  one  and,  consequently,  cannot  be  expected  to 
recur.  In  the  development  of  most  communities,  however,  cyclical 
and  random  movements  occur  together,  and  though  it  is  not  pos- 
sible to  isolate  the  two  movements  completely,  they  should  be  de- 
termined as  accurately  as  possible.5 

Securing  Expert  Advice  on  Economic  Conditions 

The  average  citizen,  having  no  special  training  in  making  many 
of  the  analyses  discussed,  should  seek  competent  advice  when  con- 
sidering the  purchase  of  a  home.  As  heretofore  suggested,  the 
savings  banks,  title  and  mortgage  companies,  trust  departments  of 
banking  institutions,  building  and  loan  associations,  and  builders 
or  realtors  of  long  standing,  having  no  interest  in  the  sale  of  the 
property,  are  the  avenues  which  can  be  used  by  the  home  buyer 
to  secure  information  on  the  basic  conditions  surrounding  his  pur- 
chase. It  follows  that  it  is  the  duty  of  those  who  wish  to  enjoy 
this  confidence  on  the  part  of  the  home  purchaser,  to  prepare 
themselves  so  that  they  can  give  sound  advice  on  economic  con- 
ditions. 

Conclusion 

The  prospective  home  owner  should,  as  a  rule,  avoid  lots  in  un- 
improved subdivisions,  i.  e.,  those  not  having  improved  streets  and 
sidewalks,  water,  electricity  and  other  utilities,  and  lots  in  improved 
subdivisions  when  he  does  not  have  available  funds  and  definite 
plans  for  building  a  home  in  the  near  future.  The  purchase  of 
a  house  and  lot  in  a  developed  subdivision  should  be  made  only 
after  securing  advice  and  information  as  outlined  above. 


5  Part  of  the  illustrative  material  in  the  preceding  discussion  on  Supply 
and  Demand,  Reasons  for  Expansion,  Basic  Trend,  Seasonal  Variation, 
Cycles,  and  Random  Movements,  has  been  abstracted  from  Riggleman,  John 
R.,  and  Frisbee,  Ira  N.,  Business  Statistics,  New  York,  McGraw-Hill  Book 
Company,  1931. 


APPENDIX  II 

SAFEGUARDING  THE  HOME  INVESTMENT 

One  of  the  first  questions  that  the  prospective  home  buyer 
should  consider  is  whether  or  not  home  buying  is  a  good  invest- 
ment. The  home  purchaser  should  not  buy  with  the  expectation 
of  appreciation  in  value,  but  he  may  take  certain  steps  which  will 
safeguard  his  property  against  depreciation. 

Home  Ownership  Is  an  Incentive  to  Save 

One  of  the  most  powerful  arguments  in  favor  of  home  buying 
as  an  investment  is  the  strong  incentive  to  save  that  accompanies 
the  purchase  of  a  home.  People  will  economize  on  various  things 
in  order  to  pay  for  a  home  when  they  will  not  save  otherwise. 

The  importance  of  obligating  oneself  to  save  should  be  clearly 
appreciated.  For  an  equity  cannot  be  liquidated  readily,  and  may 
furnish  the  influence  necessary  to  make  one  build  up  his  savings. 

Buying  at  a  Favorable  Time 

Success  in  acquiring  a  home  depends  not  only  upon  selecting 
the  right  kind  of  a  building  and  community  in  which  to  live,  but 
is  dependent  as  much  upon  choosing  the  time  of  buying  and  the 
manner  of  payment. 

In  the  final  analysis  of  supply  and  demand,  in  real  estate  as  in 
all  other  lines  of  business,  there  are  cycles  of  inflation  and  like- 
wise of  deflation.  It  is  perhaps  unnecessary  to  enter  into  an 
analytical  discussion  of  the  underlying  economic  laws,  if  the  one 
central  thought  involved  can  be  brought  to  the  sober  attention  of 
the  prospective  home  buyer,  i.  e.,  that  periods  of  boom  values 
should  be  avoided  or  considered  with  extreme  caution,  and  that 
communities  in  which  there  is  a  scarcity  of  supply  naturally  tend 
to  have  higher  levels  of  values  than  other  areas.  During  a  boom 
period  the  prospective  home  buyer  should  accumulate  savings 
with  which  to  purchase  his  home  at  a  more  expedient  time.  There 
are  periods  when  an  oversupply  of  residential  construction  is  cre- 
ated because  the  anticipation  of  a  community's  ability  to  absorb 
all  of  the  structures  which  are  erected  is  too  optimistic.  There- 
fore, the  inability  to  rent  or  sell  brings  down  the  level  of  prices. 
The  ordinary  home  buyer  "follows  the  crowd"  and  makes  his 
purchase  at  a  time  when,  by  reason  of  the  excitement  of  boom 
periods,  the  great  masses  of  people  are  minded  to  buy. 

19 


20     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

It  is,  ordinarily,  in  periods  of  price  recession  that  the  most  ad- 
vantageous purchases  can  be  made,  and  the  person  of  courage  and 
vision  can  acquire  a  home  at  a  cost  which  will  normally  stand  the 
shock  of  deflation  with  better  stability  than  a  purchase  made  dur- 
ing so-called  boom  periods.  It  becomes  advisable,  therefore,  for 
the  home  seeker  to  analyze  carefully  the  community  in  which  he 
desires  to  locate,  to  ascertain  the  number  of  vacant  buildings,  to 
find  out  how  long  they  have  stood  idle,  and  to  consider,  as  keenly 
as  possible,  the  ability  of  the  community  to  absorb  the  space 
already  existing.  He  should  also  determine  by  a  careful  inquiry 
the  range  of  prices  over  a  period  of  several  years  so  as  to  demon- 
strate to  himself  that  they  have  been  sufficiently  stabilized  and 
that  the  broad  basis  of  cost  to  him  will  be  sound  over  a  subsequent 
period  of  years. 

In  determining  when  to  buy,  the  home  seeker  has  to  weigh  the 
following  four  factors  and  strike  a  balance: 

1.  When  to  buy  with  relation  to  the  economic  and  financial  status  of  him- 
self and  family.     When  the  market  is  ripe  he,  personally,  may  not  be  in  a 
good  position  to  take  advantage  of  it. 

2.  When  to  buy  with  relation  to  the  particular  community  and  its  stage  of 
development.     His  favorite  community  may  be  just  going  into  a  stage  of 
decline. 

3.  When  to  buy  with  relation  to  the  season  of  the  year.     (This  involves 
such  factors  as  high  seasonal  demand  for  space  and  seasonal  employment  of 
the  home  purchaser.) 

4.  When  to  buy  with  relation  to  general  economic  and  business  conditions. 

The  home  buyer's  task  of  determining  the  situation  in  relation 
to  the  preceding  four  factors  includes  the  consideration  of  the 
ratio  of  his  annual  income  to  what  he  can  afford  in  the  way  of  a 
house,  and  what  he  can  afford  to  maintain;  how  much  he  has  in 
reserve ;  how  much  he  has  to  have  in  reserve  when  taking  on  the 
responsibility  of  home  ownership ;  how  much  equity  money  he  can 
afford  to  put  into  the  house ;  and  in  general  the  financial  and  social 
relationship  of  home  ownership  responsibility  to  his  other  responsi- 
bilities. The  fourth  factor  (favorable  buying  time)  is  undoubtedly 
the  most  difficult  of  all  to  determine  and  is  liable  to  be  the  most 
costly  in  case  it  is  not  decided  upon  correctly. 

Neighborhood 

The  surrounding  neighborhood  has  a  strong  influence  upon  the 
value  and  desirability  of  a  particular  home.  The  general  standards 


SAFEGUARDING  THE  HOME  INVESTMENT  21 

of  the  neighborhood  should  be  studied,  and  careful  consideration 
given  to  present  as  well  as  future  conditions.  Regard  should  be 
paid  to  the  extent  to  which  the  community  has  been  developed 
and  to  the  reasonable  expectancy  of  future  development.  Other 
things  being  equal,  a  location  in  a  progressive  community,  where 
buildings  and  grounds  are  well  kept  and  neighbors  are  desirable, 
will  suffer  the  least  depreciation,  as  well  as  yield  the  most  pleasure 
to  the  home  owner. 

Selecting  the  Location 

In  determining  whether  a  certain  location  will  satisfy  a  fam- 
ily's particular  requirements  and  represent  a  secure  investment, 
the  prudent  home  buyer  must,  on  the  basis  of  his  own  experience, 
or  that  of  an  honest  and  skilled  advisor,  assure  himself : 

1.  That  the  section  in  which  he  is  locating  is  appropriate  to  his  scale  of 
living  and  prospects,  and  that  it  is  reasonably  safeguarded  against  deteriora- 
tion. 

2.  That  the  nearness,  location,  equipment,  and  teaching  standards  of  the 
schools  are  satisfactory,  both  for  the  present  and  future  needs  of  the  family. 

3.  That  educational,   shopping,   transportation,   amusement,   religious   and 
recreational  facilities  are  adequate. 

4.  That  police  and  fire  protection  are  adequate. 

5.  That  water  supply,  sewerage,  and  sanitary  facilities  have  been  provided, 
or  if  they  are  to  be  provided  in  the  future,  that  the  approximate  cost  be 
determined ;  and  that  assessments  for  street  improvements,  sewer,  sidewalks, 
etc.,  have  been  paid  before  the  transfer  of  the  property,  that  they  are  included 
in  the  price  of  the  property  to  be  paid  off  with  the  monthly  or  other  pay- 
ments, or  that  other  satisfactory  arrangements  for  their  payment  have  been 
made. 

6.  That  the  title  of  the  property  is  clear. 

7.  That  tax  rates  are  reasonable  and  are  not  apt  to  increase  excessively. 

8.  That  the  purchase  can  be  financed  on  a  reasonable  basis. 

9.  That  the  price  of  the  property  is  reasonable  both  in  relation  to  location 
and  time  of  purchase. 

Style  * 

In  selecting  a  house,  style  must  be  given  careful  attention.  This 
is  important  to  insure  the  safety  of  an  investment.  Rigid  rules 
for  determining  desirable  styles  cannot  be  laid  down,  but  styles 
and  designs  which  may  turn  out  to  be  passing  fads  instead  of  per- 
manent in  nature  should  be  avoided.  This  does  not  mean  that  all 


1  See  "House  Design,  Construction  and  Equipment,"  Publications  of  the 
President's  Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership,  Vol.  V, 
Pt.  I,  App.  V. 


22     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

new  designs,  layouts,  and  arrangements  should  be  avoided,  but 
they  should  be  carefully  considered  as  to  whether  or  not  they  are 
likely  to  be  desirable  over  a  long  period  of  time. 

Necessity  for  Careful  Examination  of  Ready-Built  House 

One  of  the  pitfalls  of  home  buying  is  the  failure  properly  to 
determine  the  physical  condition  of  the  building  purchased.  The 
everyday  citizen,  not  engaged  in  the  building  trades,  ordinarily 
lacks  the  ability  and  knowledge  necessary  to  know  whether  the 
structure  has  been  properly  and  soundly  built.  Unless  the  buyer 
has  special  proficiency,  it  becomes  vitally  important  to  have  the 
honest  advice  of  a  competent  judge  as  to  the  condition  of  the  prop- 
erty; otherwise  after  the  ownership  begins,  numerous  hidden  de- 
fects may  be  discovered.  Heating  may  be  found  to  be  inadequate, 
roofs  and  \valls  neither  wind-  nor  water-tight,  and  many  frailties 
may  appear  which  increase  the  cost  of  repairing  to  a  point  beyond 
the  original  contemplation  of  the  buyer,  and  frequently,  beyond 
his  ability  to  pay. 

The  calm  buyer,  who  makes  a  thoughtful  job  of  acquiring  a 
home,  will  save  -himself  a  great  many  difficulties  if  he  will  have 
one  or  more  competent  persons  or  firms  make  a  detailed  survey 
of  the  structure.  It  may  be  difficult,  in  some  small  communities, 
to  follow  out  any  general  plan  or  procedure,  but  in  almost  every 
community  of  any  size,  this  advice  can  be  obtained.  Information 
as  to  who  can  be  depended  upon  to  make  reliable  inspections  and 
valuations  can  often  be  obtained  from  responsible  officials  of  sav- 
ings banks,  of  the  trust  departments  of  national  or  state  banks, 
and  building  and  loan  associations. 

The  cost  of  such  examinations  ordinarily  would  not  exceed  one 
per  cent  of  the  purchase  price  of  the  property  (frequently  it  is 
much  less),  and  should  not  deter  the  buyer  from  procuring  good 
inspection. 

Preliminary  Cautions  in  House  Building 

If  the  owner  builds  a  new  house,  the  close  and  continuous  in- 
spection of  a  building  in  the  course  of  construction  is  one  of  the 
safeguards  upon  which  he  must  insist.  In  those  cases  in  which 
the  home  buyer  contracts  to  purchase  a  home  that  is  in  the  course 
of  construction,  it  is  vitally  essential  that  he  have  independent 
architectural  advice  as  to  the  quality  of  the  work  to  be  done  under 


SAFEGUARDING  THE  HOME  INVESTMENT  23 

the  plans  and  specifications  and  to  insure  the  completion  of  the 
building  pursuant  to  such  plans.  The  erection  of  a  structure  is  a 
complicated  process,  and  the  variety  of  qualities,  both  of  work  and 
material,  are  innumerable,  requiring  the  investor  cautiously  to 
check  the  progress  of  the  building  work.2 

Before  actually  starting  the  work  of  construction  the  prospective 
home  builder  should  be  assured  of  the  following: 

1.  That  the  plans  for  the  house  are  well  worked  out  and  will  result  in  a 
structure  that  will  be  attractive  to  others  in  the  event  sale  is  advisable. 

2.  That,  if  future  extensions  to  the  house  are  contemplated,  the  initial  plans 
have  been  drawn  in  proper  anticipation  of  such  extensions. 

3.  That  the  plans,  as  drawn,  meet  the  requirements  of  building  codes  and 
local  restrictions  on  the  property. 

4.  That  the  specifications  are  complete  for  a  house  ready  for  occupancy 
or  that  any  exceptions  are  clearly  noted;  and  also  that  the  specifications  in- 
clude an  irrevocable  blanket  clause  providing  that  no  bills  for  extras  shall 
be  valid,  without  prior  written  understanding  with  the  owner  as  to  nature 
and  amount. 

5.  That  the  specifications  are  such  as  to  require  minimum  maintenance 
costs  and  costs  of  operation. 

6.  That  the  contractor  has  a  reputation  for  doing  sound  and  conscientious 
work  and  is  considered  financially  responsible  by  local  authorities. 

7.  That  the  contract  clearly  specifies  the  basis  and  amounts  of  payments, 
and  the  contractor's  responsibility  for  fire  and  employees'  liability  insurance 
while  the  building  is  under  construction,  and  for  defective  work  or  omissions 
discovered  after  acceptance  of  the  property  by  the  owner. 

8.  That  the  property  is  subject  to  final  inspection  by  the  owner  before  the 
final  payment  is  made. 

9.  That  the  above  agreements  or  legal  obligations  have  been  approved  by 
competent  legal  advisors. 

Many  other  suggestions  of  importance  to  prospective  home  own- 
ers will  be  found  in  the  Department  of  Commerce  bulletins  How 
to  Own  Your  Home,  cited  on  page  1,  and  How  to  Judge  a  House, 
cited  below. 

Budgeting  the  Purchase 

The  home  buyer  should  make  a  rational  study  of  his  own  finan- 
cial strength  if  his  investment  is  to  be  secure.  If  he  has  a  stead- 
fast determination  to  obligate  himself  only  for  those  amounts  which 
he  has  a  reasonable  expectancy  of  being  able  to  pay  in  a  reasonable 


2  Regarding  architectural  and  other  features,  consult  Perkins,  Nelson  S., 
Hoiv  to  Judge  a  House,  Washington  (National  Committee  on  Wood  Utiliza- 
tion, U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce),  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office, 
1931. 


24    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

period  on  the  basis  of  his  present  income,  he  will  ordinarily  make 
a  success  of  home  purchasing.  Often  the  great  reason  for  dis- 
satisfaction in  home  owning  is  that  home  buyers  violate  the  prin- 
ciple that  no  man  should  buy  a  home  unless  he  can  make  an  ade- 
quate down  payment  and  unless  he  is  given  ample  time  in  which  to 
honor  his  mortgage  obligations. 

Mortgages  and  Their  Renewals 

In  connection  with  the  matter  of  financing  the  purchase,  con- 
siderable difficulty  arises  and  equities  are  frequently  lost  because 
of  the  failure  to  take  into  consideration  what  will  happen  to  the 
mortgage  obligations  on  the  property  at  the  time  they  mature.  Fre- 
quently the  terms  of  the  first  mortgage  provide  for  amortization 
or  reduction  of  the  principal.  If  there  is  a  second  mortgage,  it 
may  be  payable  at  the  rate  of  so  much  per  month,  or  in  quarterly 
or  semi-annual  instalments,  and  the  seller  generally  desires  that 
the  final  payment  on  the  second  mortgage  shall  be  at  the  earliest 
possible  moment. 

The  average  home  buyer  does  not  take  into  consideration  that 
the  first  mortgage  may  mature  before  the  second  mortgage  ma- 
tures and  that  there  may  be  some  difficulty  in  renewing  the  first 
mortgage  obligation,  for  the  reason  that  the  holder  of  the  mortgage 
may  not  wish  to  renew  it,  or  may  wish  to  renew  it  for  a  smaller 
sum,  because  of  possible  changes  in  values.  Care  must  be  exer- 
cised, therefore,  to  be  assured  that  a  renewal  will  be  possible  under 
reasonable  circumstances  and  that  the  cost  of  obtaining  a  renewal 
will  be  nominal. 

The  prospective  home  owner  should  obtain  responsible  legal  ad- 
vice to  determine  that  the  sequence  of  maturity  dates  of  the  mort- 
gages on  his  property  is  such  that  he  will  experience  no  embarrass- 
ment or  difficulty  when  it  becomes  necessary  to  renew  any  of  the 
mortgages. 

The  second  mortgage  should  be  for  a  term  sufficient  to  make 
payments  required  thereunder,  within  the  ability  of  the  buyer. 
Maturities  within  short  periods  generally  involve  a  necessity  for 
renewal,  and  total  charges  for  renewal  and  interest  are  sometimes 
high  and  usurious.  If,  in  addition  to  the  above  payments,  the  cost 
of  public  improvements  must  be  paid  over  a  period  of  years,  the 
principal  and  interest  required  annually  under  these  payments 
should  be  taken  into  consideration. 


SAFEGUARDING  THE  HOME  INVESTMENT  25 

The  buyer  should  recognize  that  the  smaller  the  down  pay- 
ment, the  higher  will  be  the  costs  of  financing,  and  when  pur- 
chasing upon  as  small  a  margin  as  10  per  cent,  he  should  be 
especially  careful  to  secure  competent  legal  and  financial  advice. 

Difficulties  in  home  buying  sometimes  result  from  the  inability 
of  the  home  owner  to  pay  the  interest  on  the  mortgages,  as  well 
as  the  reduction  in  principal  when  required.  In  order  to  meet  the 
annual  and  other  interest  payments  readily,  it  is  advisable  that  he 
carefully  prepare  a  budget,  and  lay  aside  a  certain  amount  every 
month,  so  that  the  required  sums  will  be  available  when  needed.3 

Cost  of  Improvements 

If  the  assessments  for  municipal  improvements  have  not  been 
paid,  the  home  buyer  should  make  every  effort  to  induce  the  seller 
to  pay  for  the  cost  of  the  improvements  and  include  such  cost  in 
the  price  of  the  property.  In  buying  subject  to  assessments  the 
buyer  assumes  responsibility  for  an  additional  lien  against  the 
property.  It  is  then  virtually  subject  to  three  mortgages,  because 
the  lien  for  the  assessments  is  superior  to  those  of  the  first  and 
second  mortgages. 

If  the  municipal  improvements  (curbing,  grading,  flagging, 
water  connections,  sewering)  have  not  been  installed,  the  home 
buyer  should  make  inquiry  as  to  the  approximate  cost  of  these  im- 
provements, when  they  will  be  made,  the  length  of  time  permitted 
for  payment,  the  interest  rate  on  the  unpaid  portion  of  the  assess- 
ments pending,  and  the  amount  payable  annually  over  the  period 
allotted,  which  is  generally  about  10  years.  These  principles  apply 
whether  the  improvements  are  installed  by  private  or  public  in- 
strumentality and  also  whether  they  are  made  by  a  city,  county, 
or  other  unit  of  government.  In  making  these  inquiries,  an  authen- 
tic source  should  be  used,  generally  some  competent  official  having 
jurisdiction,  and  no  reliance  should  be  placed  upon  mere  opinion. 

Taxes,  Insurance,  Maintenance  and  Other  Costs 

The  home  buyer  should  be  careful  to  measure  his  ability  to  pay 
not  only  the  interest  on,  and  principal  of,  mortgages  and  assess- 
ments, but  also  the  taxes,  insurance,  water  rates  and  the  reason- 


8  For  other  suggestions  on  financing  the  purchase  of  a  home  see  Gries, 
John  M.,  and  Curran,  Thomas  M.,  Present  Home  Financing  Methods,  Wash- 
ington (U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce).  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Of- 
fice, 1928, 


26     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

able  cost  of  keeping  the  physical  condition  of  the  property  in  a 
state  of  fair  maintenance.  To  facilitate  paying  taxes  and  other 
important  charges,  it  is  advisable  to  prepare  a  budget  plan  which 
will  provide  for  monthly  payments  to  be  accumulated  in  a  tax  or 
other  fund. 

Speculative  Prospect  of  Appreciation 

One  of  the  common  arguments  advanced  by  those  in  the  business 
of  selling  residential  property  has  been  the  holding  out  of  the  hope 
that  substantial  profits  would  result  by  reason  of  the  increase  in 
the  value  of  the  property.  The  decision  to  buy  a  home  should 
not  in  any  way  depend  upon  making  profits  out  of  buying  a  home 
for  resale.  In  urging  the  family  having  competent  purchasing 
ability  to  consider  home  ownership,  it  is  not  within  the  scope  of 
this  discussion  to  consider  speculative  purchasing,  nor  is  it  intended 
to  indicate  that  any  particular  kind  of  location  or  type  of  purchase 
will  eventually  produce  a  profit  on  resale.  The  satisfactions  of 
home  ownership  do  not  depend  upon  making  money  out  of  holding 
the  property.  And  the  purchaser  should  realize  the  depreciation  of 
his  house  is  a  normal  circumstance  that  accompanies  its  use  over  a 
period  of  time. 

City  Planning,  Zoning,  and  Deed  Restrictions 

The  buying  of  a  home,  like  the  making  of  any  other  worth 
while  investment,  involves  the  necessity  not  only  of  prudent  con- 
duct in  the  initial  process  of  home  buying  but  also  involves  a  con- 
tinuing effort  to  protect  the  investment.  This  not  only  has  a  bear- 
ing upon  maintaining  and  enhancing  the  value  of  the  purchase,  but 
it  increases  the  benefits  of  home  owning  by  a  careful  regard  for 
the  interests  of  the  community  as  a  whole.  Before  purchasing, 
due  inquiry  should  be  made  regarding  the  regulations  enforced  by 
the  planning  and  zoning  commissions  of  the  municipality,  the  ex- 
tent to  which  the  area  involved  has  undergone  an  orderly  develop- 
ment by  planning  and  zoning,  and  the  extent  to  which  the  use  of 
property  is  limited  by  deed  and  other  restrictions. 

Proper  zoning  is  an  important  part  of  good  city  planning  and 
ultimately  results  in  safeguarding  the  home  from  the  depreciation 
which  the  unrestricted  erection  of  various  types  of  undesirable 
structures  would  normally  cause.  It  therefore  becomes  essential 
to  know  exactly  to  what  uses  the  surrounding  area  can  be  put  and 


SAFEGUARDING  THE  HOME  INVESTMENT  27 

whether  or  not  the  zoning  and  planning  are  sound  and  the  method 
of  enforcement  is  practical. 

The  most  successful  home  owner  is  the  man  who  jealously 
watches  any  infringement  upon  the  character  of  the  neighborhood 
in  which  he  has  chosen  a  home  and  who  will  resist  to  the  full  limit 
of  his  ability  any  attack  upon  the  standards  of  the  community  in 
which  he  has  located  his  family.  From  a  wide-visioned  standpoint, 
he  develops  and  fosters  his  own  appreciation  of  his  property  by 
showing  an  active  interest  in  any  change  in  the  planning  and  zon- 
ing programs  and  by  protesting  vigorously  on  his  own  account  and 
assembling  his  neighbors  to  do  likewise  when  any  action  is  to  be 
taken  which  will  destroy  the  inherent  value  of  his  property  as  a 
desirable  residence. 

In  many  places  no  real  progress  on  the  subject  of  planning  and 
zoning  has  been  made  and  the  only  safeguard  upon  which  the 
home  buyer  can  rely  is  to  assure  himself  that  the  area  in  which 
his  prospective  home  is  located  has  been  properly  restricted  by 
private  agreement.  The  subject  of  legal  effect  of  such  restrictions 
is  too  large  to  admit  of  treatment  here.  The  buyer,  however, 
should  inquire  before  making  the  purchase  as  to  whether  by  deed 
or  other  document  his  property  and  the  adjoining  parcels  in  the 
necessary  radius  are  subject  to  appropriate  restrictive  agreements. 
For  this  purpose  he  should  know  mainly  just  what  area  is  covered 
by  the  restrictive  plan  and  what  details  are  included  in  the  restric- 
tive agreements.  These  agreements  should  cover  a  sufficiently 
wide  territory  to  insure  against  the  depreciation  of  the  property 
by  the  incoming  of  undesirable  occupants  or  the  building  of  in- 
ferior structures.  The  fabric  of  the  agreements  should  be  de- 
signed to  prevent  the  erection  of  any  type  of  building  in  the  area 
which  would  constitute  a  nuisance  or  the  erection  or  maintenance 
of  which  would  tend  to  destroy  or  lower  the  standard  of  the 
neighborhood. 

The  period  during  which  the  restrictions  are  operative  also 
should  be  considered  carefully  because,  if  the  original  restrictive 
plan  was  made  so  far  in  the  past  that  the  agreements  have  run 
out  or  will  run  out  shortly,  deflation  in  the  value  of  the  property 
may  follow.  To  determine  the  probable  effects  of  zoning  and 
planning  ordinances  and  regulations,  of  restrictions  contained  in 
deeds,  or  of  agreements  made  by  the  owners  in  the  area  that  may 


28     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

not  be  contained  in  any  deed,  often  requires  competent  legal  or 
other  expert  advice. 

Insurance 

An  important  protection  to  the  home  owner's  investment  is 
proper  insurance.  The  home  owner  must  study  carefully  his  re- 
quirement from  the  standpoint  of  the  types  of  insurance  to  be 
carried  and  the  amount  of  the  coverage.  The  types  ordinarily 
needed  for  protection  are  as  follows : 

1.  Fire  insurance  in  an  amount  which  would  represent  the  reproduction 
value  of  the  building. 

2.  It  is  frequently  advisable,  in  addition  to  fire  insurance,  to  carry  wind, 
storm,  or  earthquake  insurance. 

3.  If  there  are  employees,  such  as  handy  men,  gardeners,  or  other  house 
servants,  workmen's  compensation  insurance  should  be  considered. 

4.  To  protect  the  owner  against  damage  suits  by  reason  of  injuries  to  the 
public,  liability  insurance  should  be  considered. 

The  policies  should  be  examined  to  see  whether  they  adequately 
cover  the  risks  against  which  the  owner  wishes  to  be  insured. 

When  the  property  is  mortgaged,  the  general  practice  is  that  the 
insurance  policies-are  held  by  the  lending  institution  and  the  owner 
generally  does  not  see  the  policies.  He  should,  therefore,  make 
arrangements  with  the  lender  to  inspect  the  original  policies  or 
secure  a  memorandum  of  the  contents,  so  that  he  may  know  what 
obligations  are  imposed  upon  him,  and  guard  himself  against  a 
voiding  of  the  protection. 

The  home  owner  might  profitably  consider  the  value  of  carry- 
ing life  insurance  for  a  term  to  cover  any  remaining  mortgages 
in  the  event  of  death.  Or  he  may  wish  to  carry  an  endowment 
policy  so  that  in  any  event,  at  the  end  of  a  stated  period,  the  funds 
will  be  available  when  needed  to  pay  off  mortgages. 

Importance  of  Adequate  Legal  Advice 

The  prospective  owner  is  cautioned  to  consider  the  advisability 
of  employing  competent  legal  counsel.  In  selecting  a  lawyer,  he 
may  often  obtain  valuable  assistance  by  conferring  with  responsible 
officials  in  his  savings  bank  or  in  the  lending  institutions  with 
which  he  may  be  arranging  for  home  financing.  The  cost  of  this 
protection,  which  should  be  ascertained  in  advance  of  employing 
counsel,  should  not  deter  the  prospective  home  owner.  The  most 
costly  losses  involved  in  building  and  buying  a  home  are  generally 


SAFEGUARDING  THE  HOME  INVESTMENT  29 

incurred  through  neglecting  to  make  the  proper  investigations 
before  buying,  to  have  it  built  according  to  a  carefully  thought 
out  plan,  and  to  safeguard  it  against  legal  difficulties.  The  dis- 
criminating home  owner  will  attend  to  these  details  in  a  calm  and 
constructive  way;  he  will  not  be  deterred  by  the  reasonable  over- 
head of  having  his  interests  properly,  ably,  and  honestly  watched 
in  a  disinterested  manner. 

Improvement  of  Home  Premises 

One  of  the  principal  and  most  immediate  results  of  the  owner- 
ship of  a  house  and  "yard"  lies  in  the  interest  which  the  family 
takes  in  protecting  and  improving  the  property.  This,  in  itself, 
is  a  contribution  to  the  appearance  of  the  neighborhood  and  main- 
tenance of  values  in  the  community.  In  some  people  the  desire 
to  plant  and  tend  gardens  is  so  marked  that  it  is  exercised  even 
on  rented  properties  if  there  is  a  yard  to  cultivate ;  but  the  incen- 
tive to  make  a  beautiful  garden,  to  plant  perennials  and  more 
permanent  trees  and  shrubs  is  much  greater  where  homes  are 
owned. 

Attention  to  Maintenance  and  Modernizing 

If  a  home  owner  is  to  keep  his  investment  intact,  he  should 
give  careful  attention  to  keeping  his  property  up  to  date  and  in 
good  condition  through  such  desirable  modernizing  features  as  are 
feasible  and  possible.  Very  often  slight  alterations  may  be  made 
in  features  which  were  thought  to  be  desirable  when  the  house 
was  built.  Attention  given  to  such  things,  as  well  as  to  proper 
painting  and  repair  of  the  various  parts  of  the  building,  even  to 
changing  the  layout  of  some  of  the  internal  portions,  often  adds 
much  to  the  value  of  the  property.4 

Community  Improvement  Through  Cooperative  Effort 

There  are  many  ways  in  which  communities,  through  coopera- 
tive effort,  can  increase  the  value  of  the  home  owners'  investment. 
Very  often  the  apparent  advantages  of,  let  us  say,  apartment 


*  As  a  valuable  source  of  suggestions  as  to  how  to  make  the  usual  repairs 
in  proper  maintenance  see  Phelan,  Vincent  B.,  Care  and  Repair  of  the  House, 
Garden  City,  N.  Y.,  Doubleday,  Doran  and  Company,  Inc. ;  Washington 
(U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards),  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  1931.  See 
also  "Housing  and  the  Community,  Home  Repair  and  Remodeling,"  Pub- 
lications of  the  President's  Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Owner- 
ship, Washington,  1932,  Vol.  VIII,  Pt.  II. 


30     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

houses,  are  possible  because  of  certain  large-scale  operations — 
that  is,  the  heating  plant  or  janitor  service  can  be  furnished  for 
the  whole  building  at  a  small  cost  per  apartment.  This  idea  can 
be  carried  into  single- family  houses  by  cooperative  community 
effort.  Cooperative  service  of  this  type  can  often  be  obtained  at 
a  small  cost.  If  the  home  owners  so  desire,  they  can  have  heat 
furnished,  lawns  mowed,  janitor  service  and  the  like  and  pay  but 
little  more  for  such  service  per  house  than  the  apartment  dweller 
would  pay  for  service  in  a  comparable  apartment. 

In  addition  to  the  physical  improvement  of  the  neighborhood, 
which  usually  comes  through  home  ownership,  the  cooperative 
community  action  to  effect  improvements  in  schools,  libraries,  rec- 
reational facilities,  streets,  parkways,  shopping  and  marketing 
centers,  transit  and  public  utility  service,  and  other  matters  of 
common  interest,  is  apt  to  be  more  marked  in  neighborhoods  of 
home  owners  than  in  tenant  districts.  In  modern  metropolitan 
life,  owners  of  homes  living  in  neighborhood  units  within  the  city 
limits  or  in  the  suburbs,  by  reason  of  the  comparatively  stable 
tenure,  are  in  fact  able  to  cooperate  more  effectively  than  in  neigh- 
borhoods where  apartment  dwellers  or  house  renters  change  from 
year  to  year.  High  turnover  in  community  citizenship  is  as  costly 
to  the  community  as  high  labor  turnover  is  to  the  business  of  a 
commercial  or  industrial  plant. 

Home  Owners'  Interest  in  Government 

Probably  nothing  creates  greater  stability  in  government  than 
a  wide  distribution  of  property  ownership  on  the  part  of  the 
people  interested  in  that  government.  Increased  home  ownership 
would  establish  a  larger  responsible  electorate.  If  we  could  count 
on  an  average  of  75  per  cent  of  the  population  living  in  owned 
homes,  we  should  always  have  a  safe  majority  of  our  people  with 
a  social  and  financial  stake  in  the  neighborhood  community.  This 
would  undoubtedly  be  reflected  in  sounder  judgments  regarding 
candidates  for  office  who  might  be  selected  from  the  community, 
and  in  a  better  understanding  of  local  government  and  business 
problems  on  which  voters  must  express  their  opinions.  In  this 
way  home  ownership  would  probably  contribute  to  a  better  in- 
formed citizenry  as  well  as  to  a  more  stable  and  responsible  elec- 
torate. 


Courtesy  of  Buhl  Foundation  Photographs  by  Rembrandt  Studios 

Chatham  Village,  Pittsburgh.    A  development  of  one-family  houses  in  group 
and  row  arrangement.     These  houses  are  designed  to  rent  to  families  of 

moderate  income. 


APPENDIX  III 

PROBLEMS  OF  RENTING 
I.  The  Tenant's  Problems 

The  importance  of  the  renting  problem  in  the  United  States  is 
indicated  by  the  fact  that  over  one-half  of  the  families  in  the  coun- 
try live  in  rented  homes.  There  is  a  wide  variation,  however,  in 
the  rental  situation  among  the  different  cities  of  the  country.  Ac- 
cording to  the  1920  census,  in  cities  of  100,000  or  more  inhabi- 
tants, the  proportions  rented  ranged  from  97.9  per  cent  in  Man- 
hattan Borough,  New  York  City,  to  48.9  per  cent  in  Des  Moines, 
Iowa.  Over  four-fifths  of  the  homes  were  rented  in  greater  New 
York,  Boston,  Cambridge,  Fall  River,  Jersey  City,  and  New  York 
City.  Slightly  less  than  half  of  the  homes  were  rented  in  Des 
Moines  and  Grand  Rapids.  The  proportions  rented  in  other  cities 
of  this  group  ranged  between  one-half  and  four-fifths. 

The  Individual's  Problem  of  Renting  or  Owning 

The  question  of  whether  or  not  one  rents  is  an  individual  one. 
The  chief  reasons  which  influence  one  to  rent  are  that  he  desires 
freedom  of  movement;  that  he  is  unable  to  arrange  a  sound  plan 
for  purchasing;  that  he  feels  that  it  is  cheaper  to  rent;  that  he 
questions  home  ownership  as  an  investment ;  and  that  he  does  not 
wish  to  undertake  the  obligation  of  paying  for  a  home. 

Renting  solves  the  problem  of  adjusting  cost  of  housing  to  needs 
and  income  for  many  people  better  than  ownership  can.  The  renter 
ordinarily  feels  that  he  is  more  capable  of  judging  a  fair  rental 
price  than  a  fair  purchase  price.  He  has  less  to  lose  if  he  makes 
a  mistake  in  judgment.  Fear  of  the  outcome  of  his  negotiations, 
perhaps  based  on  experience  of  his  friends,  deters  many  an  inex- 
perienced householder  from  owning. 

Many  renters,  however,  look  upon  these  reasons  for  renting  as 
temporary  ones  and  are  planning  to  own  their  own  homes  even- 
tually. As  one  renter  states: 

"But  there  are  other  conditions  under  which  it  is  desirable  to  own  one's 
house,  and  we  are  already  planning  to  build.  This  we  will  do  as  soon  as 
we  are  able  to  finance  the  purchase  properly,  when  my  remaining  here  is 
more  certain,  and  when  construction  work  and  the  real  estate  market  are 
deflated." 

31 


32     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Choosing  the  Type  of  Dwelling 

The  renter  has  many  types  of  dwellings  from  which  to  choose 
and  he  must  weigh  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  these  dif- 
ferent types  and  strike  a  balance  between  the  best  combination  of 
desirable  features  on  the  one  hand  and  their  cost  on  the  other. 
Yard  and  garden  space,  out-of-door  playspace,  light  and  ventila- 
tion, and  workspace,  are  usually  most  satisfactorily  secured  in  a 
single-family  house  community.  The  apartment  house,  however, 
makes  a  strong  appeal  because  of  the  janitor  service,  heating  serv- 
ice, and  in  many  instances,  because  of  better  equipment  and  supe- 
rior interior  finish.  To  those  who  have  had  experience  in  living  in 
apartment  houses,  the  security  felt  in  living  above  the  first  floor 
is  a  desirable  feature.  Another  advantage  is  the  convenience  in 
such  instances  as  when  the  family  wishes  to  leave  the  home  for  a 
few  days  in  the  winter  time  and  does  not  have  to  bother  about 
draining  water  pipes,  etc. 

Row  houses,  and  two-family  houses  are  ordinarily  considered 
in  between  the  detached  single- family  house  and  the  apartment 
house,  as  far  as  desirability  is  concerned.  Very  often  the  home 
seeker's  requirement  as  to  cost  and  location  are  such  that  he  can 
get  the  most  satisfactory  combination  of  factors  in  relation  to  in- 
come by  sacrificing  some  of  the  advantages  of  single- family  houses, 
or  of  apartment  houses,  and  realize  more  satisfaction  in  the  long 
run  by  living  in  one  of  the  other  types  of  structures. 

Like  the  prospective  home  owner,  the  renter  of  a  house  should 
make,  or  have  made,  a  careful  examination  of  the  structure  in 
order  to  avoid  a  leaky  roof,  wet  basement,  unsatisfactory  heating 
equipment,  and  the  like.  Although  the  tenant  may  have  the  privi- 
lege of  calling  upon  the  landlord  to  make  good  such  defects,  the 
discovery  of  them  after  he  has  occupied  the  dwelling  often  results 
in  unsatisfactory  relations  with  the  landlord. 

When  renting  accommodations  in  a  multi- family  house,  one 
should  check  as  many  of  the  previously  mentioned  items  as  are 
applicable  and,  in  addition,  should  observe  such  factors  as  sound- 
proofing of  walls  and  floors,  and  any  tendency  for  water  to  come 
through  the  ceiling  from  the  next  story  above. 

How  Much  to  Pay 

In  determining  how  much  he  should  pay  for  rent,  the  tenant 
should  take  into  consideration  any  differences  in  facilities  furnished 
and  costs  of  operation.  One  should  pay  less  rent  for  a  single- 


PROBLEMS  OF  RENTING  33 

family  house,  where  he  must  furnish  heat,  mow  lawns,  care  for 
sidewalks,  and  pay  for  water,  than  he  should  for  a  comparable 
apartment  where  the  cost  of  these  items  is  included  in  the  rent. 
In  a  similar  manner,  the  differences  should  be  checked  in  compar- 
ing the  other  types  of  houses  under  consideration. 

Determining  the  Location 

The  renter's  problem  of  determining  the  location  of  his  home  is 
simpler  than  that  of  the  prospective  home  owner  for  the  reason 
that  he  does  not  have  to  determine  community  trends  from  an  in- 
vestment point  of  view.  He  simply  needs  to  make  a  list  of  the 
desired  facilities,  and  then  find  the  location  which  has  the  best 
combination  of  those  facilities.  In  selecting  a  location,  he  must 
assure  himself : 

1.  That  the  section  in  which  he  is  locating  is  appropriate  to  his  scale  of 
living  and  prospects. 

2.  That  the  nearness,  location,  equipment,  and  teaching  standards  of  the 
schools  are  satisfactory. 

3.  That  educational,   shopping,   transportation,   amusement,   religious  and 
recreational  facilities  are  adequate. 

4.  That  police  and  fire  protection  are  adequate. 

5.  That  proper  water  supply,  sewerage,  and  sanitary  facilities  have  been 
provided. 

6.  That  the  landlord  actually  has  the  authority  to  lease  the  property  ac- 
cording to  the  terms  agreed  upon. 

7.  That  the  rental  is  reasonable  both  in  relation  to  the  location  and  the 
period  of  the  lease. 

Time  of  Leasing 

When  making  a  lease,  the  tenant  should  take  into  considera- 
tion both  the  general  business  situation  and  the  time  of  the  year. 

In  periods  of  depression  the  tenant  can  often  take  advantage 
of  the  low  rent  situation  for  the  time  being,  but  he  should  not  be 
misled  into  thinking  that  he  can  rent  at  similar  rates  throughout 
the  following  period  of  prosperity  unless  he  has  a  long-term  lease 
covering  the  prosperity  period.  In  making  such  a  long-term  lease 
during  depression  periods,  the  renter  may  have  to  pay  a  rate 
for  the  entire  period  that  would  be  higher  than  the  current  rates 
for  month-to-month  or  short-term  leases,  but  the  rate  would 
ordinarily  be  somewhat  lower  than  if  the  lease  were  made  during 
a  period  of  prosperity. 

In  some  cities  annual  leases  expire  in  various  months  of  the 
year,  while  in  others  there  is  a  tendency  to  adhere  to  a  single 


34    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

leasing  date.  The  staggering  of  leases  so  that  they  expire  at  dif- 
ferent times  of  the  year  is  an  advantage  to  tenants  for  the  reason 
that  they  have  a  greater  choice  when  it  is  necessary  for  them  to 
select  new  accommodations.  Furthermore,  they  are  able  to  get 
better  service  from  the  moving-van  and  public  utilities  companies, 
and  they  can  be  better  taken  care  of  by  their  landlords  as  they  are 
getting  settled  in  their  new  homes. 

The  Landlord 

The  renter  often  finds  it  of  considerable  advantage  to  study 
carefully  the  characteristics  of  his  prospective  landlord.  A  land- 
lord who  appreciates  reasonable  efforts  on  the  part  of  the  tenant 
to  maintain  his  property,  and  one  who  is  likely  to  make  reason- 
able repairs,  will  do  much  to  make  the  occupancy  of  the  particular 
home  pleasant. 

Terms 

A  point  often  overlooked  by  members  of  a  family  who  find  it 
desirable  to  lease  a  home  is  that  it  often  pays  them  to  select  one 
so  carefully  that  it  can  be  occupied  for  a  period  of  several,  or 
many,  years.  This  enables  the  occupant  to  take  a  larger  part 
in  community  life,  and  it  cuts  down  the  cost  of  moving,  which 
constitutes  a  considerable  expense  to  those  who  move  frequently. 

It  is  a  common  occurrence  that  those  who  do  not  wish  to  be  tied 
down  to  a  single  location  for  one  reason  or  another,  often  find 
themselves  staying  in  the  same  city  for  a  period  of  many  years. 
In  such  instances  it  is  desirable  not  only  that  the  renter  select  a 
house  and  location  that  would  be  satisfactory  for  this  period,  but 
that  he  have  a  security  of  tenure  which  would  allow  him  to  stay 
as  long  as  he  wishes  under  certain  terms.  In  many  such  instances, 
however,  if  the  tenant  leases  the  dwelling  for  1  year,  obtaining 
an  option  to  renew  for  a  period  of  1  or  2  years  at  the  same 
terms,  he  can  enjoy  sufficient  security  of  tenure  to  enable  him 
to  make  improvements  so  peculiar  to  his  own  desires  that  he  does 
not  feel  justified  in  asking  the  landlord  for  them,  and  he  can 
enjoy  many  advantages  that  the  month-to-month  or  short-term 
tenant  could  not  have.  Such  an  arrangement  would,  for  instance, 
give  him  an  opportunity  to  develop  a  garden,  even  to  raising 
perennials  and  shrubs  if  he  desired  to  do  so. 

The  tenant  should  not  overlook  the  opportunity  that  he  has,  in 
leasing  under  such  terms,  to  practice  his  garden  hobbies,  and  to 
gain  experience  that  will  be  valuable  training,  or  background,  if 


PROBLEMS  OF  RENTING  35 

he  later  purchases  his  own  home.  It  is  sometimes  advisable  in 
arranging  terms  to  go  a  step  further,  and  lease  a  house  for  periods 
of  5,  10,  15,  or  more  years.  It  is  often  desirable  to  include  in  a 
long-term  lease  an  option  to  buy. 

In  long-term  leases  of  space  in  apartments  or  other  multi-family 
dwellings,  it  is  particularly  important  to  include  a  description  of 
the  conditions  under  which  the  tenant  may  cancel  a  lease,  because 
of  unsatisfactory  service,  insufficient  maintenance,  unbearable 
neighbors  in  the  same  building,  improper  ventilation,  and  develop- 
ments that  destroy  the  character  of  the  neighborhood. 

Services  Furnished 

In  renting  a  home  it  is  important  to  have  a  definite  understand- 
ing in  writing  regarding  the  services  to  be  furnished,  such  as  heat, 
light,  water,  janitor  service,  and  waste  disposal.  There  should  be 
a  clear  understanding  when  or  under  what  circumstances  the  heat 
should  be  turned  on,  when  hot  water  should  be  available,  and 
what  furniture  and  equipment  are  included  (if  the  house  or  apart- 
ment is  furnished),  and  the  contract  should  definitely  include  the 
penalties  applicable  or  options  to  be  exercised  by  a  renter  in  case 
the  landlord  fails  to  carry  out  his  part  of  the  agreement.  Certain 
minimum  requirements  are  generally  regulated  by  law,  but  it  is 
often  advisable  to  cover  the  individual's  particular  requirements  in 
a  written  contract. 

Repairs 

When  the  renter  leases  a  house  it  is  usually  a  wise  procedure 
to  include  a  memorandum  of  all  promised  repair  work  in  the  lease. 
In  this  connection  the  attitude  of  the  renter  toward  repair  work 
may  be  considered.  Many  of  the  small  odd  jobs  around  the  house, 
such  as  sticking  doors,  leaking  faucets,  loose  screens,  and  the  like 
could  be  repaired  by  the  householder  himself  if  he  owned  his  home. 
If  the  renter  is  at  all  handy  in  making  such  repairs,  it  is  prac- 
tically as  easy  for  him  to  make  the  repairs  as  it  is  to  go  to  the  effort 
of  having  the  landlord  do  the  work  for  him.  In  such  instances  the 
landlord  usually  appreciates  the  tenant's  efforts  and  is  more  willing 
to  make  the  major  repairs.  In  some  instances  the  tenant  who  is 
handy  at  repair  work  can  readily  arrange  to  keep  a  house  in  repair 
in  return  for  a  month  or  two  of  free  rent. 

It  is  in  connection  with  the  maintenance  of  a  home  and  making 
of  minor  repairs  that  the  tenant  has  one  of  his  best  opportunities 
to  show  a  cooperative  attitude.  If  the  landlord  is  at  all  reason- 


36     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

able,  it  pays  the  tenant  well  to  make  himself  such  a  desirable  tenant 
that  the  landlord  does  not  want  to  lose  him. 

Importance  of  Legal  Advice 

The  prospective  renter,  especially  if  he  is  planning  a  long-term 
lease,  is  cautioned  to  consider  the  advisability  of.  employing  com- 
petent legal  counsel.  The  renter  should  ordinarily  have  the  pro- 
visions of  his  proposed  lease  explained  to  him  in  relation  to  local 
leasing  laws.  It  is  a  common  custom  for  the  landlord  to  draw  up 
the  leasing  agreements  and  naturally  the  tendency  is  that  leases 
favor  the  landlord  rather  than  the  renter.  In  order  to  guard 
against  such  contingencies  as  the  house  being  sold  over  his  head 
with  a  week's  notice  to  vacate,  one  should  secure  competent  help  to 
protect  his  own  interests  when  the  terms  of  the  lease  are  being 
determined. 

II.  The  Landlord's  Problems 

Problems  of  the  landlord  vary  widely  with  the  different  types 
of  dwellings  and  with  different  classes  of  tenants.  It  will  be  the 
object  in  the  present  discussion  to  consider  some  of  the  more  im- 
portant problems  concerning  the  landlord. 

Building  or  Buying  an  Apartment  House 

The  prospective  builder  or  buyer  of  an  apartment  house  should 
carefully  consider  the  following  factors  in  connection  with  his 
project : 

1.  Convenience  and  comfort  of  occupants. 

2.  Economical  utilization  of  space. 

3.  Most  effective  use  of  materials  and  design. 

4.  Good  layout  on  lots — adequate  open  space. 

5.  Permanence. 

Examination  of  present  apartment  house  structures  indicates 
that  many  of  them  were  built  without  adequate  consideration  of 
these  factors.  It  is  important  that  the  arrangement  and  size  of  the 
rooms  be  such  that  they  can  be  efficiently  used.  They  must  be  of 
adequate  size,  with  satisfactory  closet  capacity,  but  there  must  be 
no  area  that  the  tenant  would  consider  as  waste,  for  the  landlord 
has  difficulty  in  charging  rent  on  such  space.  The  apartment 
owner  must  obtain  effective  use  of  materials  and  design,  so  that 
he  has  a  satisfactory  structure,  which  is  built  in  accordance  with 
the  local  building  regulations.  Some  local  building  codes  require 


PROBLEMS  OF  RENTING  37 

the  use  of  much  more  material  than  is  necessary  to  meet  the  re- 
quirements of  safety. 

Too  many  apartment  houses  are  not  so  laid  out,  in  relation  to 
the  lot,  that  the  most  satisfactory  use  is  made  of  the  available 
space.  Unless  the  open  space  is  adequate  for  light  and  ventila- 
tion, much  of  the  rentable  area  will  be  unsatisfactory.  An  apart- 
ment house  should  be  built  so  that  it  will  not  require  immediate 
or  extensive  alterations — interior  or  exterior.  A  careful  con- 
sideration of  the  details  in  this  regard  makes  it  possible  to  build 
an  apartment  house  which  has  a  practical  degree  of  permanence. 

Many  apartments  have  been  built  by  speculative  builders  who 
sell  them  to  others  for  operation.  This  practice  has  resulted  in 
a  lack  of  study  of  the  factors  mentioned,  and  many  of  the  apart- 
ment houses  now  standing  are  inferior  to  those  that  are  built  with 
an  adequate  consideration  of  the  different  factors  of  importance 
to  the  tenant.  A  speculative  apartment,  however,  will  still  offer 
competition  which  must  be  met  by  the  more  carefully  built  apart- 
ment houses. 

Service 

The  apartment  house  landlord,  if  he  is  to  keep  his  space  filled, 
must  give  much  attention  to  service.  It  is  not  enough  to  have  the 
interest  of  the  tenants  at  heart  in  a  general  way,  but  it  is  impor- 
tant to  check  up  on  the  reactions  of  the  tenants  by  a  system  of 
reports,  in  order  that  their  wishes  may  be  satisfied.  One  land- 
lord uses  the  following  report  form  in  order  to  determine  whether 
the  janitor  service,  hot  water,  heat,  etc.,  have  been  satisfactory. 

Occupant's  Monthly  Report  on  Janitor  Service 


(Date) 

Property Apartment  No 

Condition  of  front  halls 

Condition  of  service  porches 

Has  heat  been  satisfactory  for  past  month  ? 

Has  hot  water  been  satisfactory  for  past  month  ? 

Have  you  any  suggestions  or  recommendations  for  the  betterment  of  janitor 
service  of  this  apartment  ? 


Name 


38    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

The  preceding  form  gives  the  manager  a  monthly  check  upon 
the  individual  reactions  of  his  tenants.  His  tenants  are  furnished 
with  the  janitor's  and  superintendent's  telephone  numbers  and  an 
emergency  number  for  engineering  service  as  part  of  the  service 
to  insure  ample  heat  and  hot  water  at  all  times. 

Houses  and  Small  Multiple  Dwellings 

The  landlord  who  leases  houses  and  small  multiple  dwellings 
ordinarily  has  problems  of  layout,  economical  utilization  of  space, 
and  use  of  materials  similar  to  those  of  the  landlord  of  the  larger 
apartment  house  but  ordinarily  he  does  not  have  the  same  prob- 
lems of  furnishing  service.  Furthermore,  the  landlord  of  the 
house  and  small  multiple  dwelling  often  finds  it  impossible  to 
give  his  property  the  same  close  supervision  that  is  possible  on  the 
part  of  the  landlord  of  the  larger  apartment  house.  It  is,  there- 
fore, more  to  his  interest  to  secure  the  cooperation  of  his  tenants 
in  maintaining  the  property.  The  development  of  friendly  re- 
lationships will  do  much  in  solving  this  problem  and  here  again 
the  renter  who  is  handy  with  tools  and  will  make  minor  repairs 
may  be  able  to  obtain  more  easily  the  necessary  major  repairs. 

Garage  for  Tenant 

In  all  kinds  of  rental  dwelling  districts,  especially  in  apartment 
house  districts,  the  problem  of  garage  space  is  a  very  important 
one.  In  many  instances  the  zoning  laws  are  such  that  convenient 
commercial  garages  cannot  be  provided.  A  solution  that  will 
meet  this  problem  in  all  localities  has  not  yet  been  worked  out, 
but  it  is  probable  that  in  many  cases  the  zoning  laws  will  have  to 
be  changed  to  permit  the  right  kind  of  strictly  storage-garage 
structure  to  be  erected  in  residential  districts  and  to  provide  for 
the  furnishing  of  more  garage  space  in  the  basements  of  large 
apartment  houses. 

Staggering  Leasing  Dates 

From  the  point  of  view  of  the  landlord  it  is  important  that  all 
leases  should  not  expire  on  the  same  date.  Staggering  of  leasing 
dates  makes  it  possible  for  landlords  to  more  conveniently  take 
care  of  repairs  and  the  moving  of  tenants.  It  also  distributes 
the  burden  of  the  work  that  accompanies  the  tenant's  moving  into 
the  house.  In  cities  where  it  is  customary  to  have  nearly  all  of 


PROBLEMS  OF  RENTING  39 

the  leases  expire  at  a  certain  time  of  the  year,  it  is  suggested  that 
it  would  be  well  worth  while  to  investigate  the  advantages  of 
staggering  the  leasing  dates  and  see  that  organized  effort  is  brought 
to  bear  on  distributing  or  staggering  the  leasing  dates.  In  in- 
stances where  effective  work  in  staggering  leasing  dates  has  been 
done,  it  is  recognized  that  the  individual  can  do  but  little  alone, 
and  that  organized  effort  is  essential. 

Contracts 

Many  landlords  insist  on  having  a  formal  lease  agreement  signed 
by  the  tenant,  while  others  feel  that  such  an  agreement  is  a  waste 
of  time  and  effort.  This  is  a  question  for  the  individual  landlord 
to  settle  for  himself,  as  the  enforcing  of  broken  leases  or  the 
following  up  of  tenants  who  have  left  often  costs  more  than  the 
amount  of  the  settlement  that  might  be  made.  In  cases  of  long- 
term  residence  by  responsible  tenants,  however,  written  contracts 
should  be  so  made  that  they  can  be  readily  lived  up  to  by  both 
landlords  and  tenants.  Any  unreasonable  provisions  in  the  lease 
may  be  taken  advantage  of  by  the  tenant  as  a  means  of  voiding 
the  contract. 

III.  General  Considerations 

Conditions  governing  rentals  vary  in  different  parts  of  the  coun- 
try, in  different  cities  and  even  within  the  same  community.  These 
variations  are  governed  primarily  by  the  type  of  population,  type 
and  condition  of  structure,  business  or  industrial  activity  and  by 
the  growth  or  obsolescence  of  local  areas. 

Types  of  Renters 

In  every  community  there  must  always  remain  a  considerable 
number  of  families  who  rent  homes  because  it  is  not  timely  for 
them  to  purchase.  In  this  group  are : 

1.  The  newly  married  who  have  not  yet  procured  sufficient  financial  foot- 
ing to  assume  the  responsibility  of  purchase. 

2.  The  group  seeking  to  ascertain  by  experience  the  desirability  of  a  given 
section  before  committing  themselves  to  permanent  residence. 

3.  Those,  otherwise  responsible,  whose  occupations  are  of  an  itinerant 
nature. 

4.  The  more  poorly  paid  of  the  population  who  lack  the  ability  to  purchase. 

The  first  two  classifications  may  be  considered  by  owners  as  fur- 
nishing distinctly  desirable  tenants.  If  they  are  occupying  houses 


40    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

for  sale,  they  constitute  in  a  majority  of  cases,  prospective  pur- 
chasers. It  is  reasonable  to  assume  that  the  members  of  the  first 
group,  upon  becoming  more  stabilized  financially,  will  have  de- 
veloped a  community  interest  and  acquaintanceship  which  may  tie 
them  to  the  vicinity  of  their  temporary  residence,  if  not  to  the 
actual  premises  occupied.  This  condition  applies  even  more  defi- 
nitely to  the  second  group. 

Types  of  Rental  Dwellings 

One- family  houses  are  usually  not  built  or  purchased  for  occu- 
pancy on  a  rental  basis  but  are  intended  to  be  sold  as  rapidly  as 
possible.  Territorially  these  structures  predominate  in  the  smaller 
cities  and  in  those  suburban  areas  adjacent  to  larger  commercial 
or  industrial  centers. 

Except  in  times  approximately  approaching  boom  conditions,  it 
is  logical  to  assume  that  the  entire  production  of  any  one  builder 
or  development  may  not  be  immediately  sold.  Within  this  class 
will  be  found  the  greater  proportion  of  the  single  houses  avail- 
able for  rental. 

When  builders  and  owners  of  small  houses  are  considering  the 
first  two  types  of  renters  mentioned  above,  since  a  certain  propor- 
tion of  the  original  cost  of  the  structure  will  have  been  amortized, 
rentals  at  figures  merely  approximating  maintenance  may  be  con- 
sidered logical,  particularly  when  it  is  considered  that  each  tenant 
may  be  a  prospective  purchaser.  If  budgetary  requirement  for 
savings  is  added  to  the  rental  allowance,  a  practical  system  for  pur- 
chase may  well  be  arranged,  in  which  case  the  problem  of  the 
leased  premises  becomes  identical  to  that  of  home  ownership,  as 
treated  in  another  part  of  this  report,  and  the  cautions  brought  to 
the  attention  of  the  prospective  owner  can  be  utilized  by  the  family 
which  seeks  to  occupy  the  premises  as  tenant. 

Those  engaged  in  itinerant  occupations,  comprising  group  three, 
can  be  considered  only  in  the  light  of  temporary  occupancy.  Even 
though  otherwise  responsible,  many  persons  are,  by  nature  of  their 
employment,  required  to  move  at  irregular  intervals  from  one  sec- 
tion of  a  community  to  another  and  in  some  instances  to  distant 
points.  Within  this  group  may  be  found  those  who  are  capable  of 
paying  any  rental  throughout  the  rental  scale,  and  while  in  the 
a  reasonably  important  group  as  tenants,  their  basic  in- 


PROBLEMS  OF  RENTING 


41 


stability  of  location  precludes  their  consideration  as  prospective 
purchasers. 

Within  group  four  is  found  that  portion  of  the  community  un- 
able to  pay  rental  demanded  for  modern  or  new  houses  but  still 
anxious  to  maintain  independent  homes  in  single- family  houses. 
The  normal  tendency  of  these  persons  is  toward  cheaper  rentals  in 
obsolete  or  obsolescent  districts,  or  in  inexpensive  developments 
located  convenient  to  the  place  of  employment.  It  is  the  exception 
rather  than  the  rule  to  find  prospective  purchasers  within  this 
classification. 

The  two- family  (sometimes  called  duplex)  type  of  dwelling 
reaches  its  greatest  popularity  in  the  smaller  cities  and  in  locations 
removed  from  the  immediate  centers  of  large  cities.  In  the  smaller 
communities,  many  local  investors  favor  this  type  of  structure, 
considering  that  rentals  will  compensate  for  the  investment  and 
provide  an  adequate  return.  The  more  general  use  of  such  a  struc- 
ture, however,  is  the  purchase  by  particularly  thrifty  individuals, 
who  have  in  mind  the  idea  of  providing  comfortable  and  satisfac- 
tory living  accommodations,  the  cost  of  which  is  minimized  by 
renting  part  of  the  premises. 

The  problem  of  providing  adequate  housing  facilities  for  the 
employees  of  large  industrial  corporations  that  are  located  outside 
the  centers  of  population  is  one  that  concerns  the  management  of 
industrial  plants  rather  than  individuals.  In  older  sections,  many 
such  projects  have  been  unattractive ;  they  were  designed  only  for 
the  purpose  of  providing  domiciles  for  employees  convenient  to 
their  work,  and  at  a  minimum  of  rent.  In  recent  years,  however, 
an  increasing  number  of  organizations,  possessed  of  more  than 
average  foresight,  have  considered  that  the  provision  of  attractive 
and  convenient  residences,  at  nominal  cost,  has  a  particularly  bene- 
ficial effect  on  employment  conditions,  and  tends  to  stabilize  em- 
ployment and  to  improve  the  morale  of  employees. 

Multiple  dwellings  range  all  the  way  from  the  three- family 
structure  of  some  of  the  smaller  cities  to  the  modern  apartment 
house  of  15  stories  or  more,  peculiar  to  the  central  areas  of  the 
larger  cities.  The  apartment  house  is  a  commercial  enterprise 
and,  tinder  normal  conditions,  the  supply  has  followed  the  demand. 

However,  there  have  occurred  fluctuations  in  rentals  from  the 
unreasonably  high  levels  of  the  immediate  postwar  period  to  the 
present  sharp  reductions  incident  to  the  overproduction  during 


42    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

the  last  few  years  of  buildings  of  this  type.  Provision  of  apart- 
ment house  space  is  a  prime  necessity  in  the  great  cities,  and  con- 
tinued construction  of  such  buildings  will  undoubtedly  proceed 
through  the  efforts  of  individual  investofs  for  whom  adequate 
supply  of  capital  is  normally  available.  Even  under  existing  con- 
ditions, there  is  a  reasonable  demand  for  modern  apartments  em- 
bodying the  most  up-to-date  features  of  design  and  construction 
which,  with  proper  planning,  can  be  provided  even  in  buildings 
designed  for  a  nominal  rental  expectancy. 

It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  apartment  buildings  will  be 
in  competition  with  buildings  of  the  same  type  more  recently 
erected  and  the  owner  should  be  constantly  alert  to  the  necessity  for 
practicable  modernization  of  his  building  as  well  as  the  preserva- 
tion of  the  desirable  qualities  of  the  neighborhood  in  which  it  is 
located.  Thus,  while  it  may  become  necessary  to  adjust  rentals 
to  levels  within  the  means  of  families  not  requiring  the  very 
highest  standards  of  convenience  and  modernness,  the  property 
will  still  be  attractive  to  a  desirable  clientele.  By  this  procedure, 
if  proper  allowance  for  depreciation  has  been  made  during  the 
most  productive  years  of  the  structure,  the  building  can  be  main- 
tained on  a  profitable  basis  and  will  serve  to  furnish  superior 
living  accommodations  to  those  unable  to  pay  the  highest  scale 
of  rents. 

The  Apartment  House  in  Relation  to  a  Community 

The  Planning  Board  of  New  Rochelle,  N.  Y.,  recently  con- 
ducted a  door-to-door  survey  of  apartment  houses  in  that  city  with 
a  view  to  determining,  among  other  things,  the  following: 

Do  apartments  pay  the  city? 
Do  apartments  pay  the  tenant? 
Do  apartments  pay  the  owner? 

The  field  studied  consisted  of  modern  apartment  houses  and 
typical  single-family  houses  among  apartment  houses,  occupied 
by  about  the  same  class  of  people.  The  report  states: 

"From  these  statistics  it  would  appear  that  the  apartment  house  and  the 
dwelling  each  has  its  place.  Where  there  is  a  family  of  children  of  pre- 
school age  or  school  age,  the  dwelling  offers  more  advantages  in  proportion 
to  the  rent  than  does  the  apartment.  However,  for  families  where  there  are 
no  young  children,  or  possibly  at  most  one  child,  and  for  single  adults,  the 
apartment  offers  distinct  advantages.  With  the  constant  decrease  in  the 


PROBLEMS  OF  RENTING  43 

size  of  the  family,  the  number  of  families  or  individuals  who  would  find  it 
preferable  to  live  in  an  apartment  is  constantly  increasing.  Therefore,  the 
market  for  apartment  houses  is  increasing. 

"From  the  standpoint  of  the  building  owner,  the  rapidly  increasing  price 
of  land  per  square  foot  in  New  Rochelle  and  the  number  of  square  feet  that 
must  be  preserved  around  houses  for  health  and  safety  is  making  it  more 
and  more  difficult  each  year  to  build  new  one-family  houses  to  rent.  On  the 
other  hand,  even  the  garden  type  of  apartment  with  relatively  large  open 
spaces  around  it  is  a  more  economic  proposition  to  the  owner  and  to  the 
tenant  than  is  the  one-  or  two-family  house. 

"From  the  city's  standpoint,  the  apartment  house  pays  in  taxes  per  square 
foot  of  land  about  three  times  as  much  as  the  dwelling.  However,  the 
apartment  brings  about  half  as  much  in  taxes  per  family  as  does  the 
dwelling.  .  .  . 

"As  to  fires  and  contagious  disease,  the  records  seem  to  show  no  advan- 
tage one  way  or  the  other,  although  the  increasing  tendency  to  build  fire- 
proof apartments  is  tipping  the  balance  in  favor  of  the  latter. 

"Furthermore,  the  investigation  shows  that  it  is  entirely  practicable  and 
economic  to  insist  that  no  new  apartment  house  should  cover  over  40  per 
cent  of  the  lot  and  under  many  conditions  it  would  be  practicable  to  limit 
them  to  30,  20  and  even  15  per  cent  of  the  lot.  The  survey  also  shows  that 
it  is  no  hardship  to  limit  apartments  to  four  stories  in  height  unless  they 
are  restricted  to  a  very  small  percentage  of  the  lot  area." 

Rent  Surveys 

The  Philadelphia  Housing  Association  which  has  been  collect- 
ing rent  data  since  1914,  summarizes  the  value  of  a  rent  survey 
as  follows: 

"A  rent  survey  may  or  may  not  have  practical  value.  It  may  confirm  a 
belief  that  rents  are  either  going  up  or  down,  or  are  subject  only  to  very 
slight  changes.  It  may  be  contributory  evidence  of  an  increase  or  decrease 
in  the  purchasing  power  of  the  dollar.  It  may  indicate  the  absorption  of 
dwellings,  or  decreased  difficulty  in  securing  tenants.  But  beyond  these 
rather  general  interpretations,  few  individuals  seem  to  appreciate  the  sig- 
nificance of  rent  data. 

"Rent  data  are  more  than  cold  statistical  statements.  If  the  material  is 
comprehensive,  it  should  enable  the  analyst  to  determine  tenant  mobility 
and  the  months  of  the  year  when  tenants  feel  the  urge  to  move  most 
strongly ;  it  should  show  the  compulsion  on  owners  or  tenants  to  make  im- 
provements or  repairs,  and  correlate  the  changes  in  tenantry  with  major 
improvements ;  and  it  should  reveal  the  degree  of  law  observance  by  re- 
cording the  prevalence  of  violations  of  the  housing  laws. 

"Other  points  which  may  be  helpful  in  solving  management  problems  may 
be  brought  out  in  a  rent  survey,  as  for  example,  whether  rent  changes  are 
greater  in  the  higher-  or  lower-rental  groups;  whether  lowered  rents  in- 
fluence tenant  mobility ;  and  whether  there  are  appreciable  differences  in 


44     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

rental  rates  between  white  and  Negro  tenants.  Do  rents  fluctuate  equally  in 
all  parts  of  the  city,  or  are  some  areas,  which  are  substandard  in  character 
and  unstable  in  occupancy,  experiencing  rent  changes  without  uniformity  or 
regularity?  Furthermore,  the  by-products  of  such  rent  surveys  may  furnish 
definite  information  as  to  the  number  of  rented  dwellings  with  inadequate 
equipment  and  the  percentage  of  tenants  who,  for  economic  reasons,  live  in 
low-rental  houses,  or  are  behind  in  their  rent  payments.  Numerous  other 
pertinent  conclusions  may  be  drawn  from  a  comprehensive  rent  survey,  con- 
clusions which  have  practical  value  to  those  who  own  or  contemplate  owning 
and  managing  rental  properties,  as  well  as  those  who  propose  model  housing 
projects  for  small  wage-earning  groups." 


PART  II.  RELATIONSHIP  OF  INCOME  AND 
THE  HOME 

CHAPTER  II 

GENERAL  CONSIDERATIONS  AND 
RECOMMENDATIONS 

Introductory 

The  question  of  family  income  is  of  cardinal  importance  in  the 
consideration  of  any  housing  program.  It  is  of  particular  moment 
in  the  discussion  of  home  ownership,  since  it  is  out  of  the  resources 
saved  from  its  current  income  that  the  average  family  finances  a 
home  purchase. 

There  is  general  agreement  that  home  ownership,  from  the  point 
of  view  of  financing,  is  little  more  than  a  matter  of  choice  for  fami- 
lies in  the  higher-income  groups  and  that,  conversely,  it  is  virtually 
out  of  the  question  for  city  families  of  substandard  and  very  un- 
certain income.  There  is  not,  however,  general  agreement  as  to 
the  income  level  at  which  home  ownership  is  a  practicable  possi- 
bility, taking  into  account  such  special  factors  as  size  of  com- 
munity, occupation,  type  of  mortgage  and  the  like. 

The  Committee  on  the  Relationship  of  Income  and  the  Home 
was  organized  in  the  hope  that  it  might  aid  in  the  elucidation  of 
these  and  similar  questions.  The  committee's  task  has,  through- 
out, been  fraught  with  two  major  difficulties — difficulties  which 
have  at  one  and  the  same  time  greatly  restricted  the  scope  of  its 
investigations  and  determined  the  course  of  such  investigations  as 
it  has  conducted.  In  the  first  place,  there  have  been  very  few 
previous  studies  directly  bearing  on  the  committee's  field  of  in- 
quiry. In  the  second  place,  such  data  as  are  available  are  only 
partially  comparable  on  account  of  such  complicating  factors  as 
occupational  and  regional  standards  of  living,  local  peculiarities  in 
building  styles  and  financing  methods,  and  differences  between 
urban  and  rural  housing  conditions.1 

1  The  original  outline  of  the  scope  of  the  committee's  study  is  as  follows : 
"The  range  and  percentage  of  income  devoted  to  rent  and  to  home  acquisition, 
to  heating,  lighting,  and  service  for  the  home,  to  the  acquisition  and  upkeep 
of  furnishings  and  equipment  will  be  considered  for  different  parts  of  the 
country  and  for  urban  and  suburban  districts,  and  by  population  and  racial 

45 


46    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

As  a  consequence  of  these  difficulties,  the  committee  decided  to 
supplement  its  activities  in  assembling  and  collating  existing  in- 
formation by  at  least  one  first-hand  field  study.  Since,  moreover, 
within  the  marginal-income  groups,  home  ownership  is  less  com- 
mon in  large  metropolitan  areas  than  in  rural  and  semi-rural  com- 
munities, it  was  decided  to  select  a  metropolitan  area  for  such  a 
fact-finding  study.2 

The  City  of  Buffalo  was  finally  decided  upon  as  the  subject  of 
this  initial  sample  study,  partly  because  of  certain  practical  con- 
siderations relating  to  the  availability  of  a  staff  and  research  facili- 
ties, partly  because  as  a  city  of  some  570,000  population,  situated  at 
the  eastern  end  of  the  Great  Lakes  basin,  it  appeared  reasonably 
likely  to  be  typical  of  northern  industrialized  cities. 

The  committee  has  continuously  been  aware  of  the  limitations 
and  risks  involved  in  this  procedure.  Local  idiosyncrasies  might 
reduce  measurably  the  degree  to  which  the  Buffalo  district  could 
be  taken  as  representative  of  northern  metropolitan  areas  and  the 
relatively  small  number  of  cases  which  could  be  covered  within  the 
limit  of  time  and  funds  available  might  introduce  a  further  ele- 
ment of  uncertainty  in  the  interpretation  of  the  data  yielded  by 
the  study. 

On  the  other  hand,  no  extensive  field  investigation  is  altogether 
free  from  the  difficulties  involved  in  a  sampling  study,  unless  it  is 
conducted  on  a  scale  so  wide  as  to  be  beyond  the  reach  of  all  but 
governmental  organizations,  or  of  the  most  amply  financed  private 
ones,  and  such  extensive  and  inclusive  investigations  are  not  likely 
to  be  undertaken  until  the  way  for  them  has  been  pointed  by  less 
ambitious  enterprises.  Moreover,  the  committee  feels  that,  pend- 

groups,  and  these  factors  will  be  examined  also  with  reference  to  other  fac- 
tors in  the  family  budget  needs  and  standards.  Case  studies  as  well  as  sta- 
tistical studies  will  be  assembled  or  made,  and  the  findings  will  be  evaluated 
in  an  attempt  to  devise  principles  for  home  budgeting  and  to  state  as  exactly 
as  possible  the  individual  factors  which  must  be  taken  into  consideration  in 
applying  these  principles  in  advising  individual  families.  The  committee  will 
also  study  examples  of  the  better  types  of  housing  now  available  for  un- 
skilled and  semi-skilled  workers  in  various  parts  of  the  country,  in  order  to 
ascertain  the  methods  of  making  these  more  widely  available.  The  salvaging 
and  refinishing  of  old  furnishings,  economical  tyes  of  home  gardens,  in- 
come-producing activities  in  the  home  and  other  devices  for  reducing  costs 
or  for  improving  conditions  at  little  or  no  cost  will  be  examined." 

2  A  special  tabulation  of  the  1930  census  data  on  home  ownership,  recently 
made  by  the  Division  of  Building  and  Housing  of  the  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce,  brings  out  very  clearly  the  disparity  between  metropoli- 
tan, urban  and  rural  areas  in  respect  to  home  ownership.  Reference  to  this 
tabulation  is  made  in  Chapter  VII,  p.  135. 


RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  INCOME  AND  THE  HOME          47 

ing  such  a  large-scale  inquiry,  an  approximately  accurate  picture 
of  the  income-and-home-owning  situation,  at  least  in  certain  broad 
categories  of  communities,  might  be  obtained  by  means  of  sample 
studies  in  a  number  of  communities.  Methods  of  investigation  and 
tabulation  would  be  progressively  improved,  and  the  Buffalo  study 
might  well  serve  both  as  the  initial  component  in,  and  a  stimulus 
to,  such  a  series.  Finally  the  committee,  after  consideration  of  the 
data  yielded,  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  Buffalo  sampling  study  has 
served  to  call  attention  to  certain  elements  in  the  home  purchasing 
situation  in  American  metropolitan  areas  that  are  pertinent  to  the 
subject  of  the  relationship  of  income  and  the  home,  and  to  the 
questions  of  financing  methods  and  of  family  economy  that  are 
inextricably  bound  up  with  it. 

I.  Factual  Summary  and  Commentary 

As  indicated  above,  the  research  activities  of  the  Committee  on 
the  Relation  of  Income  and  the  Home  fall  into  two  general  cate- 
gories :  First,  a  review  of  such  published  data  as  are  available,  and, 
second,  a  sample  fact-finding  study  in  the  Buffalo  area. 

The  first  of  these  two  types  of  investigation  is  to  be  found  in 
Chapter  III.  The  studies  comprising  these  data  consist  of  a  sur- 
vey of  existing  cost  of  living  and  budget  studies,3  and  a  summary 
of  some  of  the  more  noteworthy  experiments  that  have  been  made 
in  the  United  States  for  making  good  housing  available  to  low-in- 
come families.4 

In  Chapter  V  are  presented  the  results  of  the  Buffalo  sample 
study.  The  principal  feature  in  this  study  is  the  statistical  analysis 
of  some  800  Buffalo  home  buying  families  with  incomes  of  $3,000 
per  year  or  less.5  This  study  is  followed  in  Chapter  VI  by  a  brief 
analysis  of  detailed  budget  studies  of  ten  of  these  Buffalo  home 
buying  families.6 

Other  projects  instituted  in  conjunction  with  the  work  of  the 
committee,  include  a  statement  of  principles  governing  the  re- 


3  This  survey  was  prepared  by  Dr.  Faith  M.  Williams,  a  member  of  the 
committee,  and  Dr.  B.  Eleanor  Johnson  of  the  Research  Staff  of  the  Presi- 
dent's Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership. 

4  This  study  was  conducted  by  Miss  Blanche  Halbert,  a  member  of  the 
committee. 

5  This  study  was  conducted  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  M.  A.  Brumbaugh 
of  the  University  of  Buffalo,  Vice  Chairman  and  Secretary  of  the  committee. 

6  This  study  was  prepared  by  Dr.  Niles  Carpenter,  Chairman  of  the  com- 
mittee, with  the  assistance  of  Mr.  Thomas  Neill,  University  of  Buffalo. 


48    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

conditioning  and  remodeling  of  the  home.7    This  will  be  found  in 
the  appendix  on  page  143. 

Need  for  Further  Research 

It  is  obvious  that  the  work  of  the  committee  has  been  handi- 
capped at  every  turn  by  the  scarcity  of  authoritative  data  on  the 
subjects  with  which  it  has  had  to  deal.  Particularly  serious  is 
the  dearth  of  budget  and  cost  of  living  studies  containing  detailed 
figures  dealing  with  financing  of  housing  and  home  ownership. 
While  there  are  cost  of  living  studies  in  large  numbers,  few  of 
them  have  been  made  with  sufficient  particularity  and  care  to  per- 
mit any  but  the  most  general  conclusions  concerning  the  way  in 
which  the  American  family  makes  financial  provision  for  the  rental, 
purchase  and  payment  of  a  home,  for  its  upkeep  and  its  fur- 
nishings, maintenance,  and  modernization.  Moreover,  such  data 
as  are  available  cover  such  a  wide  range  of  geographical  and  eco- 
nomic groupings,  housing  types,  social  classes  and  sizes  of  com- 
munities, as  to  render  exceedingly  difficult  any  comparative  studies. 
Finally,  there  is  virtually  no  material  at  hand  concerning  specific 
nationality  and  racial  groups,  a  fact  that  is  of  great  significance 
when  it  is  remembered  that  Negro  and  immigrant  groups  often 
experience  great  difficulty  in  securing  adequate  housing  at  reason- 
able cost. 

Another  topic,  concerning  which  there  appears  to  be  virtually 
no  available  information,  is  the  status  of  home  purchasing  as  an 
investment  as  compared  with  other  types  of  savings  and  invest- 
ments.8 

Expenses  above  Basic  Costs 

The  data  suggest  that  many  families  are  unable  to  purchase 
homes  partly  because  of  factors  extraneous  to  the  basic  economic 
cost  of  the  house  itself.  This  observation  applies  particularly  to 
the  cost  of  financing,  partly  by  reason  of  the  relatively  unorgan- 
ized condition  of  the  market  for  real  estate  loans,  and  partly  be- 
cause of  certain  customs  and  practices  which  frequently  accom- 
pany small  home  financing.  Many  home  buyers  find  themselves 


7  Prepared  by  Miss  Emily  W.  Dinwiddie,  a  member  of  the  committee. 

8  There  is  available  one  general  statement  comparing  "real  estate"  as  an 
investment  with  savings  accounts,  building  and  loan  shares,  life  insurance, 
stocks  and  bonds  and  investment-trust  shares.     It  is  contained  in   Keister, 
Alfred  S.,  Our  Financial  System,  New  York,  The  Macmillan  Company,  1930. 


RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  INCOME  AND  THE  HOME          49 

forced  to  pay  premiums  for  mortgage  placements  and  renewals, 
mortgage  discounts  and  similar  extra  charges  which  considerably 
increase  their  costs  over  and  above  the  basic  economic  costs  for 
labor,  material,  interest,  risk  and  other  overhead.  So  disorganized  is 
the  home  financing  situation,  in  Buffalo  at  least,  that  a  substantial 
number  of  the  home  buyers  interviewed  appeared  to  have  only  the 
cloudiest  conception  of  the  status  of  their  indebtedness  in  respect 
to  interest  charges  and  amortization.  When  the  fact  is  borne  in 
mind  that  this  situation  was  discovered  within  a  group  consisting 
exclusively  of  native  born  white  American  families,  one  seems  to 
be  justified  in  inferring  that  it  obtains  probably  in  a  more  aggra- 
vated form  among  immigrant  and  Negro  families. 

Inequality  in  Bargaining  Strength 

Closely  related  to  the  foregoing  is  the  fact,  elicited  during  many 
of  the  personal  interviews  upon  which  the  Buffalo  home  owner- 
ship study  was  based,  that  the  home  buyer  often  finds  himself 
at  a  serious  disadvantage  in  dealing  with  the  seller  or  builder.  He 
is  usually  inexperienced  in  such  matters  and  ignorant  of  real  estate 
and  housing  conditions  as  a  whole  in  his  community,  whereas  the 
other  party  to  the  transaction  ordinarily  is  highly  expert  in  this 
field  and  is  familiar  with  building  and  housing  conditions  and 
with  real  estate  values.  Since  the  purchase  of  a  home  often  con- 
stitutes the  most  momentous  single  financial  transaction  in  which 
the  average  American  family  engages,  the  relatively  weak  bargain- 
ing position  of  the  home  buyer  assumes  great  significance. 

New  versus  Used  and  Reconditioned  Homes 

The  Buffalo  home  ownership  study  shows  that  71  per  cent  of 
the  families  who  were  paying  for  their  homes  in  1930  had  pur- 
chased houses  which  had  been  built  since  1921  and  that  in  only 
3  per  cent  of  the  cases  had  the  date  of  building  of  these  houses 
gone  back  as  far  as  1905.  While  it  is  true  that  there  is  a  rapid 
depreciation  through  obsolescence,  neighborhood  change,  and  phys- 
ical deterioration  in  present-day  urban  houses,  it  would  seem  un- 
likely that  this  depreciation  could  have  proceeded  so  rapidly  as  to 
render  advisable  the  passing  over  of  so  large  a  number  of  older 
houses  as  has  been  the  case  with  this  group  of  Buffalo  home 
buyers. 

The  relative  insignificance  of  the  used  or  reconditioned  house 


50    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

in  home  purchasing  may  be  partly  assignable  to  the  inexpertness 
of  the  American  householder  in  home  buying.  It  is  the  house  that 
is  vividly  called  to  his  attention  through  the  efforts  of  the  builder 
and  large-scale  real  estate  promoter  which  he  is  more  likely  to  buy. 
The  used  or  reconditioned  house,  on  the  other  hand,  is  often  over- 
looked and  is  allowed  to  drift  into  dilapidation  and  deterioration, 
via  the  rental  route.  If  this  conclusion  is  correct,  it  would  seem 
likely  that  a  very  great  amount  of  waste  is  involved  in  the  existing 
home  purchasing  situation. 

The  preceding  generalizations  probably  do  not  apply  so  far 
in  the  rural  as  in  the  urban  community.  Although  the  committee 
does  not  have  in  its  possession  any  factual  data  supporting  such 
an  assumption,  the  relatively  small  volume  of  housing  construction 
in  many  rural  communities  does  support  it. 

Spending  Patterns  in  Home  Buying  Families 

Another  generalization,  which  is  suggested  but  not  explicitly 
indicated  by  the  data  subsumed  in  Chapter  V,  is  that  many  of 
those  families  that  are  engaged  in  the  purchase  of  houses  have 
a  highly  developed  regard  for  such  satisfactions  as  are  associated 
with  home  ownership.  Certain  of  the  families  included  in  the 
Buffalo  case  study  (Chapter  VI)  have  made  the  most  strenuous 
effort  to  acquire  and  keep  their  homes.  The  789  families  enu- 
merated in  the  Buffalo  home  ownership  study  had  materially  in- 
creased expenditures  for  only  two  items  in  their  family  budgets, 
namely,  household  furnishings  and  household  equipment.  These, 
be  it  noted,  are  objectives  of  expenditures  closely  related  to  the 
home  itself.  On  the  other  hand,  expenditures  for  clothing,  mov- 
ing pictures  and  theaters,  books,  magazines,  vacations,  and  house- 
hold help  have  in  many  cases  been  curtailed,  while  those  for  auto- 
mobiles, life  insurance,  and  education  have  been  relatively  unaf- 
fected. The  greater  number  of  these  items  of  expenditure  where 
curtailment  is  evident  can  be  classified  as  those  ministering  to  the 
satisfaction  of  individualistic  wants  without  relation  to  the  indi- 
vidual's domiciliary  and  familial  status.  The  data,  therefore,  sug- 
gest that  a  definite  pattern  of  family  expenditures  is  established 
in  at  least  some  home  purchasing  families;  namely,  that  its 
several  members  hold  within  bounds  the  satisfaction  of  their 
extra-domiciliary  and  individual  needs  and  thereby  make  pos- 
sible the  pooling  of  the  family's  resources  for  the  attainment 


RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  INCOME  AND  THE  HOME 


51 


of  those  more  collective  objectives  such  as  are  involved  in  the 
acquisition,  maintenance  and  equipment  of  the  home.  If  this 
generalization  is  applicable  to  home  buying  families  in  general, 
its  significance  is  considerable,  for  it  means  that  all  those  in- 
fluences making  for  the  enhancement  of  family  values  as  over 
against  the  seeking  after  goods  and  services  catering  to  individual- 
istic wants,  may  be  expected  to  make  for  the  expansion  of  home 
ownership. 

Special  Advantages  Enjoyed  by  Some  Home  Buying 
Families 

Another  deduction  suggested  by  the  research  activities  of  this 
committee  is  to  a  certain  degree  involved  in  the  preceding  para- 
graph. It  is  that  the  families  who  embark  upon  the  enterprise  of 
home  ownership  and  succeed  in  it  may  not  be,  in  all  regards,  typical 
of  their  respective  economic  and  social  strata.  As  has  already  been 
shown,  there  is  at  least  a  possibility  that  many  among  the  group  of 
home  purchasing  families  have  a  relatively  highly  developed  sense 
of  family  loyalty.  Again,  almost  every  one  of  the  ten  households 
studied  in  the  Buffalo  case  study  was  able  to  keep  its  charges  for 
maintenance  and  repair  at  very  low  figures,  because  of  the  fact 
that  the  chief  breadwinner — by  reasons  either  of  special  skill, 
extra  leisure,  or  ability  to  purchase  materials  at  low  prices — was 
able  to  do  much  of  the  work  upon  his  house  himself.  More  than 
this,  certain  of  the  ten  families  in  this  case  study  had  access  to 
sources  of  income  not  generally  available  to  members  of  the  pop- 
ulation at  large,  or  enjoyed  unusually  secure  tenure  of  employ- 
ment. Yet  again,  the  families  included  in  the  Buffalo  home 
ownership  study  were  found  to  contain  a  disproportionately  large 
number  of  skilled  workmen,  or,  in  other  words,  of  men  who  could 
be  expected  to  do  a  considerable  amount  of  work  upon  their  own 
homes. 

No  one  of  these  facts  taken  by  itself  is  of  particular  significance. 
Taken  altogether,  however,  they  suggest  a  query:  How  many 
home  purchasing  families  are  the  beneficiaries  of  special  advan- 
tages in  the  way  of  income,  skill,  family  solidarity  and  the  like 
which  are  not  equally  diffused  throughout  the  population  ?  In  other 
words,  is  it  not  likely  that  within  any  given  income  group  those 
families  purchasing  homes  will  be  found  to  be  not  broadly  rep- 
resentative of  that  group  as  a  whole,  but  rather  of  those  members 


52     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

of  that  group  enjoying  some  special  advantage?  As  the  lower- 
income  ranges  are  approached,  such  queries  as  these  taken  on  added 
significance. 

The  Problems  of  the  Low-Income  Family 

The  interrogations  just  propounded  lead  to  another,  which 
represents  the  nub  of  the  entire  problem  put  before  the  Com- 
mittee on  the  Relationship  of  Income  and  the  Home.  It  may 
be  stated  as  follows :  How  many  families  are  unable,  under  exist- 
ing conditions  of  home  financing  and  income  distribution,  to  pur- 
chase homes  at  all,  and  what  policy  is  to  be  adopted  in  respect  to 
those  who  cannot? 

The  Buffalo  home  ownership  study  has  shown  that  relatively 
few  families  receiving  less  than  $1,250  a  year  were  able  to  buy 
homes  in  an  urban  industrial  community  such  as  Buffalo.  A 
similar  situation  is  revealed  by  the  summary  of  existing  budget 
data  prepared  in  cooperation  with  the  Committee  on  Household 
Management 9  and  by  the  Committee's  study  of  low-cost  housing 
projects.  Such  a  statement  as  this  cannot  be  applied  to  all  sections 
of  the  country  and  to  all  classes  of  communities.  Obviously,  hous- 
ing costs  are  not  so  great  in  areas  where  cellars  do  not  have  to  be 
dug  or  furnaces  installed  as  in  those  in  which  these  features  are  re- 
quired. In  small  towns  and  rural  communities  in  which  land  values 
are  low  and  wage  rates  beneath  those  of  city  levels,  homes  can  prob- 
ably be  purchased  for  smaller  amounts  than  could  comparable 
housing  accommodations  in  large  towns  and  cities.  Neverthe- 
less, it  is  obvious  that  the  existing  distribution  of  incomes  through- 
out the  American  population  renders  impossible,  under  present 
conditions,  the  purchase  of  homes  for  a  very  large  number  of 
American  families.  More  than  this,  the  data  on  family  budgeting 
mentioned  above,  together  with  the  material  brought  together  in 
the  two  Buffalo  studies,  suggest  that  many  families  are  attempt- 
ing to  purchase  homes  at  the  expense  of  other  important  elements 
in  their  family  economy.  As  pointed  out  earlier  in  this  chapter, 
it  may  be  possible  to  curtail  expenditures  for  certain  individual- 
istic satisfactions  without  encountering  any  serious  results,  save 
the  intangible  ones  implied  in  the  limitation  of  personality  de- 


9  See  "Household  Management  and  Kitchens,"  Publications  of  the  Presi- 
dent's Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership,  Washington, 
1932,  Vol.  IX,  Pt.  I. 


RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  INCOME  AND  THE  HOME 


53 


velopment.  Nevertheless,  the  virtual  expunging  from  the  budget 
of  savings  and  investments  other  than  those  involved  in  the  pur- 
chase of  the  home,  and  the  drastic  reduction  in  such  items  as  edu- 
cation and  recreation  as  are  indicated  in  some  of  the  detailed 
budgets  presented  in  the  Buffalo  case  study,  appear  to  represent 
an  unbalanced,  if  not  an  unwise,  distribution  of  expenditures. 

II.  Recommendations 

In  presenting  its  recommendations,  the  Committee  on  the  Re- 
lationship of  Income  and  the  Home  is  happy  to  report  that  it  has 
reached  substantial  unanimity  in  virtually  all  of  the  topics  dis- 
cussed by  it.  There  have  been  certain  differences  of  opinion  in 
connection  with  various  proposed  measures  for  meeting  the  needs 
of  low-income  families.  This  diversity  of  opinion  is,  however,  of 
no  great  moment,  since  it  serves  merely  to  bring  out  the  fact  that 
a  greater  body  of  authoritative  information  on  this  topic  is  neces- 
sary before  sound  social  and  economic  planning  can  take  place. 
In  fact  the  necessity  for  engaging  further  research  constitutes  the 
first  item  in  the  list  of  the  committee's  recommendations. 

1.  Research  Needs 

The  serious  lack  of  factual  material  concerning  the  extent  to 
which  home  ownership  is  available  to  members  of  various  income 
groups,  the  way  in  which  the  family  economy  is  affected  by  home 
purchasing,  and  the  measures  which  might  be  devised  for  making 
home  ownership  more  widely  available  to  families  of  moderate 
means,  should  be  remedied  as  quickly  as  possible.  There  is  an 
especially  acute  need  for  the  following  types  of  research: 

(a)  Home  Ownership  Surveys.      These  studies  should  be  made  more 
inclusive  than  was  the  Buffalo  study,  in  that  various  ethnic  and  neighborhood 
types  should  be  included.     They  should  also  be  supplemented  for  compara- 
tive purposes  by  studies  of  families  who  are  living  in  rented  quarters,  fami- 
lies who  have  tried  to  purchase  homes  and  failed,  and  families  who  have 
completed  their  home  purchases. 

(b)  Cost  of  Living  and  Budget  Studies  Giving  Particular  Atten- 
tion to  Expenditures  for  Housing.     Distinction  should  be  made  between 
owning  and  renting  families.     Expenditures  should  be  itemized  so  as  to  show 
outlays  for  rent  or  for  home  financing,  including  taxation,  insurance,  interest 
payments    and   amortization.     Expenditures    for   home   maintenance,   house 
furnishing  and  house  equipment  should  be  itemized  as  well  as  those  for  re- 
modeling, reconditioning  and  modernizing. 

(c)  Detailed  Case  Studies  of  Families  Bearing  on  Their  Experi- 


54    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

ences  in  Securing  Housing  Facilities.  These  studies  should  include 
families  who  have  failed  in  buying  homes  as  well  as  those  who  have  succeeded. 
They  should  also  take  into  account  families  who  have  never  attempted  to 
emerge  from  the  renting  class  and  who  do  not  intend  to  do  so.  In  these 
studies  an  especial  effort  should  be  made  to  take  cognizance  of  motives, 
attitudes  and  those  other  aspects  of  family  economy  that  are  not  readily 
reducible  to  statistical  formulation. 

(d)  Significant  Attempts  to  Make  Home  Ownership  Possible  for 
Families  with  Low  or  Uncertain  Incomes.  There  is  an  especial  need 
for  objective  and  thorough  investigations  of  cooperative  apartments,  limited 
dividend  and  philanthropic  housing  schemes,  large-scale  housing  develop- 
ments, tax-exemption  plans  and  various  forms  of  direct  and  indirect  subsidi- 
zation of  housing  in  this  and  in  other  countries.  Attention  should  not  be  con- 
centrated upon  successful  ventures  alone. 

Research  Auspices.  Research  enterprises  such  as  are  included 
in  these  recommendations  could  probably  best  be  carried  on  by 
governmental  agencies,  research  organizations,  and  university  de- 
partments of  economics,  sociology  and  business  research.  In  cer- 
tain cases,  it  might  be  desirable  to  secure  financial  support  and 
cooperation  from  chambers  of  commerce,  real  estate  boards,  city 
planning  and  housing  groups,  councils  of  social  agencies  and  sim- 
ilar community  organizations. 

2.  Financing  Costs 

It  is  obvious  that  anything  which  could  be  done  to  reduce  the 
cost  of  home  building  and  home  purchasing  would  automatically 
serve  to  make  home  ownership  more  available  to  persons  of  low 
and  moderate  incomes.  It  is  equally  obvious  that  the  formula- 
tion of  definite  recommendations  in  this  direction  are,  for  the  most 
part,  outside  of  terms  of  reference  of  this  committee.  Neverthe- 
less, on  the  basis  of  certain  facts  which  have  been  developed  in 
the  course  of  its  investigations,  the  committee  ventures  to  set  forth 
a  limited  number  of  recommendations  looking  toward  the  reduc- 
tion of  the  cost  of  home  financing. 

(a)  Curtailment  of  Short-Term  and  Unamortized  Mortgages. 
The  short-term  mortgage  and  the  consequent  possibility  of  frequent 
demands  for  premiums  and  bonuses  for  mortgage  renewal  have  been  seen  to 
constitute  a  considerable  drain  upon  the  resources  of  the  home  buyer  and 
also  to  inject  an  element  of  insecurity  into  his  entire  financial  plan.  Both 
difficulties  could  be  reduced  if  the  practice  of  writing  short-term  mortgages 
were  replaced  by  one  in  which  long-term  mortgages  were  written  with  ade- 
quate amortization  provisions  by  means  of  which  the  interests  of  the  lender 


RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  INCOME  AND  THE  HOME          55 

might  be  safeguarded  at  the  same  time  that  the  financial  security  of  the 
home  buyer  was  being  protected. 

(b)  Broadening  the  Base  of  Home  Financing.      Another    difficulty 
has  been  seen  to  arise  from  the  fact  that  established  financial  institutions  do 
not  engage  more  widely  in  the  financing  of  home  purchases,  leaving  a  large 
part  of  the  field  to  private  individuals  and  to  relatively  unregulated  and  ir- 
responsible agencies.     This   observation  applies   particularly  to   the   second 
mortgage.    The  situation  could  be  largely  remedied  by  legislative  and  other 
changes,  making  possible  the  wider  participation  of  banks,  insurance  com- 
panies, trust  companies  and  building  and  loan  associations,  under  prpper 
safeguards. 

(c)  Rediscounting   of  Mortgage   Paper.     The  possibility   might   be 
considered  of  making  mortgage  paper  available  for  rediscount  purposes.10 

3.  An  Organized  Housing  Market 

The  relatively  unorganized  condition  of  the  real  estate  market 
places  both  home  buyers  and  home  sellers  at  a  disadvantage.  The 
probabilities  are,  however,  that  the  home  buyer  is  at  the  more 
serious  disadvantage  because  the  bulk  of  home  selling  is  in  the 
hands  of  professional  real  estate  dealers.  Anything  which  may 
be  done  by  multiple  listing  or  otherwise  to  reduce  the  waste  and 
uncertainty  involved  in  unorganized  and  unregulated  marketing 
of  houses  would  operate  to  bring  a  larger  number  of  individuals 
into  the  home  owning  group. 

4.  Education 

In  many  cases,  home  owning  appears  to  be  unnecessarily  diffi- 
cult and  hazardous  by  reason  of  the  fact  that  the  family  involved 
does  not  possess  adequate  information  concerning  the  best  way  to 
go  about  the  purchase  of  a  home.  Consequently,  a  number  of 
educational  efforts,  designed  to  make  more  widely  available  stand- 
ard and  approved  practices  in  home  buying,  would  enable  more 
families  to  embark  upon  and  succeed  in  the  enterprise  of  home 
purchasing. 

(a)    Purchase  of  Older  Houses.     Many  families  of  moderate  means 


10  A  resolution  was  adopted  by  the  Conference,  endorsing  the  suggestion  of 
President  Hoover  for  the  establishment  of  a  system  of  home  loan  banks.  The 
President's  statement  appears  in  "Home  Finance  and  Taxation"  and  the 
resolution  appears  in  "Housing  Objectives  and  Programs,"  Publica- 
tions of  the  President's  Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ozvnership, 
Washington,  1932,  Vols.  II  and  XI,  respectively.  This  suggestion  culminated 
in  the  enactment  and  approval  on  July  22,  1932,  of  the  Federal  Home  Loan 
Bank  Act,  providing  for  the  discounting  by  mortgagees  of  first  mortgage 
paper.  (Public  Act  No.  304,  Seventy-second  Congress.) 


56     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

can  find  their  housing  needs  adequately  met  through  the  purchase  of  older 
houses,  particularly  in  neighborhoods  in  which  character  is  well  established. 
In  some  cases  a  certain  amount  of  reconditioning  and  modernizing  might  be 
called  for,  and  in  this  connection  attention  is  called  to  the  statement  of  prin- 
ciples governing  remodeling  and  reconditioning  attached  to  this  report.  Since 
the  bulk  of  advertising  and  sales  effort  in  the  real  estate  field  is  now  devoted 
to  the  marketing  of  new  houses  and  subdivision  property,  it  would  seem  that 
special  educational  efforts  are  necessary  to  call  the  attention  of  the  prospec- 
tive home  buyer  to  the  possibilities  of  securing  adequate  housing  through 
the  acquisition  of  older  houses. 

(b)  Sources   of    Information.      The   prospective   home   buyer   should 
also  be  put  in  possession  of  information  concerning  the  points  to  be  ob- 
served in  going  about  the  purchase  of  a  home  and  of  the  pitfalls  to  be  avoided. 
This  information  should  cover  the  rights  and  obligations  of  home  buyers,  the 
conditions  under  which  mortgages  are  written,  liability  for  special  assess- 
ments, and  probable  cost  of  maintenance  and  upkeep.     The  pamphlet,  How 
to  Own  Your  Home,  issued  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Commerce, 
and  The  Better  Homes  Manual,  issued  by  Better  Homes  in  America,  are 
examples  of  such  educational  services. 

(c)  Overbuying.     There  is   an  especial   need   to    insure  that   families 
will  not  purchase  homes  beyond  their  means.     In  other  words,  the  prospec- 
tive house  buyer  needs  to  be  urged  to  study  the  financial  outlays  involved  in 
home  purchase  in  connection  with  his  entire  financial  plan  and  to  enter  into 
no  commitments  which  involve  undue  risk,  not  only  to  the  security  of  his 
purchase,  but  also  to  the  financial  stability  of  his  family. 

(d)  Family  Attitudes.     It  has  been  seen  that  the  pattern  of  expendi- 
tures and  the  scale  of  values  within  the  family  goes  far  to  determine  whether 
or  not  its  individual  members  will  cooperate  so  as  to  make  home  purchases 
possible.    Accordingly,  anything  that  may  be  done  to  enhance  the  attitudes  of 
family  solidarity  and  loyalty  will  indirectly  promote  home  ownership.     Par- 
ticularly valuable  in  this  connection  would  be  emphasis  upon  the  fact  that 
many  purely  individualistic  needs  and  wants  can  best  be  fulfilled  in  the  at- 
mosphere of  stability  and  security,  which  surrounds  the  acquisition  and  own- 
ership of  a  home.    On  the  other  hand,  frank  recognition  should  be  made  of 
the  fact  that  much  of  the  effort  in  contemporary  marketing  and  advertising  is 
directed  toward  the  stimulation  of  wants,  the  satisfaction  of  which  implies 
the  withdrawal  of  spending  power  which  might  otherwise  be  devoted  to  the 
acquisition  and  furnishing  of  the  home. 

(e)  Housing  for  Low-Income   Groups.     The  varied  studies  of  this 
committee  have  demonstrated  that  there  are  within  the  American  popula- 
tion large  numbers  of  families  who  cannot  now,  under  any  circumstances, 
afford  to  purchase  homes  or  who  are  attempting  to  buy  homes  under  bud- 
getary plans  of  the  sort  that  generally  involve  an  unwise  curtailment  of 
various  items  in  their  family  budgets.    The  committee  has  no  full-rounded 
program   to   present   for   the   amelioration   of   the  housing   needs   of   such 
families.     There  is,  however,  general  agreement  on  the  part  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  committee  that  nonprofit  and  limited  dividend  enterprises  may 


RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  INCOME  AND  THE  HOME          57 

have  a  wide  field  of  usefulness  in  this  connection,  as  may  also  housing  enter- 
prises instituted  under  proper  safeguards  by  individual  employers  and 
groups  of  employers.  The  committee  feels  also  that,  in  congested  metro- 
politan areas,  equitably  financed  and  properly  managed  cooperative  apart- 
ments exhibiting  sound  planning  and  construction  may  help  to  provide  many^ 
of  the  values  inherent  in  home  ownership  to  some  families  who  could  not  af- 
ford to  purchase  single  or  semi-detached  houses. 

There  remain  to  be  considered  various  devices  for  bringing  governmental 
aid  into  the  field  of  home  building  and  of  housing  generally.  These  pro- 
posals include  governmental  loans,  tax  exemption  and  direct  participation 
of  governmental  agencies  in  the  construction,  renting  and  sale  of  housing 
facilities.  The  committee  does  not  have  available  a  sufficient  body  of  infor- 
mation to  warrant  its  making  recommendations  upon  the  controversial  mat- 
ters raised  by  this  last  group  of  proposals. 


CHAPTER  III 

RECENT   DATA   ON  INCOME  DISTRIBUTION 
AND  FAMILY  EXPENDITURES  FOR 
HOUSING  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES1 

Comprehensive  data  on  the  distribution  of  income  among  the 
families  of  the  United  States  are  not  available.  King2  and  his  as- 
sociates of  the  Bureau  of  Economic  Research  have  estimated  the 
average  number  of  wage  workers,  salaried  employees,  and  entre- 
preneurs in  certain  industries  for  each  year  from  1909  to  1927 
together  with  their  average  annual  earnings.  According  to  this 
estimate,  in  1927,  67  per  cent  of  the  36,000,000  workers  attached 
to  certain  industries,  primarily  urban,  were  wage  earners,  23  per 
cent  were  salaried  employees,  and  10  per  cent  were  entrepreneurs. 
The  average  annual  earnings  for  the  wage  and  salaried  workers 
(90  per  cent  of  the  entire  group)  were  estimated  as  not  quite 
$1,500.  The  range  of  the  estimated  average  annual  earnings  for 
wage  earners,  who  comprise  two-thirds  of  the  group,  was  from 
$1,202  in  "unclassified"  industries  to  $1,644  in  "construction"; 
and  that  for  salaried  workers  was  from  $1,771  in  "government" 
work  to  $2,470  in  "manufacturing"  industries.  Douglas3  has  es- 
timated the  average  annual  earnings  for  wage  earners  attached  to 
the  manufacturing  and  transportation  industries  for  the  year  1926 
at  $1,302. 

All  these  figures  take  account  of  loss  of  earnings  through  unem- 
ployment in  the  year  to  which  they  apply.  The  possible  earnings 
of  the  wage  earner  are  constantly  subject  to  reduction  as  the  result 
of  loss  of  working  time  due  to  unemployment,  underemployment, 
sickness,  and  other  disability.  The  total  loss  from  these  causes 
has  been  estimated  as  varying  from  28.4  per  cent  of  possible  work- 
ing time  in  1921  to  9.5  per  cent  in  1923. 4  During  the  present  de- 


1  Prepared  by  Dr.  Faith  M.  Williams,  a  member  of  the  committee,  and  Dr. 
B.  Eleanor  Johnson,  Research  Staff,  President's  Conference  on  Home  Build- 
ing and  Home  Ownership. 

2  King,  W.  I.,  The  National  Income  and  Its  Purchasing  Power,  New  York, 
National  Bureau  of  Economic  Research,  Inc.,   1930.     See  pp.   56,  60,  62, 
146-47,  158-59. 

3  Douglas,  P.  H.,  Real  Wages  in  the  United  States,  Boston,  Houghton- 
Mifflin  Co.,  1930,  p.  463. 

*Brissenden,  P.  F.,  "Earnings  of  Factory  Workers,  1899-1927,"  Census 
Monograph  X.  Washington  (U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce),  U.  S.  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office,  1929,  p.  341. 

58 


INCOME  DISTRIBUTION  AND  HOUSING  EXPENDITURES      59 

pression,  the  index  of  average  employment  in  manufacturing  in- 
dustries for  the  entire  year  of  1930  was  83.7  and,  for  the  first  10 
months  of  1931,  72.0  as  compared  with  97.5  in  1929  and  100.0  in 
1926.  The  index  of  average  payroll  totals  was  80.3  in  1930  and 
62.1  for  the  first  10  months  of  1931,  as  compared  with  100.4  in 
1929  and  100.0  in  1926.5 

Among  families  of  wage  and  salaried  workers,  the  regular  earn- 
ings of  the  father  constitute  a  very  large  proportion  of  the  total 
income.  No  comprehensive  data  are  available  to  show  the  pro- 
portion in  families  of  different  types,  but  an  analysis  of  recent 
studies  shows  a  variation  of  68  per  cent  among  Federal  employees 
in  Chicago  with  average  family  incomes  of  $2,746  to  88  per  cent 
among  street-car  employees  in  San  Francisco,  with  average  family 
incomes  of  $1,886. 

The  amount  of  the  income  that  the  family  will  spend  for  hous- 
ing, home  furnishing,  equipment,  and  household  operation  is  de- 
pendent upon  the  importance  of  these  to  the  family  as  compared 
with  the  importance  of  other  goods  and  services  which  are  an 
essential  part  of  its  standard  of  living.  Recent  studies  of  family 
living  in  the  United  States  have  been  analyzed  to  determine 
how  family  expenditures  actually  have  been  apportioned.  No 
studies  made  previous  to  1922  were  included  in  the  analysis,  for  it 
was  not  until  that  year  that  the  cost  of  living  regained  a  fair  de- 
gree of  stability,  after  the  unsettled  price  conditions  during  and 
directly  following  the  war.  No  studies  of  rural  family  living  nor 
of  Negro  family  living  were  included  since  the  housing  problems 
of  these  two  groups  are  being  considered  by  separate  committees. 

The  analysis  of  the  studies  available  showed  that,  in  general, 
expenditures  for  housing  have  been  less  completely  analyzed  than 
expenditures  for  food  and  clothing.  Of  the  eleven  studies  which 
furnished  data  on  housing  expenditures,  only  one  presented  sepa- 
rately the  expenditures  for  renters,  for  home  owners  with  homes 
owned  free,  and  for  home  owners  with  homes  mortgaged;  and 
only  one  showed  separately  average  yearly  incomes  for  renters  and 
home  owners.  The  customary  procedure  has  been  to  combine  into 
one  figure,  housing  expenditures  as  well  as  other  expenditures  for 
home  owners  and  renters. 

The  studies  analyzed  show  considerable  variation  in  the  items 


B  Bureau  of  Labor   Statistics,   "Trend  of   Employment,"   Monthly   Labor 
Review,  U.  S.  Department  of  Labor,  December,  1931,  Vol.  XXXIII,  p.  1478. 


60     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

included  under  "housing"  and  "household  operation."  In  the 
studies,  "Standard  of  Living  of  Employees  of  the  Ford  Motor 
Company  in  Detroit,"6  "Cost  of  Living  of  Federal  Employees  in 
Five  Cities,"  7  and  "Housing  Problems  of  Salaried  Workers  Em- 
ployed in  Downtown  Pittsburgh,"8  housing  expenditures  included 
rentals  paid  and  rental  value  of  homes  owned.  In  Peixotto's  study 
of  96  faculty  members'  families  in  Berkeley,9  and  in  the  Heller 
Committee  study  of  street-car  men's  families,10  "housing"  in- 
cluded rent,  payments  on  principal,  interest  on  mortgages,  assess- 
ments, repairs,  fire  insurance,  taxes,  water  rent,  car  fare  to  and 
from  work,  garden  and  garage.  In  his  study,  "Income  and  Ex- 
penditures of  Minnesota  Farm  and  City  Families,"11  Zimmerman 
combines  expenditures  for  housing  and  operating  under  the  gen- 
eral heading  "household  purposes,"  but  he  presents  data  for  own- 
ers and  renters  separately  in  sufficient  detail  so  that  expenditures 
for  housing  as  well  as  for  operating  may  be  determined  for  both 
renters  and  owners.  For  this  analysis,  taxes,  insurance,  repairs, 
alterations,  and  rent  have  been  presented  as  housing  expenditures. 
Interest  on  mortgages  on  owned  homes  is  included  with  "interest 
and  taxes  on  investments,"  and  cannot  be  computed  from  the  pub- 
lished data.  In  Nienburg's  study  of  mine  workers'  families12  rent 
included  water  for  about  half  the  renters  and  in  the  study,  "In- 
comes and  Living  Costs  of  a  University  Faculty,"13  rent  included 
water  and  repairs.  In  Houghteling's  investigation  of  living  con- 
ditions among  laborers  in  Chicago,14  no  definite  statement  is  made 
regarding  the  services  included  with  rent.  Since  405  of  the  467 


0  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics,  Monthly  Labor  Review,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Labor,  June,  1930,  Vol.  XXX,  pp.  1209-52. 

7  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics,  Monthly  Labor  Review,  U.  S.  Department  of 
Labor,  August,  1929,  Vol.  XXIX,  pp.  315-35. 

8 Pittsburgh  Business  Review,  Vol.  I,  pp.  12-16.  (Preliminary  Report 
and  unpublished  data.) 

9  Peixotto,  J.,  Getting  and  Spending  at  the  Professional  Standard  of  Liv- 
ing, New  York,  The  Macmillan  Company,  1927. 

10  Heller  Committee  for  Research  in  Social  Economics  of  the  University 
of  California,  Spending  Ways  of  a  Semi-Skilled  Group  (University  of  Cali- 
fornia Publications  in  Economics),  1931,  Vol.  V,  pp.  295-366. 

11  Zimmerman,  C.  C,  Bulletin  255,  St.  Paul,  University  of  Minnesota  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station,  1929,  p.  19. 

12  Nienburg,    B.,    "Cost   of  Living   and   Retail    Prices   in   the   Anthracite 
Region,"  Senate  Document  105  (Sixty-eighth  Congress),  Pt.  II. 

18  Henderson,  Y.,  and  Davie,  M.  R.,  New  Haven,  Yale  University  Press, 
1928. 

14  Houghteling,  L.,  The  Income  and  Standard  of  Living  of  Unskilled 
Laborers  in  Chicago,  Chicago,  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1927. 


INCOME  DISTRIBUTION  AND  HOUSING  EXPENDITURES      61 

families  studied  heated  their  homes  with  stoves,  and  the  other  62 
with  furnaces,  one  may  conclude  that  heat  was  not  provided  with 
rent.  In  the  study  made  by  the  New  York  State  Board  of  Hous- 
ing15 which  was  restricted  to  home  purchasing  families  living  in 
the  cooperative  apartment  houses  built  by  the  Amalgamated  Hous- 
ing Corporation,  the  cost  of  housing  included  interest  on  mortgage, 
payment  on  principal,  taxes  on  land,  and  maintenance  costs ;  heat, 
water,  insurance,  redecorating,  wages,  and  salaries  of  the  apart- 
ment house  employees. 

Insufficient  data  were  shown  in  the  studies  analyzed  to  deter- 
mine expenditures  for  housing  that  would  be  comparable  for  all 
the  different  groups  studied,  and  comparison  of  the  results  as  pre- 
sented in  the  studies  is  necessarily  unsatisfactory.  It  is  possible, 
however,  to  draw  certain  conclusions  from  the  material  available. 
It  is  evident  that  the  relationship  between  income  and  expenditure 
for  housing  is  not  a  fixed  percentage  but  a  variable  which  depends 
upon  housing  facilities  and  housing  costs  in  the  community  where 
the  family  is  located,  the  size  of  the  family,  the  family's  present 
economic  status  and  its  probable  economic  future,  whether  the 
family  is  renting  or  buying  its  own  home  and,  if  it  is  buying,  the 
basis  on  which  the  purchase  is  being  made. 

The  communities  represented  in  recent  studies  which  show  the 
lowest  percentage  of  family  expenditures  allotted  to  housing  are 
those  studied  by  Nienburg  in  the  anthracite  region. 

Among  the  anthracite  mine  workers,  for  whom  in  most  cases 
the  housing  facilities  available  were  very  unsatisfactory,  the  per- 
centage declined  from  approximately  15  per  cent  to  approximately 
8  per  cent. 

"Families  paying  rent  in  cities  of  50,000  and  over  paid  (an  average  rental 
of)  $14.72  per  month ;  those  in  cities  of  10,000  to  50,000  paid  $14.39,  whereas 
families  in  cities  of  2,500  to  10,000  paid  $11.36  per  month.  .  .  .  The  pre- 
vailing two-story  frame  detached  house  of  5  or  6  rooms,  with  running  water 
in  the  kitchen,  and  electricity,  rents  for  $20  if  favorably  located  and  in  good 
repair,  whereas  a  house  of  the  same  description  rents  for  $10  if  located  on 
the  'flats.' .  .  .  Bathrooms  are  the  exception  rather  than  the  rule  in  miners' 
homes  in  the  anthracite  region.  Even  if  a  miner  had  money  to  rent  a  house 
so  equipped,  he  would  have  difficulty  in  finding  one."  16 


"Achinstein,  A.,  "The  Standard  of  Living  of  400  Families  in  a  Model 
Housing  Project— Amalgamated  Housing  Corporation,"  Report  of  the  New 
York  State  Board  of  Housing  for  1930,  1931. 

16  Nienburg,  Op.  cii.,  p.  595-6. 


62     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

The  study  of  the  economic  situation  of  the  families  of  Federal 
employees  receiving  not  over  $2,500  was  conducted  in  five  dif- 
ferent cities  in  the  summer  of  1928  by  the  United  States  Bureau 
of  Labor  Statistics.  In  summarizing  the  expenditures  of  these 
families  no  separate  classification  was  made  of  owners  and  renters 
and  the  rental  value  of  owned  homes  was  entered  as  a  housing 
expense.  "Any  payment  on  an  owned  home  above  the  rental  value 
is  considered  a  saving,  and  where  the  payment  is  below  the  rental 
value  the  difference  is  considered  a  deficit."  17  When  average 
family  expenses  were  computed  by  this  method,  it  was  found  that 
average  housing  expenses  varied  from  16  per  cent  of  total  expenses 
in  New  Orleans  to  22  per  cent  in  Baltimore.  Average  size  of 
family  was  almost  exactly  the  same  in  the  two  cities,  but  average 
family  expenses  were  higher  in  Baltimore  than  New  Orleans  by 
$154.  Fifty-nine  per  cent  of  the  Baltimore  families  represented  in 
the  study  owned  their  own  homes,  and  only  30  per  cent  of  the  New 
Orleans  families.  No  figures  are  given  on  the  number  of  full 
owners  and  part  owners  in  either  city. 

The  effect  of  increase  in  size  of  family  upon  expenditures  for 
housing  at  a  given  income  level  is  not  systematically  presented  in 
any  recent  study.  The  material  available  seems  to  indicate,  how- 
ever, that  an  increase  in  size  of  family  is  apt  to  result  in  a  decrease 
in  the  percentage  of  family  income  spent  for  housing.  When  the 
amounts  spent  for  rent  and  the  total  family  fund  of  301  unskilled 
wage  earners  studied  by  Houghteling  in  Chicago  were  classified 
by  size  of  family,  it  was  found  that  the  family  fund  tended  to 
increase  with  increase  in  size  of  family  and  the  percentage  spent 
for  rent  tended  to  decrease.  The  percentage  declined  from  17.1 
per  cent  for  a  family  of  three  to  12.9  per  cent  for  a  family  of 
seven.  The  average  amount  spent  for  rent  increased  very  little 
until  the  family  size  reached  nine  persons.  The  lowest  average  for 
any  group  was  $275  for  families  of  three ;  the  average  of  families 
of  eight  was  $287 ;  and  for  families  of  nine  or  more,  $327. 

A  study  of  the  family  economics  of  the  Yale  faculty,  which  was 
made  in  1928,  analyzes  the  housing  situation  of  married  faculty 
members  of  different  rank  not  owning  their  homes.  The  median 
annual  rent  paid  by  instructors  and  assistant  professors  with  chil- 


17  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics,  "Cost  of  Living  of  Federal  Employees  in 
Five  Cities,"  Monthly  Labor  Review,  August,  1929,  Vol.  XXIX,  p.  322. 


INCOME  DISTRIBUTION  AND  HOUSING  EXPENDITURES      63 

dren  was  $690  and  $900  respectively,  in  each  case  $30  a  year  more 
than  that  paid  by  married  but  childless  instructors  and  assistant 
professors.  The  median  percentage  of  total  income  spent  for  rent 
was  21.5  per  cent  for  childless  married  instructors,  23.5  per  cent 
for  married  instructors  with  children,  21.0  per  cent  for  childless 
married  assistant  professors,  and  19.0  per  cent  for  married  as- 
sistant professors  with  children.  The  median  annual  rent  paid  by 
childless  married  associate  professors  was  somewhat  higher  than 
that  paid  by  associate  professors  with  children,  and  the  median 
paid  by  six  childless  full  professors  was  50  per  cent  greater  than 
the  median  for  twelve  full  professors  with  children.  The  median 
percentages  of  total  income  spent  by  childless  married  associate 
professors  and  full  professors  were  20.0  and  21.5  per  cent  re- 
spectively, and  by  associate  and  full  professors  with  children  16 
and  14  per  cent  respectively. 

Preliminary  figures  from  a  study  of  the  housing  expenditures  of 
salaried  workers  in  downtown  Pittsburgh  show  a  definite  decline 
in  percentage  of  income  allotted  to  rent  with  increases  in  income, 
and  a  distinctly  higher  percentage  going  to  rent  than  that  found 
at  the  same  income  levels  among  the  wage  earners  studied  by 
Houghteling  in  Chicago.  No  figures  are  as  yet  available  to  show 
size  of  family  among  these  Pittsburgh  salaried  workers,  but  data 
from  other  studies  indicate  that  it  is  probable  that  their  families 
are  in  general  smaller  than  those  of  the  wage-earning  group. 

A  report  of  the  division  of  expenditures  by  400  families  in  the 
Amalgamated  Housing  Corporation  shows  the  percentage  of  total 
expenditures  allotted  to  housing  by  families  purchasing  homes  in 
cooperative  apartments  built  by  the  corporation  under  the  1926 
New  York  State  housing  law.  The  economies  which  this  law 
affords  have  made  possible  the  construction  of  apartments  that  are 
well  built,  and  that  provide  for  adequate  sunlight,  ventilation,  and 
playspaces,  at  a  cost  that  greatly  facilitates  home  ownership  for 
families  with  incomes  of  $2,500  and  less.  Expenditures  included 
under  "housing"  among  these  families  declined  from  33.1  per  cent 
of  the  total  expenditures  of  families  spending  from  $1,000  to 
$1,499  to  22.7  per  cent  for  those  with  total  expenditures  of  from 
$2,000  to  $2,499  and  to  12.4  per  cent  of  the  total  expenditures  of 
those  spending  $5,000  and  more.  These  housing  figures  included 
interest  on  a  mortgage  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent,  amortization 


64     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

at  the  rate  of  2  per  cent,  taxes  on  land  (buildings  were  tax  ex- 
empt), and  maintenance  costs  of  the  apartment  house;  heat,  water, 
insurance,  redecorating,  wages  and  salaries  of  the  apartment  house 
employees.  This  group  of  families  was  able  to  secure  a  particu- 
larly favorable  type  of  financing  because  of  the  assistance  rendered 
them  and  the  corporation  by  the  Amalgamated  Bank,  the  Amalga- 
mated Clothing  Workers  Credit  Union,  and  the  Jewish  daily, 
Forward. 

Variations  in  housing  conditions  in  the  cities  from  which  figures 
on  family  income  and  housing  expenditures  are  available,  added  to 
variations  in  the  method  of  collecting  and  presenting  data,  make  it 
difficult  to  compare  the  findings  of  one  report  with  another;  but 
when  each  study  is  considered  as  a  unit,  the  percentage  of  the 
annual  expenditure  apportioned  to  housing  by  renters  is  found  to 
decrease  as  the  income  increases.  The  trend  seems  to  be  the  same 
for  home  purchasing  families,  though  the  findings  of  two  studies 
can  scarcely  be  considered  sufficient  basis  for  a  conclusive 
statement. 

In  all  but  one  of  the  studies  in  which  renters  and  owners  were 
shown  separately,  the  findings  indicate  that  the  amount  spent  for 
housing  by  owners  exceeded  that  spent  by  renters ;  but  in  instances 
where  it  was  possible  to  deduct  payment  on  principal  from  cur- 
rent expense,  current  housing  expense  of  owners  was  found  to  be 
less  than  that  of  renters.  In  only  one  study,  that  made  by  the  Hel- 
ler Committee  among  street-railway  employees  in  San  Francisco, 
were  data  presented  for  homes  owned  clear  and  for  those  carrying 
mortgages.  This  study  shows  families  with  average  annual  expen- 
ditures of  approximately  $2,109  who  owned  their  homes  clear 
spending  an  average  of  only  $265  ($22  per  month)  for  housing; 
whereas  those  renting  spent  an  average  of  $342  ($29  per  month)  ; 
and  those  who  were  still  making  payments  on  their  homes  $440 
($37  per  month).  The  last  cited  figures  included  payment  on 
principal. 

The  analysis  of  these  studies  shows  that  in  the  wage  and  low- 
salaried  groups,  families  with  incomes  as  low  as  $1,000  owned 
their  homes,  but  that  home  ownership  had  a  tendency  to  increase 
as  the  income  increased.  Renters  predominated  in  the  lower-in- 
come groups.  Among  faculty  families,  home  ownership  was  not 
usual  until  the  salary  was  $3,000  or  over;  but,  as  in  the  wage 


INCOME  DISTRIBUTION  AND  HOUSING  EXPENDITURES      65 

and  low-salaried  groups,  home  ownership  had  a  tendency  to 
increase  with  increased  income.  Families  with  average  yearly  ex- 
penditures of  $2,500  or  less  owned  homes  ranging  in  price  from 
about  $3,400  to  $7,000.  The  average  purchase  price  of  the  houses 
owned  by  the  street-railway  employees  studied  in  San  Francisco 
was  about  $3,400.  The  average  cost  of  homes  purchased  by  sala- 
ried workers  with  incomes  of  from  $1,000  to  $2,600,  employed  in 
downtown  Pittsburgh,  ranged  from  $4,150  to  about  $7,000.  Among 
Yale  University  faculty  families,  the  relation  of  the  total  income 
to  the  value  of  the  residence  tended  to  approximate  the  ratio  of 
1  to  2. 

The  studies  analyzed  show  some  variation  in  the  items  in- 
cluded under  "household  operation."  Expenditures  for  heat  and 
light,  furniture  and  furnishings,  cleaning  supplies,  laundry,  tele- 
phone and  household  service  were  included  in  this  category  in  all 
the  studies  analyzed.  Ice,  garbage  removal,  stationery,  postage, 
music  other  than  music  lessons,  and  "other"  were  included  in  cer- 
tain studies. 

Data  are  not  available  to  show  the  variation  in  expenditures  for 
household  operation  for  families  at  the  same  income  level  living 
in  houses  of  different  types  but  in  the  same  locality,  and  only 
limited  data  are  available  to  show  these  expenses  in  houses  of  dif- 
ferent types  in  different  localities.  The  study  of  the  families  housed 
by  the  Amalgamated  Housing  Corporation  is  the  only  study  in 
which  operating  expenses  apply  to  a  specific  type  of  residence,  in 
this  instance,  the  cooperatively  owned  apartment  house.  The  re- 
sults of  this  study  show  little  variation  in  the  proportion  allotted 
to  house  operation  by  families  at  different  income  levels.  The 
range  was  from  6.7  per  cent  to  8.1  per  cent  of  family  expenditures 
ranging  from  $1,000  to  $5,000  and  over.  Of  the  families  studied 
by  Zimmerman  and  by  the  Heller  Committee,  the  majority  lived  in 
detached  one-family  dwellings.  The  percentage  expended  for 
household  operation  as  shown  in  these  two  studies  may  possibly 
be  considered  representative  for  families  with  equivalent  incomes 
living  in  this  type  of  dwelling  in  cities  of  15,000  to  50,000  popu- 
lation in  Minnesota,  and  in  San  Francisco.  The  average  per- 
centage of  the  annual  expenditure  allotted  to  operation  by  San 
Francisco  families  with  average  expenditures  of  $2,109  was  10  per 
cent ;  that  for  Minnesota  families  with  incomes  of  from  $2,000  to 
$3,000  was  12  per  cent. 


66     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

With  the  limited  data  available,  it  is  impossible  to  arrive  at  any 
definite  conclusions  as  to  whether  home  owners  or  renters  ex- 
pended a  larger  proportion  of  their  income  for  household  opera- 
tion. The  data  presented  by  Zimmerman  for  these  two  groups 
indicate  that  expenditures  of  home  owners  for  these  items  are 
larger  than  those  for  renters,  particularly  in  the  higher-income 
groups. 

Expenditures  for  "light  and  fuel"  and  "furniture  and  furnish- 
ings" make  up  the  major  items  under  "household  operation"  in  the 
lower-income  groups.  Expenditures  for  "service"  are  an  addi- 
tional important  item  in  the  higher-income  groups.  Because  of 
the  difficulty  in  apportioning  to  heating,  cooking  and  lighting  the 
amount  of  fuel  used,  expenditures  for  "heat  and  light"  are  shown 
together  in  most  family  living  studies.  Much  variation  is  found 
in  these  expenditures  in  the  different  studies,  since  the  cost  of  fuel 
varies  with  the  section  of  the  country,  the  type  of  house,  and  the 
type  of  heating  plant.  The  proportion  of  annual  family  expendi- 
ture apportioned  to  "light  and  fuel"  varied  from  an  average  of 
2.6  per  cent  among  university  faculty  families  in  Berkeley,  Cali- 
fornia, with  average  annual  expenditures  of  $5,512  to  6.5  per  cent 
for  Federal  employees  living  in  Boston  whose  average  annual  ex- 
penditures were  $2,498.  San  Francisco  families  with  average 
expenditures  of  $2,109  spent  3.6  per  cent  of  it  for  light  and  fuel, 
and  New  Orleans  families  with  average  expenditures  of  $2,280 
spent  3.8  per  cent.  Expenditures  for  "furniture  and  furnishings" 
ranged  from  an  average  of  2  to  5  per  cent  of  annual  expenditures. 
In  all  instances  where  the  average  annual  family  expenditure  did 
not  exceed  $2,500,  the  expenditure  for  furniture  and  furnishings 
was  less  than  $100  a  year.  This  included  expenditures  for  new 
furniture  and  furnishings  as  well  as  for  replacement.  The  amount 
spent  for  household  service  in  the  low-income  groups  was  very 
small.  Street-car  men's  families  in  San  Francisco  whose  average 
annual  expenditures  were  approximately  $2,109  spent  an  average 
of  about  $2  a  year  or  .08  per  cent  of  their  total  annual  expendi- 
tures for  service,  while  University  of  California  faculty  families 
spent  an  average  of  $232  or  4.2  per  cent  of  average  annual  ex- 
penditures of  $5,512.  The  proportion  of  the  income  allotted  to 
household  service  increased  with  increase  in  income. 

The  amount  of  the  annual  income  apportioned  to  savings  and 


INCOME  DISTRIBUTION  AND  HOUSING  EXPENDITURES      67 

investment  by  wage  and  salaried  workers  is  low.  In  some  in- 
stances the  findings  indicate  that  it  approximated  an  average  of 
$100  a  year  among  families  with  average  annual  incomes  of  about 
$2,000,  and  $150  a  year  for  families  with  incomes  of  from  $2,500 
to  $3,000.  In  general,  however,  the  studies  show  a  deficit  for  the 
entire  group  studied. 

The  findings  of  the  various  studies  of  urban  family  living  indi- 
cate that  the  proportion  of  the  income  allotted  to  "housing"  de- 
creases with  increased  income,  and  with  increased  size  of  family 
at  a  given  income  level,  and  varies  with  the  housing  facilities  and 
costs  in  the  community  in  which  the  family  is  located,  the  type  of 
tenure,  and  the  basis  on  which  payments  are  made  if  the  home  is 
being  purchased. 

These  conclusions  must  be  regarded  as  tentative,  as  the  studies 
on  which  they  are  based  are  scattered,  and  their  treatment  of 
housing  expenditures  varied  in  method  and  limited  in  extent. 

Hermann  Schwabe,  who  became  director  of  the  newly  or- 
ganized Berlin  Statistical  Bureau  in  1865,  published  in  1868  The 
Relation  Between  Rent  and  Income  in  Berlin™  His  monograph 
was  the  result  of  an  investigation  of  the  rents  paid  by  city  and 
county  employees  with  salaries  less  than  1,000  thalers,  and  by 
all  income  taxpayers.  In  the  course  of  his  study  he  developed  the 
so-called  Schwabe's  law, — "The  poorer  one  is,  the  greater  the 
proportion  of  his  income  going  to  shelter." 

In  1927-28  the  Statistisches  Reichsamt  collected  household  ac- 
counts for  one  year  from  896  wage  earners'  families,  546  clerks' 
(Angestellten)  families,  498  families  of  officials  (Beamten).19 

In  his  analysis  of  the  recently  gathered  German  statistics,  Dr. 
Liitge  points  out  that  within  the  wage  earners'  group,  Schwabe's 
law  clearly  holds,  but  that  among  clerical  workers  and  the  offi- 
cials there  are  certain  irregularities  in  the  percentages  of  income 
allotted  to  housing  at  different  income  levels.  The  difference  in 
the  averages  for  the  three  occupational  groups  is  very  interesting. 
Average  annual  earnings  of  the  city  wage  earners  amounted  to 
3,325  RM,  and  their  average  annual  expenditures  for  rent 


w  Guradze, — ,  and  Hermann  Schwabe,  Deutsches  Statistisches  Zentralblatt 
March-April,  1930,  Vol.  XXII,  pp.  39-40. 

19  Germany,  Statistisches  Reichsamt,  "Ergebnisse  der  Amtlichen  Erhebun- 
gen  von  Wirtschaftsrechnungen  vom  Jahre,  1927-28,"  Wirtschaft  und  Sta- 
tistik,  1929-1930,  Vol.  IX,  pp.  818-24,  902-7,  978-82;  Vol.  X,  pp.  38-43,  78-81, 
170-78,  266-71,  310-18. 


68     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

amounted  to  10  per  cent  of  that  sum.  The  clerical  workers  re- 
ceived on  the  average  4,712  RM,  and  they  allotted  11.5  per  cent 
of  the  total  to  rent,  while  the  officials  received  on  the  average 
5,349  RM,  of  which  12  per  cent  went  to  rent ;  a  progression  exactly 
the  opposite  of  that  stated  by  Schwabe's  law.  The  differences  in 
the  averages  for  the  three  occupational  groups  within  given  in- 
come groups  are  even  more  striking.  In  the  income  group  re- 
ceiving 3,000-3,600  RM,  wage  earners  apportioned  on  the  average 
10.2  per  cent  of  the  income  to  rent,  clerical  workers  11.9  per  cent, 
and  officials  12.9  per  cent.  In  the  income  group  next  higher  (3,- 
600  to  4,300  RM)  the  proportions  are  9.4  per  cent,  11.8  per  cent, 
and  12.1  per  cent  for  wage  earners,  clerical  workers,  and  officials, 
respectively.  Dr.  Liitge  suggests  a  law  of  "socially  conditioned 
housing  expenditures,"  which  is  reminiscent  of  Dr.  Peixotto's 
statement  about  "house  proud"  academic  families  in  the  United 
States  who  will  sacrifice  food  and  clothing  standards  in  order  to 
have  a  "presentable"  house.20 

The  comprehensive  data  in  Dr.  Lutge's  article  and  in  the  articles 
in  Wirtschaft  und  Statistik  emphasize  the  shortcomings  of  the  ma- 
terial on  the  relation  of  housing  expenditures  to  income,  available 
for  the  United  States. 


20  Peixotto,  op.  cit.,  p.  127. 


CHAPTER  IV 
LOW-COST  HOUSING  PROJECTS1 

A  few  experiments  in  low-cost  housing  have  been  conducted 
during  the  past  35  years,  and  philanthropic,  semi-philanthropic 
and  low-cost  private  enterprises  have  been  demonstrated.  Since 
there  are  few  data  on  family  income,  an  annual  income  of  $1,500 
or  less  has  been  selected  for  this  discussion.  This  income  group, 
according  to  recent  estimates,  would  represent  a  large  portion  of 
families.2  Houses  costing  $3,000  or  less,  and  rent  at  $35  per 
month  or  under  have  been  considered  a  low-cost  housing  basis  for 
this  summary. 

Cost  Reduction 

Efforts  have  been  made  to  reduce  the  cost  of  adequate  shelter 
through  the  following  methods :  ( 1 )  Reduction  of  the  cost  of  the 
actual  house;  (2)  certain  forms  of  public  aid;  (3)  the  erection 
of  new  houses  which  comply  with  such  standards  that,  when  old, 
still  will  provide  houses  of  acceptable  standards  for  low-income 
families. 

Experimentation  and  many  suggestions  have  been  made  for 
reducing  house  costs.  This  reduction,  however,  has  not  yet  low- 
ered costs  to  such  a  level  that  the  poorest  families  can  buy  new 
homes.  The  most  outstanding  of  these  experiments  and  sugges- 
tions, some  of  which  have  not  been  sufficiently  tried  out  to  deter- 
mine their  importance  as  factors  in  cost  reduction,  are  as  fol- 
lows: Cheaper  financing,  mass  production,  standardization  of 
building  materials,  more  factory-made  parts,  use  of  new  building 
materials  and  better  use  of  old  ones,  elimination  of  waste  in  con- 
struction processes — both  in  uses  of  materials  and  labor,  less  ex- 
pensive equipment,  reduction  of  the  cost  of  advertising  in  selling 
building  materials  and  equipment,  and  the  reduction  of  the  specu- 
lative element  in  the  cost  of  land. 

Although  the  use  of  various  forms  of  public  aid  in  order  to  pro- 
vide homes  for  low-income  families  has  been  commonly  used  in 


1  Prepared  by  Blanche  Halbert,  a  member  of  the  committee. 

2  See  "Slums,   Large-Scale   Housing-  and  Decentralization,"   Publications 
of  the  President's  Conference   on  Home  Building   and  Home  Ownership 
Washington,  1932,  Vol.  Ill,  Ch.  II. 

69 


70    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

many  European  countries,  it  has  not  appeared  to  be  practicable 
here  in  America.  Tax-exemption  legislation,  however,  has  been 
in  use  to  some  small  extent  in  order  to  encourage  more  building 
for  low-income  groups. 

The  erection  of  new  houses  to  comply  with  such  standards  that 
when  old  they  still  will  provide  comfortable  and  conveniently  ar- 
ranged homes  for  low-income  families  warrants  careful  considera- 
tion. Used  houses,  if  well  built  and  designed  so  that  maintenance 
costs  and  remodeling  costs  may  be  reduced  to  a  minimum,  should 
provide  good  homes. 

Low-Cost  Housing  Enterprises 

The  purpose  of  this  study  is  to  describe,  briefly,  low-cost  hous- 
ing projects  which  already  have  been  demonstrated. 

Developments  have  been  selected  which  represent  costs  suitable 
for  families  of  a  $1,500  income.  Those  enterprises  with  houses 
and  apartments  costing  not  more  than  $3,000  or  renting  for  not 
more  than  $35  a  month  have  been  included.  Consideration  as  far 
as  possible  has  been  given  to  housing  that  represents  satisfactory 
layout  and  such  construction  that  a  minimum  of  expenditure  in 
upkeep  may  be  expected. 

Many  of  the  housing  developments  which  are  described  have 
been  erected  by  limited  dividend  corporations  working  with  funds 
sufficiently  large  to  permit  cost  reduction  by  providing  low-cost 
money  and  cash  discount  on  materials.  Other  saving  also  has  been 
possible  through  large-scale  operations.  Many  of  the  develop- 
ments are  tax  exempt.  In  addition,  information  has  been  gath- 
ered on  a  few  typical  cities  which  have  examples  of  low-cost  hous- 
ing developments. 

New  York  City.  Some  of  the  smaller  apartments  in  the  fol- 
lowing housing  developments  are  sufficiently  low  in  cost  or  in 
rental  for  the  family  with  a  $1,500  income. 

The  Amalgamated  Housing  Corporation  and  Amalgamated  Dwell- 
ings. This,  perhaps,  is  one  of  the  most  outstanding  developments  under 
the  New  York  State  housing  law.  This  corporation  completed  one  project 
in  1927  and  a  second  in  1929.  The  buildings  house  511  families.  The  apart- 
ments range  in  size  from  2  to  7  rooms,  and  approximately  130  apartments,  or 
less  than  one-third  of  the  apartments  in  these  two  projects  rent  for  $35  or 
less  per  month.  The  average  rental  in  the  two  buildings  is  $11  per  room  per 
month.  Only  47  per  cent  of  the  ground  is  covered  by  the  buildings ;  the  re- 
mainder is  used  for  playspace  and  lawns.  Although  the  first  project  is  a 


Low-CosT  HOUSING  PROJECTS  71 

five-story  walk-up  type,  the  apartments  themselves  are  equipped  with  neces- 
sary conveniences. 

A  third  project  by  this  company  was  completed  in  1930  in  the  congested 
area  of  the  Lower  East  Side.  This  is  a  six-story  brick  building  with  231 
apartments — all  with  necessary  conveniences  for  comfortable  living.  These 
apartments  have  been  purchased  by  tenants  on  the  cooperative  plan.  The 
Amalgamated  Bank  has  assisted  with  necessary  funds  since  many  of  the 
tenants  cannot  afford  to  buy  stock  outright.  The  loans  are  to  be  amortized 
over  a  period  of  10  years. 

Low  rental  is  possible  for  these  projects  because  of  a  savings  in  the  land 
purchase,  savings  in  building  operations,  cash  payments  and  savings  in 
financing  and  construction,  savings  in  building  on  a  large  scale,  and  also  be- 
cause of  the  exemption  from  taxation  which  is  provided  under  the  limited 
dividend  housing  law  of  New  York  enacted  in  1926.  The  actual  savings  to 
the  corporation  by  this  exemption  has  been  estimated  to  approximate  $2.11 
per  room  per  month. 

Brooklyn  Garden  Apartments.  The  first  of  the  Brooklyn  Garden 
Apartment  developments  completed  in  1929,  was  a  five-story,  brick,  walk-up 
structure.  It  includes  164  apartments  of  3,  4  and  5  rooms  with  bath.  The 
average  rental  per  room  is  $10.50.  A  few  of  the  smaller  apartments  rent  for 
$32.50  per  month ;  the  larger  and  more  desirable  ones,  however,  rent  as  high 
as  $56.50. 

In  1930,  a  second  project  providing  for  111  families  was  completed.  The 
average  rent  per  room  per  month  is  the  same  as  in  the  first  project. 

The  Farband  Housing  Corporation.  The  buildings  erected  by  this 
corporation  in  1928  are  six-story  buildings  with  elevators.  The  project 
provides  for  128  families.  The  actual  rentals  are  $9.63  per  room  per  month, 
which  is  below  the  maximum  provided  by  the  New  York  law.  Over  half 
the  apartments  rent  for  less  than  $35  per  month.  This  development  is 
sponsored  by  the  Jewish  National  Workers  Alliance  of  America.  The 
dwellings  also  are  tax  exempt. 

Stanton  Homes  Corporation.  Another  smaller  tax-exempt  develop- 
ment of  44  apartments  which  was  completed  in  1930  is  that  of  the  Stanton 
Homes  Corporation  which  provides  for  many  conveniences  including  electric 
refrigeration,  elevator  service  and  gas  ranges.  Nine  of  the  44  apartments 
rent  for  $33  or  less  per  month. 

The  Academy  Housing  Corporation  and  the  Manhattan  Housing 
Corporation.  Two  new  projects  are  now  in  process  in  New  York  by  The 
Academy  Housing  Corporation  and  the  Manhattan  Housing  Corporation. 
The  Academy — a  two  million  dollar  development — is  the  largest  single  hous- 
ing project  undertaken  under  the  law.  Four  hundred  and  seventy-four 
families  are  provided  for  at  rentals  averaging  $11  per  room  per  month. 

The  Manhattan  is  a  smaller  project  with  an  average  rental  per  room 
per  month  of  $12.50. 

All  of  the  above  mentioned  projects  are  of  multi-family  dwell- 
ing type  and  are  tax  exempt.  These  developments  are  located  in 
urban  areas  where  costs  are  high  and  only  a  small  number  of  the 


72     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

apartments  rent  for  $35  per  month  or  less.  Many  of  these  are  too 
small  to  accommodate  families  of  moderate  size. 

Other  projects  which  are  noteworthy  are  the  projects  of  the 
Metropolitan  Life  Insurance  Company,  the  Paul  Laurence  Dun- 
bar  Apartments  sponsored  by  Mr.  John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr.,  those 
of  the  Lavanburg  Foundation  and  the  Phipps  houses. 

Cincinnati,  Ohio.    The  Jacob  B.  Schmidlapp  Enterprise. 

Although  this  project  was  developed  some  time  ago,  it  is  a  worth  while 
demonstration  of  low-cost  housing.  Up  to  the  year  1918,  102  buildings 
housing  402  families  had  been  built.  Thirty-four  of  these  are  single-family 
dwellings  of  the  row  house  type,  42  semi-detached  with  four  families  in  each, 
8  semi-detached  with  two  families  in  each,  and  18  multi-family  dwellings. 
The  construction  is  all  brick  with  concrete  foundation.  All  houses  have 
cellars  and  are  equipped  with  hot  and  cold  water.  This  is  a  5  per  cent 
limited  dividend  development.  In  1931,  the  rent  per  room  per  month  was 
$5.36. 

Questionnaires  were  sent  to  a  few  cities  in  order  to  determine, 
where  possible,  the  extent  of  low-cost  housing  developments. 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  The  Managing  Director  of  the 
Philadelphia  Housing  Association  reports  that  the  cheapest  low- 
cost  houses  in  Philadelphia  built  in  any  considerable  number  dur- 
ing the  past  5  years  were  marketed  at  $3,990.  Many  remodeling 
projects,  however,  are  in  process. 

In  Philadelphia  is  also  the  well-known  Octavia  Hill  Association  which  is 
over  35  years  old.  During  the  past  few  years,  its  activity  has  been  along 
the  lines  of  improvement  rather  than  that  of  erection  of  new  dwellings. 
During  1928  the  Association  purchased  and  completely  renovated  a  row 
of  11  houses  in  a  residential  district.  These  rented  at  $35  and  $45  per 
month.  Some  were  sold  to  individual  owners.  In  1928  the  Association's 
projects  accommodated  503  families.  These  dwellings  included  those  both 
owned  and  managed  by  the  Association. 

Nashville,  Tennessee.  Information  reported  by  the  Chamber 
of  Commerce  indicates  that  approximately  1,600  houses  have  been 
built  during  the  past  5  years  in  Nashville  to  sell  for  less  than 
$3,000.  The  majority  are  4-room  frame  houses,  and  they  rent  for 
approximately  $25  per  month.  They  are  of  the  post  foundation 
type,  and  are  without  furnaces.  The  same  house,  with  furnace,  is 
reported  to  rent  for  $35  per  month.  An  old  house  in  this  group 
would  rent  for  but  $18. 

Cleveland,  Ohio.    The  Cleveland  Chamber  of  Commerce  states 


Low-CosT  HOUSING  PROJECTS  73 

that  no  new  houses  have  been  built  within  the  past  5  years  to  sell 
at  a  cost  of  less  than  $3,000  for  the  house  and  lot  or  to  rent  for 
less  than  $300  a  year. 

Effort  has  been  made,  however,  to  remodel  and  recondition  old 
houses  for  low-income  groups  by  mortgage  companies,  banks  and 
trust  companies,  and  building  and  loan  associations.  The  Associ- 
ated Charities,  which  moves  its  tenants  when  houses  are  unfit  for 
habitation,  believes  this  method  to  be  effective  in  maintaining  hous- 
ing standards.  In  1930  the  Association  set  a  minimum  standard 
for  repair  and  sanitation. 

Birmingham,  Alabama.  The  Jemison  Companies  (real  estate 
and  investment  bankers)  report  that  industrial  activities  and  min- 
ing operations  are  located  outside  of  centers  of  population  where 
land  is  plentiful  and  cheap.  This  makes  it  possible  to  provide  de- 
tached, inexpensive  frame  dwellings  with  a  liberal  allocation  of 
land. 

The  type  of  house  built  for  the  purpose  of  renting  to  unskilled  labor,  white 
or  colored,  is  usually  a  3-room  detached  house,  or  a  semi-detached  house 
with  2  or  3  rooms  per  family,  of  frame  construction,  and  on  lots  ranging 
from  25  by  100  to  140  feet  for  the  single  house,  to  50  by  100  to  140  feet  for 
the  semi-detached  house.  These  houses  range  in  cost  from  about  $500  for 
the  3-room  detached  house  to  $800  for  the  4-room  semi-detached,  and  $1,000 
for  the  6-room  semi-detached  house,  with  about  $150  additional  where  baths 
and  inside  toilets  are  provided. 

Rents  in  these  houses  range  at  present  between  $10  and  $16  per  house  for 
the  4-room  dwellings  and  between  $12  and  $24  for  those  of  6  rooms.  The 
ground  values  range  from  $150  to  $500  per  unit,  depending  upon  location, 
proximity  to  urban  centers,  trolley  lines,  etc. 

Richmond,  Virginia.  During  the  past  5  years,  more  than  300 
houses  have  been  built  for  both  white  and  colored  families,  costing 
$3,000  or  less  excluding  the  cost  of  the  lot.  Nearly  all  of  these 
are  of  frame  construction  and  many  have  modern  equipment.  Over 
50  of  the  274  houses  built  for  white  families  and  more  than  two- 
thirds  of  the  62  built  for  Negro  families  cost  less  than  $2,000 
excluding  the  cost  of  the  lot. 

Jackson,  Mississippi.  The  Mississippi  State  Board  of  De- 
velopment reports  that  during  the  last  5  years  approximately  990 
houses  have  been  built  at  an  average  cost  of  $1,480  each.  Most 
of  these  are  one-story  frame  dwellings,  but  a  number  are  of  brick 
veneer  construction  and  cost  about  $3,000. 


74    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Other  Low-Cost  Housing 

A  large  mail-order  company  has  a  combined  financing,  planning 
and  construction  plan  under  which  the  owner  of  a  lot  may  borrow 
as  much  as  75  per  cent  of  the  combined  value  of  the  house  and  lot. 
The  company  then  builds  the  home  for  him,  either  from  the  own- 
er's plans  or  from  plans  furnished  by  the  company.  The  owner 
is  permitted  to  pay  off  the  loan  in  monthly  instalments  over  a 
period  of  15  years  with  interest  at  6  per  cent.  The  most  inexpen- 
sive houses  are  4-room  frame  houses,  which  can  be  erected  for  as 
low  as  $3,000  in  certain  sections  of  the  country. 

Inexpensive  new  homes  also  are  provided  by  portable-house 
companies  which  manufacture  and  ship  ready-cut  houses.  The  cost 
of  these  varies  somewhat,  depending  upon  the  cost  of  labor  for 
erection. 

United  States  Department  of  Commerce  Survey 

The  Division  of  Building  and  Housing  of  the  United  States  De- 
partment of  Commerce  has  completed  a  survey  of  145  houses.  Of 
this  number  only  the  6  houses  described  below  were  reported  in 

1929  as  selling  at  $3,000  or  less. 

Dallas,  Texas.  One-story,  bungalow  type,  detached,  2^  rooms  and 
bath,  no  cellar,  frame  construction,  at  $1,950  with  lot. 

Chester,  Pennsylvania.  One-story,  row  house,  5  rooms  and  bath,  cellar, 
brick  wall,  slag  roof,  no  heating  plant,  at  $1,600  with  lot;  two-story  row 
house,  6  rooms  and  bath,  brick,  hot-air  heating,  at  $2,185  with  lot ;  two-story, 
6  rooms  and  bath,  row  house,  brick,  with  hot-air  heating,  at  $2,750  with  lot. 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.  Two-story,  6  rooms  and  bath,  brick,  slag 
roof,  hot-air  heating,  at  $2,200  with  lot. 

Seattle,  Washington.  One-story,  bungalow  type,  detached,  4  rooms 
and  bath,  no  cellar,  frame  construction,  at  $2,750  with  lot. 

Better  Homes  in  America  Demonstrations 

Each  year,  Better  Homes  in  America  demonstrates  hundreds  of 
low-cost  houses — both  new  and  remodeled.  In  1930  the  average 
cost  of  the  3-room  houses  demonstrated  was  $1,885;  4-room 
houses,  $2,424;  and  5  rooms,  $2,818.  These  houses  are  located  in 
all  sections  of  the  country  and  include  many  old  houses,  which 
obviously  accounts  for  the  low  average  cost.  The  cost  of  the 
land  is  not  included.  Of  the  682  houses  demonstrated  in  the 

1930  campaign,  nearly  a  hundred  cost  $1,500  or  less.     In  the 
State  of  Arkansas,  144  houses,  new  and  old,  were  demonstrated. 


LOW-COST  HOUSING  PROJECTS  75 

Of  the  93  of  those  reporting  costs,  nearly  20  per  cent  were  valued 
at  $3,000  or  less. 

During  the  Better  Homes  campaign  of  each  year,  extensive 
projects  are  carried  on  in  the  remodeling  and  renovating  of  houses. 
Homes  unfit  for  habitation  are  converted  into  sanitary  and  com- 
fortable dwellings.  Hundreds  of  these  remodeling  projects  are 
houses  valued  at  less  than  $800.  Most  of  these  dwellings,  how- 
ever, are  located  in  the  southern  section  of  the  country,  where 
building  is  less  expensive  than  in  other  sections.  In  1930,  nearly 
4,000  houses  were  demonstrated  in  "Better  Homes  Tours,"  and 
most  of  these  represented  reconditioning  projects. 

Conclusion 

The  samples  of  low-cost  housing  developments  and  projects  de- 
scribed in  this  discussion  indicate  that  some  houses  and  apart- 
ments have  been  built,  particularly  in  connection  with  large-scale 
developments,  within  the  reach  of  a  family  with  a  $1,500  annual 
income.  It  must  be  kept  in  mind,  also,  that  the  $1,500  income  in 
small  communities  is  equivalent  in  purchasing  power  to  a  much 
higher  income  in  cities.  The  majority  of  dwellings,  however,  in 
many  of  these  large-scale  developments,  although  tax  exempt, 
rent  for  more  than  $35  per  month,  and  this  amount,  in  many 
instances,  rents  but  a  3-room  apartment.  Little  information  has 
been  obtained  through  the  questionnaire  which  was  sent  to  cities, 
on  the  type  and  standard  of  house  that  may  be  purchased  or 
rented  at  the  cost  specified.  Low-cost  housing  should  not  be  in- 
terpreted as  "cheap"  housing,  and  no  dwelling  should  be  erected 
below  the  minimum  standard  level  for  these  low-income  families. 

The  summary  of  low-cost  housing  developments  seems  to  indi- 
cate that,  although  a  few  projects  in  low-cost  housing  are  satis- 
factory, the  majority  of  families  receiving  below  $1,500  annually 
cannot,  at  present  costs,  afford  new  houses  representing  accept- 
able standards,  but  doubtless  will  be  more  satisfactorily  housed  in 
used  dwellings.  These  should  represent  commendable  architectural 
design  and  construction,  and  should  be  in  good  repair. 


CHAPTER  V 

THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP   STUDY1-2 
I.  Introductory 

The  primary  research  project  of  the  Committee  on  Relationship 
of  Income  and  the  Home  is  a  study  of  housing  costs  and  allied 
information  on  home  ownership  conditions  of  789  native  born 
families  having  an  income  of  $3,000  or  less  in  1930,  and  living 
in  the  City  of  Buffalo,  New  York. 

The  results  of  this  study  are  offered,  not  as  representative  of 
the  country  as  a  whole,  but  as  a  fairly  intimate  picture  of  con- 
ditions affecting  a  certain  type  of  family  within  a  large  urban 
community. 

As  a  setting  for  the  report,  some  of  the  salient  external  facts 
concerning  Buffalo  are  presented:  The  city  has  a  population  of 
some  575,000.  The  metropolitan  area  increases  this  to  about  725,- 
000.  Buffalo  has  a  relatively  large  foreign  born  population,  made 
up  largely  of  Poles,  Italians,  Germans  and  natives  of  eastern  Eu- 
ropean countries.-  The  advantages  of  the  Niagara  Frontier  Area, 
such  as  abundance  of  raw  materials,  power,  water,  rail  and  air 
transportation  facilities,  proximity  to  the  greatest  markets,  and 
climate,  have  combined  to  make  it  one  of  the  most  highly  de- 
veloped and  most  diversified  industrial  centers  in  the  country. 

The  Conditions  of  Sampling 

A  decision  to  limit  the  sample  to  not  more  than  800  families 
was  made  primarily  from  the  standpoint  of  available  time,  funds 
and  personnel. 

The  families  selected  for  study  were  chosen  to  insure  a  high  de- 
gree of  homogeneity  in  the  data,  and  to  illustrate,  as  well  as  pos- 


1  Prepared  under  the  direction  of  Professor  M.  A.  Brumbaugh,  Vice 
Chairman  and  Secretary  of  the  committee,  with  the  technical  assistance  of 
Mr.  William  M.  Haenszel. 

3  Copies  of  the  schedules  used  by  field  enumerators  together  with  detailed 
instructions  to  the  collecting  agents,  the  coding  card  used  for  the  electric 
tabulating  machines,  a  discussion  of  methods  used  in  choosing  the  field 
force  and  editing  the  schedules  have  been  retained  and  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Division  of  Building  and  Housing,  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Standards,  by  per- 
sons interested  in  conducting  similar  studies.  The  original  schedules  and 
machine  tabulating  cards  together  with  the  copies  of  certain  tables  made 
during  the  course  of  the  analysis,  but  not  published,  are  also  on  file  at  the 
division. 

76 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY  77 

sible,  the  problems  of  parents  who,  at  the  time  that  they  are  en- 
gaged in  rearing  children,  have  also  undertaken  to  own  the  homes 
in  which  they  live,  and  are  still  in  the  process  of  paying  for  them. 
Each  family  included  met  the  following  conditions,  with  slight  ex- 
ceptions : 

1.  Total  income  not  exceeding  $3,000  in  1930. 

2.  Family  composed  of  husband  and  wife  and  at  least  one  dependent  child. 

3.  Both  parents  born  in  the  United  States. 

4.  Ownership  of  home,  and  still  in  process  of  paying  for  it  in  1930. 

5.  Not  more  than  two  roomers  or  boarders. 

6.  Living  in  a  one-  or  two-family  dwelling. 

7.  No  doubling  up  with  one  or  more  other  families  in  quarters  clearly  in- 
tended for  one  family. 

Obviously,  all  families  renting  their  homes,  or  living  in  apart- 
ments, were  excluded. 

Although  the  conditions  were  adhered  to  as  strictly  as  possible 
throughout  the  collection  of  data,  a  few  cases  which  were  viola- 
tions in  one  respect  or  another,  but  which  met  nearly  all  of  the 
conditions,  were  included  as  indicated  in  the  tables  in  the  body  of 
the  report. 

There  are,  in  round  numbers,  160,000  families  in  the  metropoli- 
tan area  covered  in  this  study.  Only  a  small  percentage,  probably 
not  more  than  3  to  5  per  cent,  of  these  would  meet  the  conditions 
of  sampling  as  set  forth. 

II.  Description  3 
Description  of  the  Property 

A  recent  Buffalo  Post  Office  survey  showed  57  per  cent  of  Buf- 
falo houses  are  one- family  and  43  per  cent  are  two- family  houses. 
The  principal  results  of  this  study,  including  single  houses,  two- 
family  houses  and  number  of  apartments  in  apartment  houses,  are 
set  forth  in  Table  I. 

In  the  present  study  only  789  families  were  investigated,  mak- 
ing a  small  sample  of  the  entire  group.  Table  I  shows  that  82 
per  cent  of  the  789  houses  were  single-family  and  18  per  cent 
were  two-family  houses,  either  duplicate  flats  or  of  the  income 


3  This  section  of  the  report  is  intended  to  be  primarily  factual.  The  tables 
which  are  presented  were  taken  directly  from  the  machine  cards  by  simple 
runs.  The  complex  tabulations  have  been  reserved  for  the  section  of  the 
report  devoted  to  analysis.  No  computations  beyond  reducing  the  absolute 
figures  to  percentages  and  a  few  averages  have  been  included. 


78    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  I.  One-  and  Two-Family  Houses  and  Apartments  *  in 

Buffalo. 


Type  of 
house 

Post  Office  and  Real  Estate  Board 
survey  (October,  1930) 

Buffalo  home  owner- 
ship study 

Number 
of 
houses 

Number 
of 
apartments 

Percentage 
of 
apartments 

Number 
of 
houses 

Percentage 
of 
houses 

Single  
Two-family.  .  . 
Income  f 

57,655 
42,703 

57,655 
85,406 

36 

53 

ii 

649 
119 
20 
1 

82 
15 
3 

Three-family 

18^  308 

M  ulti-f  amily 

TOTAL  

100,358 

161,369 

100 

789 

100 

*  Apartment  includes  any  space  occupied  by  one  family. 
t  See  footnote  4,  below. 

type.4  The  variation  of  this  collection  from  the  city  as  a  whole 
arises,  no  doubt,  from  the  fact  that  owners  of  two-family  houses 
commonly  rent  both  flats,  plus  the  fact  that  two- family  houses 
have  frequently  had  to  be  repossessed  by  the  mortgagee  and  the 
fact  that  in  some  sections  of  the  city  and  with  certain  classes  of 
tenants  the  two-family  house  is  not  considered  to  be  a  success. 

No  semi-detached  houses  were  encountered  in  the  course  of  this 
study.  Row  houses  and  so-called  semi-detached  houses  are  not 
common  in  Buffalo.  There  is  instead,  a  tendency  to  build  two- 
family  houses,  where  one  family  lives  above  the  other,  and  small 
apartments. 

Of  the  789  houses  included  in  the  study,  786  were  of  frame,  1 
was  of  brick  veneer  and  2  were  stucco  with  frame  backing.  This 
ratio  of  frame  construction  probably  would  not  apply  to  all  of 
the  houses  in  the  city.  The  higher-priced  houses  are  commonly 
stone  or  brick. 

Although  there  are  included  in  this  study  properties  bought  in 
1890  and  in  almost  every  year  since  that  time,  only  small  varia- 
tions in  frontage  of  lot  appear.  Ninety- four  per  cent  of  the  789 
lots  included  in  the  study  are  between  28  feet  and  42  feet  in 


4  An  income  house  is  defined  as  any  dwelling  in  which  the  upper  story  is 
smaller  in  size  than  the  lower,  has  no  separate  entrance  hall  and  receives 
at  least  heat  in  common  with  the  lower  apartment. 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


79 


Table  II.   Frontage  of  Lots. 
(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Lot  front* 
(feet) 

Number  of 
properties 

Percentage  of 
properties 

Cumulative  percentage 
of  properties 

18-22    

4 

1 

1 

23-27  

9 

1 

2 

28-32  

293 

37 

39 

33-37  

337 

43 

82 

38-42  

112 

14 

96 

43-47 

20 

2 

98 

48-52 

6 

1 

99 

53-57 

21 

58-62 

2 

63-83 

3 

1 

100 

Unknown       

1 

TOTAL  

789 

100 

*  In  five-foot  intervals. 

width,  as  may  be  seen  in  Table  II.  The  38-  to  42- foot  lots  have 
space  for  the  house,  a  passageway  to  the  garage  on  one  side  and 
a  few  feet  of  grass  plot  on  the  other.  The  33-  to  37- foot  lots  re- 
tain the  passageway  to  the  garage  but  commonly  omit  the  grass 
plot.  The  28-  to  32- foot  lots  are  commonly  arranged  as  are  the 
wider  lots  above  but  the  houses  are  of  the  18-foot  or  22-foot 
front  variety. 

The  789  families  included  in  the  study  possess  574  garages 
with  accommodations  for  924  automobiles.  (Table  III.)  How- 
ever, over  one-fourth  of  the  houses  have  no  garage,  and  the  2-car 
garage  is  more  common  than  the  single-car.  The  breakdown 
shows  that,  although  68  per  cent  of  the  double  houses  have  2-car 
garages  as  against  30  per  cent  for  the  single  houses,  neverthe- 
less the  2-car  garage  is  surprisingly  prevalent  with  single  houses. 
The  figures  are:  No  garage,  188;  1-car  garage,  243;  2-car 
garage,  197.  The  absence  of  a  garage  is  no  evidence  that  the 
family  is  without  a  car,  since  garages  may  be  rented  readily  at  a 
cost  of  $5.00  to  $8.00  per  month.  Many  families,  in  purchasing 
a  home,  plan  definitely  upon  additional  incomes  from  the  renting 
of  garage  space  for  one  or  more  cars. 

Of  the  789  houses  included  in  this  study,  772,  or  97  per  cent, 
have  a  cellar ;  429  of  these,  or  54  per  cent,  have  an  unfinished  at- 
tic; 220,  or  28  per  cent,  have  a  finished  attic;  and  123,  or  15  per 


80     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  III.   Garages  Attached  to  Properties. 

(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Type  of 
garage 

Number  of  houses  according  to 
garage  accommodations 

Percentage  of  houses  according 
to  garage  accommodations 

Single 
houses 

Double 
houses 

Single 
houses 

Double 
houses 

None  
1-car  
2-car  

188 

243 
197 
18 

"2 

27 
12 
96 
5 

1 

29 
38 
30 
3 

19 
9 
68 
4 

3-car  

4-car  
5-car  

TOTAL  .  . 

648 

141 

100 

100 

cent,  have  no  attic.    Of  the  remaining  3  per  cent  having  no  cel- 
lars, 7  had  an  unfinished  attic,  4  a  finished  attic  and  6  no  attic. 

The  size  of  house  as  indicated  by  number  of  rooms5  occupied 
by  the  family  which  this  report  covers,  is  shown  in  Table  IV. 
Six-,  7-,  and  8-room  houses  make  up  83  per  cent  of  the  total.  A 
high  degree  of  uniformity  exists  in  the  allotment  of  rooms  in  the 
6-,  7-,  and  8-room  houses. 

Table  IV.  Number  of  Rooms  in  Houses. 

(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Number  of  rooms 

Number  of 
houses 

Percentage 
of  houses 

Cumulative  percentage 
of  houses 

3 

1 

4 

6 

1 

1 

5.  .                

61 

8 

9 

6  

272 

34 

43 

7  

237 

30 

73 

8  

152 

19 

92 

9 

47 

6 

98 

10 

6 

1 

99 

11.    . 

7 

1 

100 

TOTAL  

789 

100 

5  In  all  sections  of  this  report  the  following  have  been  counted  as  rooms : 
Library,  living-room,  den,  playroom,  sewing-room,  dining-room,  kitchen, 
laundry-room  (not  in  cellar),  reception  hall  (does  not  include  area  between 
two  entrance  doors),  glass  enclosed  porches,  and  bedroom. 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


81 


Table  V.  Number  of  Bedrooms  and  Bathrooms  in  Houses. 

(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Number  of  bedrooms  and  baths 

Number  of  houses 

Percentage  of  houses 

2  bedrooms  —  1  bath 

172 

22 

3  bedrooms  —  1  bath                  .  .  . 

528 

67 

4  bedrooms  —  1  bath  
5  bedrooms  —  1  bath        

72 
9 

9 
1 

2  bedrooms  —  2  baths  
3  bedrooms  —  2  baths  
4  bedrooms  —  2  baths  
5  bedrooms  —  2  baths  

11 

l\ 

1 

6  bedrooms  —  2  baths  

3J 

TOTAL  . 

789 

100 

Table  V  shows  the  number  of  bedrooms  and  bathrooms  found 
in  the  houses  investigated  in  the  study.  Two-thirds  of  the  houses 
have  three  bedrooms  and  one  bathroom.  There  is  no  house 
covered  by  the  study  without  a  bathroom.  Eight  of  the  houses 
contain  two  bathrooms. 

History  and  Cost  of  the  Property 

The  houses  bought  by  the  group  studied  are  not  old,  as  is  shown 
by  Table  VI.  Seventy-one  per  cent  of  these  houses  have  been  built 
since  1921,  while  only  2  per  cent  date  back  to  the  years  before 

Table  VI.   Year  of  Construction  of  Houses  Owned. 

(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Houses 

Houses 

Houses 

Year 

Year 

Year 

built 

built 

built 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

Prior  to 

1901 

16 

2 

1911 

8 

1 

1922 

42 

5 

1901 

2 

1912 

7 

1 

1923 

113 

14 

1902 

0 

1913 

12 

2 

1924 

103 

13 

1903 

1 

1914 

13 

2 

1925 

75 

10 

1904 

2 

1915 

11 

1 

1926 

70 

9 

1905 

5 

1 

1916 

14 

2 

1927 

62 

8 

1906 

4 

1 

1917 

10 

1 

1928 

59 

8 

1907 

0 

1918 

17 

2 

1929 

30 

4 

1908 

3 

1919 

23 

3 

1930 

2 

1909 

3 

1920 

19 

2 

Unknown 

26 

3 

1910 

7 

1 

1921 

30 

4 

TOTAL... 

789 

100 

82    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

1901.  These  home  owners  quite  clearly  bought  houses  built  dur- 
ing the  building  boom  which  started  in  1921,  and  reached  a  peak 
in  1923-4.  The  number  of  home  purchasers  has  declined  since 
1924,  and  since  that  time  there  has  been  a  gradual  recession  from 
the  high  point  of  activity  reached  by  the  building  trade. 

As  to  the  prices  paid  by  the  present  owners,  a  tabulation  has 
been  made  of  all  the  789  houses  covered  in  this  survey,  and  also  a 
separate  tabulation  of  the  603  houses  purchased  in  1922  or  later. 
These  are  shown  in  Table  VII,  both  single  houses  and  two-family 
houses  being  included  in  each  tabulation. 

In  the  first  group  comprising  all  of  the  houses,  the  modal  price 
of  single  houses  was  between  $5,000  and  $7,000.  The  arithmetic 
average  price  was  $6,131.  The  modal  price  for  two-family  houses 
was  between  $9,000  and  $10,000.  The  arithmetic  average  price 
was  $8,530.  There  is  greater  price  concentration  in  single  houses 
than  in  two-family  houses.  This  fact  is  quite  evident  in  Chart  I. 
The  frequency  curve  representing  two-family  houses  is  almost 
bimodal,  one  mode  falling  in  the  $9,000  to  $10,000  class  and  the 
other  between  $4,000  and  $6,000.  This  accounts  for  the  fact  that 
the  average  price  'falls  below  the  modal  price. 

The  lack  of  concentration  in  the  price  of  two-family  houses  re- 
ferred to  in  the  last  paragraph  calls  for  further  investigation.  The 
natural  surmise  is  that  the  low-priced  houses  were  purchased  before 
the  war  when  prices  were  at  lower  levels  and  land  values  were 
materially  lower.  To  test  the  validity  of  this  assumption,  a  sepa- 
rate tabulation  was  made  of  the  purchase  price  of  properties 
bought  by  the  present  owner  in  1922  or  later.  Within  this  period 
71  per  cent  of  the  properties  were  purchased  by  the  present  owners. 
Likewise,  it  is  a  period  of  .relatively  stable  economic  conditions 
with  no  radical  upheavals  or  violent  price  fluctuations.  The  dis- 
tribution shows  quite  clearly  that  the  bimodal  distribution  of  the 
price  of  two-family  houses  as  found  on  Chart  I  was  caused  mainly 
by  the  properties  purchased  prior  to  1922.  Eighty  per  cent  of  the 
single  houses  in  the  study  were  purchased  since  1922,  while  only 
61  per  cent  of  the  two-family  houses  were  purchased  since  that 
time. 

III.  Financing  the  Property 

In  studying  the  cost  of  the  property  to  the  owner,  a  great  deal 
depends  upon  the  interest  rate  paid  on  the  mortgages  and  whether 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


83 


CO 

O 

O 


> 

<L> 

3 

CO 


£4 


purch 
p 


u 

f 

CO 


ber 


s 


'-I  CS  CO  lO  PD  OO  lO  T-I 


•r-l     CN  CN  •rH 


8 


8 


^  O^  ON  O\  O\  ON  O^  ON 
ON  ON  ON  ON  ON  ON  ON  ON 
ONONONONON 


ON  O\ 
ON  ON 


§1  £ 


'- 

l—  (  ^H  i-H  |—  1 


84     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Chart  I 
Cost  of  Single  Houses  and  Two-Family  Houses  Owned, 

(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Cost  in 
hundreds  of 
dollars 


75  85  95  K6  115  125 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY  85 

or  not  payments  are  being  made  on  the  principal  of  the  mortgages. 
Nearly  all  of  the  mortgages  on  properties  included  in  this  study 
carry  a  6  per  cent  nominal  interest  rate.  There  are  some  agencies 
now  writing  mortgages  at  5  per  cent  and  ST/2  per  cent  but  they 
are  decidedly  in  the  minority.  A  few  cases  were  found  of  odd 
nominal  rates  but  they  were  negligible.  With  so  little  variation  in 
the  nominal  rates  paid,  this  factor  becomes  unimportant  compared 
to  other  charges  on  the  mortgages.  These  charges  frequently 
operate  to  make  the  effective  rate  considerably  higher  than  the 
stipulated  or  nominal  rate.  The  most  important  of  these  addi- 
tional charges  are  the  premium  paid  for  the  placing  of  a  mortgage 
at  the  time  of  purchasing  the  property,  and  the  renewal  charges 
which  must  be  met  on  mortgages  which  are  written  for  only  a  few 
years.  In  some  instances,  the  mortgages  have  had  to  be  refinanced 
a  few  years  after  the  house  was  purchased,  a  procedure  which  may 
involve  substantial  costs  to  the  home  owner.  Then  there  is  a  vari- 
ation according  to  whether  the  periodic  payments  made  on  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  mortgage  are  used  to  reduce  the  principal  or  go  into  a 
sinking  fund  leaving  the  interest  charges  constant  until  the  sinking 
fund  is  large  enough  to  cancel  the  mortgage.  There  is  a  direct 
relation  between  these  additional  charges  and  the  type  of  financing 
agency  holding  the  mortgage.6 

In  Table  VIII  is  given  a  separation  of  the  789  cases  according 
to  whether  or  not  periodic  payments  are  being  made  on  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  mortgages.  The  most  common  practice  is  to  have  the 
second  mortgage  amortized  7  and  the  first  not  amortized.  The  next 
largest  percentage  occurs  in  those  cases  in  which  the  first  mortgage 
is  not  amortized  and  there  is  no  second.  These  cases  are  in  reality 
not  much  different.  The  latter  are,  for  the  most  part,  cases  in 
which  the  second  mortgage  has  already  been  cancelled  by  the 
process  which  is  still  in  progress  in  the  former  case.  The  first 
mortgage  is  being  amortized  in  only  16  per  cent  of  the  cases. 


9  For  renewal  charges  of  different  financing  agencies  see  Table  XXX. 

7  The  word  amortized  is  used  in  an  extended  sense  to  include  all  cases  in 
which  regular  periodic  payments  are  made  to  the  mortgagee  for  the  purpose 
of  eventually  retiring  the  mortgage.  This  is,  of  course,  a  somewhat  loose 
use  of  the  word  since  it  includes  the  cases  in  which  the  periodic  payments 
are  used  to  build  up  a  sinking  fund  which  will  accumulate  to  the  face  of  the 
mortgage  at  the  end  of  a  certain  time,  as  well  as  the  cases  in  which  the 
periodic  payments  are  used  to  reduce  the  face  of  the  mortgage.  The  latter 
is  the  correct  sense. 


86    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  IX  provides  an  answer  to  a  very  vital  question  in  this 
study,  namely,  who  holds  the  mortgages  on  these  properties.    The 

Table  VIII.  Amortization  of  Mortgages. 

(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Mortgage  conditions 

Number  of 
properties 

Percentage  of 
properties 

First  not  amortized,  second  not  amortized.  .  . 
First  not  amortized,  second  amortized  
First  amortized,  second  amortized  

90 
331 
27 

11 
42 
3 

First  amortized,  second  not  amortized  
First  amortized,  no  second  

9 
97 

1 
12 

First  not  amortized  no  second 

225 

29 

No  first  mortgage 

5 

1 

Unknown                                                    .    . 

5 

1 

TOTAL  .          

789 

100 

first  mortgages  and  second  mortgages  have  been  tabulated  sepa- 
rately because  they  usually  are  not  held  by  the  same  type  of  agency. 
Forty-one  per  cent  of  the  homes  either  have  the  second  mortgage 
paid  off  or  never  had  any.  Of  444  second  mortgages  standing, 

Table  IX.  First  and  Second  Mortgages — Holdings  accord- 
ing to  Types  of  Agency. 

(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Agency  holding  mortgage 

First  mortgage 

Second  mortgage 

Number  of 
properties 

Percentage 
of 
properties 

Number  of 
properties 

Percentage 
of 
properties 

Private  individual  

295 
204 
30 
56 
104 
73 
0 
5 
22 

37 
26 
4 
7 
13 
9 

'i 

3 

397 
3 
6 
11 
22 
0 
5 
324 
21 

50 
0.3 
1 
1 
3 

'0.7 
41 
3 

Savings  bank  

Commercial  bank  

Savings  and  loan  association 
Finance  company 

Insurance  company  .  . 

Other  

No  mortgage  

Unknown 

TOTAL  

789 

100 

789 

100 

THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


87 


Table  X.  Life  of  First  and  Second  Mortgages. 
(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Number  of  years  for 
which  written 

First  mortgage 

Second  mortgage 

Number  of 
properties 

Percentage 
of 
properties 

Number  of 
properties 

Percentage 
of 
properties 

1 

43 
40 
104 
5 
60 
8 
11 
18 
3 
123 
151 
223* 

5 
5 
13 
1 
8 
1 
1 
2 
1 
16 
19 
28 

11 
2 
40 
16 
45 
18 
30 
35 
12 
174 
53 
29* 

2 
1 
9 
3 
10 
4 
6 
8 
3 
37 
11 
6 

2 

3 

4 

5. 

6 

7. 

8  

9  

10  and  over  

Unknown  

Indefinite  (unlimited)  .  .  . 
TOTAL 

789 

100 

465 

100 

*  This  number  *is  too  large,  due  to  the  fact  that  many  home  owners  insisted 
that  their  mortgages  were  indefinite,  whereas  the  agents  interviewing  them 
were  certain  that  they  were  1-year  mortgages  with  customary  automatic 
renewal. 

only  42  were  held  by  agencies  other  than  private  individuals.  In 
this  connection,  savings  banks  and  insurance  companies  do  not 
carry  second  mortgages  in  New  York  State  and  savings  and  loan 
associations  do  so  only  under  special  conditions. 

No  single  agency  holds  any  marked  supremacy  in  the  first  mort- 
gage field.  The  small  percentage  of  mortgages  held  by  savings  and 
loan  associations  is  worth  noting.  Savings  and  loan  associations 
in  Buffalo  lend  mainly  on  first  mortgage  security,  and  usually  on 
an  amortization  basis.  But  only  16  per  cent  of  the  first  mortgages 
on  the  789  properties  of  this  study  are  being  amortized.  The  group 
studied  here,  therefore,  cannot  be  taken  as  representative  of  the 
main  field  of  savings  and  loan  associations.  The  importance  in 
this  field  of  savings  banks  arises  partly  from  the  fact  that  many 
savings  banks  in  central  and  western  New  York  have  invested 
heavily  in  Buffalo  real  estate  mortgages. 

Table  X,  showing  the  number  of  years  for  which  mortgages 
are  written,  is  not  susceptible  of  accurate  interpretation  because 


88    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

of  the  large  unknown  class,  and  the  fact  that  in  many  instances 
the  householder  insisted  that  the  mortgage  was  written  for  an 
indefinite  period,  whereas  the  agent  interviewing  the  householder 
felt  satisfied  that  it  was  a  short-term  mortgage  on  which  the 
holder  had  never  been  required  to  request  a  renewal.  The  net  effect 
of  this  practice  is,  of  course,  to  make  of  it  an  indefinite  mortgage, 
but  the  fact  remains  that  the  holder  may  call  for  a  renewal  or  a 
discharge  at  any  time  at  his  option. 

The  most  important  fact  in  this  table  concerns  the  short-term 
mortgage.  Twenty-three  per  cent  of  the  first  mortgages  were 
written  for  3  years  or  less.  These  short-term  mortgages  have 
given  rise  to  practices  which  are  frequently  inimical  to  the  best 
interests  of  the  purchaser,  and  are  not  easily  justifiable  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  lender.  The  complaints  made  by  householders 
to  the  interviewing  agents  frequently  concerned  the  difficulties 
arising  from  attempts  to  renew  short-term  mortgages.  It  is  not 
uncommon  for  lending  agencies  to  charge  as  high  as  6  per  cent 
every  3  years  for  the  renewal  of  mortgages.  This  is  an  added 
burden  on  the  house  owner,  is  usually  unanticipated  and  invariably 
leads  to  bitterness  between  the  lender  and  borrower. 

A  few  houses  included  in  the  study  carried  three  mortgages 
at  the  time  of  purchase.  These  third  mortgages  were  small  in 
amount  and  existed  only  on  9  properties,  777  never  having  had 
them,  and  the  facts  being  unknown  in  three  instances.  Of  the  9 
mentioned,  8  were  alive  at  the  time  of  this  study  and  only  1  of 
these  was  not  amortized.  In  most  cases  these  mortgages  were 
only  nominal  mortgages  held  by  a  relative. 

IV.    Occupation,  Earnings  and  Composition  of  the  Family 
Which  Owns  the  Property 

The  chief  emphasis  in  this  section  of  the  report  is  on  annual 
income  of  the  principal  breadwinner  and  of  the  entire  family. 
Incidental  to  this,  facts  on  age,  occupation,  employment  and 
family  composition  have  been  gathered  for  1930  as  well  as  for 
the  year  prior  to  purchase  of  the  home.  All  of  these  things  are 
necessary  as  a  means  of  obtaining  a  somewhat  detailed  picture 
of  the  conditions  in  the  homes  which  we  are  studying. 

Table  XI  provides  an  answer  to  the  question  as  to  the  age  at 
which  home  purchase  is  undertaken.  The  most  common  age  of 
the  principal  breadwinner  is  twenty-eight  to  thirty-two,  but  the 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


89 


Table  XI.     Age  of  Principal  Breadwinner — Year  Prior  to 
Purchase  of  Home  and  in  1930. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Age 

Breadwinners,  yearvprior 
to  purchase  of  home 

Breadwinners,  1930 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

18-22                       

15 
95 
210 
178 
119 
66 
49 
28 
12 
3 
1 
1 

'l2 

2 
12 
27 
22 
15 
8 
6 
4 
2 

'i 

io 

83 
184 
168 
137 
72 
58 
30 
18 
7 

1} 

14 

5 

'i 

10 

23 
21 
17 
9 
8 
4 
2 
1 

1 

2 
1 

23-27         

28-32  

33-37  
38-42  

43-47  

48-52 

53-57 

58-62 

63-67 

68-72         

73-77  

78-82  

Dead  
Unknown  

TOTAL  

789 

100 

789 

100 

next  two  age  classes  are  quite  well  represented.  The  arithmetic 
average  age  of  thirty-six  years  is  well  above  the  mode.  The  un- 
grouped  records  show  that  22  per  cent  purchase  homes  before 
they  reach  thirty  years  of  age,  47  per  cent  between  the  ages  of 
thirty  and  forty,  and  31  per  cent  after  they  pass  forty.  The 
average  age  of  these  breadwinners  in  1930  was  forty-two  years, 
as  compared  with  thirty-six  years  in  the  year  prior  to  purchase, 
showing  that  on  the  average  the  properties  included  in  this  study 
have  been  in  the  hands  of  the  present  owner  for  6  years. 

The  occupation  of  the  principal  breadwinner  during  the  year 
prior  to  home  purchase  and  during  1930  for  the  789  families  of 
the  study  is  presented  in  Table  XII.  For  the  group  as  a  whole, 
there  have  been  only  negligible  shifts  in  occupation  between  the 
year  prior  to  home  purchase  and  1930.  This  result  coincides 
strictly  with  what  would  be  expected  in  the  entire  employed  popu- 
lation. The  relative  importance  of  different  occupational  groups 
should  change  over  long  periods  only.  The  table  shows  that  the 
home  owners  were  found  most  frequently  among  skilled  laborers 


90    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table   XII.     Occupation  of   Principal   Breadwinner- 
Prior  to  Purchase  and  During  1930. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


-Year 


Occupation* 

Breadwinners,  year  prior 
to  purchase  of  home 

Breadwinners,  1930 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

Public  jobs  

45 
27 
79 
118 
380 
70 
55 

4\ 

5} 

6 
3 
10 

15 

48 
9 

7 

1 
1 

48 
28 
76 
110 
361 
73 
55 
7 
31 

6 
3 
10 
14 
46 
9 
7 
1 
4 

Professional 

Proprietary 

Clerical 

Skilled   

Semi-skilled  

Unskilled  

Unemployed  

Incapacitated  or  dead  .  .  . 
Unknown 

TOTAL.  . 

789 

100 

789 

100 

*  The  classification  of  occupations  used  in  this  study  is  essentially  that 
presented  by  Sydenstricker,  Edgar,  and  Notestein,  Frank  W.,  in  "Differential 
Fertility  According  to  Social  Class,"  Journal  of  the  American  Statistical  Asso- 
ciation, March,  1930,  pp.  9-32. 

and  that  more  semi-skilled  than  unskilled  workers  own  their 
homes.  The  so-called  mental  workers,  professional,  proprietary 
and  clerical  make  up  about  one-fourth  of  the  total. 

Partly  as  a  guide  to  the  amount  of  abnormality  existing  in  the 
1930  data,  the  number  of  weeks  employed  during  the  year  prior 
to  purchase  of  a  home  and  number  of  weeks  employed  during 
1930  were  obtained  for  the  principal  breadwinner  of  each  family, 
and  are  presented  in  Table  XIII  and  Chart  II. 

During  the  year  prior  to  purchase  of  the  home  90  per  cent  of 
the  breadwinners  were  employed  40  weeks  or  more  and  81  per 
cent  were  employed  full  time.  Contrasted  with  this,  in  1930  only 
75  per  cent  were  employed  40  weeks  or  more  and  only  64  per  cent 
were  employed  full  time.  In  1930,  16  per  cent  were  employed 
half  time  or  less,  while  during  the  year  prior  to  purchase  of  the 
home  only  2  per  cent  fell  in  this  class.  When  the  principal  bread- 
winner was  employed  part  time  for  the  entire  year  he  was  con- 
sidered as  fully  employed.  As  a  result,  the  figures  tend  to  under- 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


91 


Chart  II 

Number  of  Weeks  Principal  Breadwinner  Was  Employed- 
Year  Prior  to  Purchase  of  Home  and  1930. 


(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Number 

of 

Bread- 
winners 


600 


500 


Number  of  weeks 


92     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  XIII.    Number  of  Weeks  of  Employment  of  Principal 
Breadwinner — Year  Prior  to  Home  Purchase  and  in  1930. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Number  of  weeks 
employed 

Breadwinners,  year  prior 
to  purchase  of  home 

Breadwinners,  1930 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

0-  7 

10 

| 

10 
12 
53 
33 
640 
20 

1 

1 

1 

2 
7 
4 
81 
3 

47 
13 
6 
22 
29 
37 
27 
68 
32 
507 
1 

6 
2 
1 
3 
4 
4 
3 
9 
4 
64 

8-12 

13-17 

18-22 

23-27.          ... 

28-32  

33-37  

38-42  

43-47  

48-52  

Unknown 

TOTAL   . 

789 

100 

789 

100 

estimate  the  amount  of  unemployment.  Of  the  breadwinners  who 
were  totally  unemployed,  several  were  physically  incapacitated  by 
accident  and  were  receiving  compensation. 

Table  XIV  is  a  simple  tabulation  of  the  earnings  of  the  principal 
breadwinner  during  the  year  prior  to  purchase  of  the  home  and 
during  1930.  Since  a  few  of  these  homes  were  purchased  as  early 
as  1900  and  many  of  them  were  purchased  more  than  10  years 
ago,  the  figures  on  earnings  during  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase 
are  necessarily  partly  estimated.  Particular  care  was  taken  to 
reconcile,  by  further  investigation,  any  cases  in  which  the  reported 
earnings  were  inconsistent  with  the  occupation  or  with  the  gen- 
eral wage  scale  prevailing  at  the  time  the  home  was  purchased. 

The  arithmetic  average  earnings  at  the  time  of  home  purchase, 
excluding  the  9  unknown  cases,  were  $2,057,  while  the  1930  aver- 
age earnings  were  $1,902.  The  median  earnings  for  these  2  years 
were  respectively  $2,000  and  $1,970;  while  the  modal  earnings  are 
in  each  instance  about  $2,000  and  $2,029.  The  distribution  for 
1930  is  less  symmetrical  than  that  for  the  year  prior  to  home 
purchase,  but  the  departure  from  symmetry  is  not  great.  The 
representative  earnings  were  lower  in  1930  than  they  were  in  the 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


93 


Table  XIV.     Annual  Earnings  of  Principal  Breadwinner — 
Year  Prior  to  Home  Purchase  and  During  1930. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Breadwinners,  year 

Breadwinners,  1930, 

prior  to  purchase  of 

Breadwinners,  1930 

employed  48  weeks 

Annual 

home 

or  more* 

earnings 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

0-    249. 

5 

1 

27 

3 

250-    749. 

12 

2 

39 

5 

"3 

'i 

750-1,249. 

67 

8 

104 

13 

26 

6 

1,250-1,749. 

164 

21 

122 

17 

41 

10 

1,750-2.249. 

267 

34 

223 

28 

133 

33 

2,250-2,749. 

153 

19 

154 

19 

116 

28 

2,750-3,249. 

69 

9 

101 

13 

78 

19 

3.250-3,749. 

26 

3 

17 

2 

10 

2 

3,750-4,749. 

10 

1 

2 

2 

1 

4,750-6,749. 

7 

1 

.  . 

Unknown.  .  . 

9 

1 

•• 

TOTAL.  .  . 

789 

100 

789 

100 

409 

100 

Restricted  to  breadwinners  who  purchased  homes  in  1922  or  later. 


year  prior  to  purchase.  This,  of  course,  is  a  function  of  industrial 
depression.8 

As  evidence  of  this  point,  the  two  right-hand  columns  of  Table 
XIV  show  the  distribution  of  income  of  those  breadwinners  who 
in  1930  were  employed  48  weeks  or  more — that  being  taken  as  a 
standard  of  full-time  employment. 

In  order  to  eliminate  a  further  source  of  noncomparability,  only 
those  breadwinners  were  included  who  purchased  their  homes  in 
1922  or  later.  The  arithmetic  average  annual  income  for  the 
group  is  $2,252.  This  figure  is  considerably  higher  than  the 
average  of  $2,057  found  for  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase,  but 
the  latter  includes  those  employed  less  than  48  weeks  during  the 
year  as  well  as  those  who  purchased  a  home  prior  to  the  war. 
The  average  income  of  breadwinners  who  purchased  homes  in 


8  It  would  seem  logical  that,  under  normal  conditions,  the  average  earnings 
of  the  same  group  should  be  considerably  higher  in  1930  than  in  the  year 
prior  to  home  purchase,  since  the  average  breadwinner  was  nearer  his  maxi- 
mum earning  age. 


94    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  XV.     Annual  Family  Income — Year  Prior  to  Home 
Purchase  and  1930. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Annual  income 

Families,  year  prior  to 
purchase  of  home 

Families,  1930 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

0-     249.. 

4 
10 
60 
162 
259 
163 
77 
29 
10 
7 
8 

1 

'1 
P.  7 
20 
33 
21 
10 
4 
1 
1 
1 

4 
24 
95 
137 
219 
163 
120 
24 
3 

1 
3 
12 
17 
28 
21 
15 
3 

250-     749  

750-1,249 

1,250-1,749 

1,750-2,249 

2,250-2,749. 

2,750-3,249.... 

3,250-3,749  

3,750-4,749  

4,750-6,749  

Unknown 

TOTAL 

789 

100 

789 

100 

1922  or  later  was  found  to  be  $2,164.  This  means  that  the  average 
income  of  breadwinners  who  purchased  their  homes  in  1922  or 
later  was  some  $88  higher  in  1930  than  in  the  year  prior  to  home 
purchase  when  only  those  employed  full  time  in  1930  are  con- 
sidered. The  figure  for  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase  is  not 
confined  to  breadwinners  who  were  employed  full  time.  This  in- 
duces only  negligible  noncomparability  since  there  was  compara- 
tively little  unemployment  during  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase. 
Table  XV  differs  from  the  preceding  one  only  in  that  it  in- 
cludes the  entire  family  earnings,9  whereas  the  preceding  two  are 
based  on  the  earnings  of  the  principal  breadwinner  alone.  The 
measures  of  central  tendency  are  slightly  higher.  For  the  year 
prior  to  home  purchase,  the  arithmetic  average  family  earnings 
were  $2,095,  the  median  earnings  $2,020,  and  the  modal  earnings 
$2,000.  These  results,  show  that  the  principal  breadwinner's  in- 
come, for  the  group  as  a  whole,  was  increased  only  slightly, 
although,  in  many  individual  cases,  the  percentage  added  was 

"Family  earnings  include  the  income  of  the  principal  breadwinner  from 
other  sources,  as  well  as  wages,  plus  any  earnings  of  the  wife  or  dependent 
children.  It  does  not  include  the  earnings  of  children  who  were  living  at 
home  but  were  not  dependent. 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY  95 

substantial.  For  1930,  the  measures  were,  arithmetic  average 
$2,041,  median  $2,059,  and  mode  $2,022.  Comparison  with  the 
corresponding  results  in  Table  XIV  show  that  the  principal  bread- 
winner's earnings  have  been  augmented  to  an  appreciable  extent 
in  1930.  It  is  also  important  to  note  that  although  the  principal 
breadwinner's  earnings  averaged  lower  in  1930  than  in  the  year 
prior  to  home  purchase,  the  same  is  not  true  of  average  family 
earnings  which  were  about  equal  during  the  two  periods. 

Taken  at  face  value  these  averages  would  seem  to  indicate  that 
other  members  of  the  family  have  gone  to  work  in  1930  in  order 
to  offset  the  reduced  earnings  of  the  principal  breadwinner  and 
bolster  up  the  family  income.  However,  children  of  these  families 
were  older  by  anywhere  from  one  to  eight  or  ten  years  or  more 
in  1930  than  at  the  time  these  homes  were  purchased  and  this  in- 
crease in  auxiliary  earnings  might,  in  large  measure,  be  set  down 
merely  to  the  increased  earning  power  of  these  individuals  attend- 
ant upon  their  growing  up.  Some  of  these  auxiliary  earners  may 
have  been  actually  less  employed  than  they  were  before  the  de- 
pression. 

The  distribution  of  family  earnings  during  the  year  prior  to 
home  purchase  and  during  1930  is  shown  on  Chart  III.  The 
symmetrical  character  of  the  distributions  as  indicated  by  the 
value  of  the  measures  of  central  tendency  is  quite  apparent  on 
the  chart. 

There  is  considerable  variation  in  the  number  of  dependents  10 
of  the  789  families  of  the  study,  as  shown  in  Table  XVI.  In 
1930,  15  per  cent  of  the  families  had  more  than  three  dependents 
while  in  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase  only  11  per  cent  had 
more  than  three  dependents.  Thirty-one  per  cent  had  more  than 
two  dependents  in  1930  as  compared  with  21  per  cent  in  the  year 
prior  to  home  purchase.  Sixty-two  per  cent  had  more  than  one 
dependent  in  1930  as  compared  with  46  per  cent  in  the  year  prior 
to  home  purchase.  In  these  comparisons  the  wife,  or  the  husband 
in  case  he  was  not  the  principal  breadwinner,  was  not  counted 
as  a  dependent. 

The  average  was  2.17  dependents  in  1930  whereas  in  the  year 

10  We  have  taken  dependent  to  mean  a  child  whose  annual  earnings  do  not 
exceed  $800  and,  in  a  few  cases,  an  adult  relative  of  the  principal  breadwin- 
ner who  is  physically  incapacitated.  The  housewife  was  not  included  as  a 
dependent. 


96     HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Chart  III 

Family  Income  1  Year  Prior  to  Purchase  of  Home 
and  in  1930. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


1 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


97 


Table  XVI.    Number  of  Dependents  in  Family — Year  Prior 
to  Home  Purchase  and  in  1930. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Number  of 
dependents 

Families,  year  prior  to 
purchase  of  home 

Families,  1930 

Num- 
ber 

Per 
cent 

Cumulative 
per  cent 

Num- 
ber 

Per 
cent 

Cumulative 
per  cent 

0 

157 
271 
201 
83 
36 
22 
15 

1} 

20 
34 
25 
10 

5 
3 

2 

1 

20 

54 
79 
89 
94 
97 
99 

100 

19 
285 
244 
123 
64 
27 
12 
6 
21 
3 
1 
1 
2. 

2 
36 
31 
16 
8 
3 
2 
1 

1 

2 
38 
69 
85 
93 
96 
98 
99 

100 

1 

2                 

3                 

4         

5  
6  

7  
8  

9 

11 

12 

Unknown 

TOTAL  

789 

100 

789 

100 

prior  to  purchase  it  was  1.64.  More  completed  families  are  in- 
cluded, and  home  purchase  often  accompanies  anticipated  or  actual 
increased  size  of  family.  On  the  other  hand,  many  children  de- 
pendent during  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase  have  now  married 
or,  if  still  at  home,  are  no  longer  dependent. 

V.  Down  Payments  on  Home  Purchases 

Because  small  down  payments  often  lead  to  heavy  carrying 
charges  and  the  necessity  of  rearranging  the  entire  financing  plan, 
particularly  in  times  of  declining  real  estate  values,  such  refinanc- 
ing is  likely,  in  certain  instances,  to  entail  serious  difficulties  for 
the  home  owner.  In  advance  of  the  discussion  of  the  amount  of 
down  payments  given  later  in  the  report,  Table  XVII  presents 
the  number  of  down  payments  arising  from  different  sources. 

Seventy-eight  per  cent  of  the  families  made  the  first  payment 
on  their  homes  entirely  from  previous  savings  while  another  8  per 
cent  derived  part  of  their  down  payment  from  previous  savings. 
Previous  savings  are  thus  seen  to  be  an  extremely  important  ele- 


98    HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  XVII.     Source  of  Down  Payment  on  Property. 

(789  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Source 

Number  of 
families 

Per  cent  of 
families 

Previous  savings  

617 

78 

Inherited  money 

31 

4 

Business  profits 

10 

1 

Savings  and  inheritance 

25 

3 

Savings  and  profits         ...          

5 

1 

Inheritance  and  profits  

IV 

Savings,  inheritance  and  profits  
Insurance,  gifts,  and  borrowed  money.  .  . 
Savings  and  one  of  above  

2/ 
59 
28 

1 

7 
4 

No  down  payment  

8 

1 

Unknown 

1 

TOTAL  ....               

789 

100 

ment  in  planning  the  purchase  of  a  home.  The  collecting  agents 
found  many  cases  of  housewives  who  stated  that  they  had  to 
defer  the  purchase -of  a  home  until  they  were  able  to  save  enough 
money  to  meet  the  initial  payments. 

VI.  Consequences  of  Home  Purchase 

The  collection  schedule  included  a  question  on  the  changes  that 
had  occurred,  as  a  result  of  home  purchase,  in  the  expenditures 
for  thirteen  miscellaneous  items  of  the  family  budget.  The  re- 
plies to  this  question  are  shown  in  Table  XVIII  and  Chart  IV. 
The  reader  should  be  aware  of  the  fact  that  a  great  deal  of  in- 
accuracy is  to  be  expected  in  the  table.  The  question  itself  is  a 
violation  of  some  of  the  rules  of  schedule  making  in  that  the 
replies  must  be  opinions  although  they  give  the  appearance  of  fact. 
The  opinions  given  will  naturally  be  biased  because  past  events 
in  retrospect  will  usually  take  on  content  in  terms  of  present  con- 
ditions. Since  the  present  condition  is  one  of  economic  stress  for 
a  majority  of  these  families,  it  follows  that  a  mental  attitude  of 
stress  will  be  present  in  the  form  of  bias  in  the  answers  to  the 
questions. 

In  all  but  three  phases  of  family  expenditure  in  the  table,  the 
majority  of  replies  were  "no  change."  It  might  be  concluded 
from  this  that  the  replies  have  very  little  value.  Such  a  conclusion 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


99 


Table  XVIII.    Effect  of  Home  Purchase  upon  the  House- 
hold Budget — Changes  in  Amount  Expended 
for  13  Miscellaneous  Items. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Effect 

Education 

Auto- 
mobile 

Household 
furnishings 

Clothes 

Other 
savings 

Motion 
pictures 

Books 

Increased     

77 
610 
101 
1 

70 
580 
138 
1 

376 
358 
54 
1 

58 
419 
310 
2 

14 
251 
523 
1 

26 
453 
309 
1 

44 
539 
205 

No  change  

Decreased  

Unknown  

TOTAL 

789 

789 

789 

789 

789 

789 

789 

Effect 

Vacation 

Paid  house- 
hold help 

Household 
equipment 

Life 
insurance 

Theater 

Magazines 

Increased  
No  change 

28 
529 
231 
1 

23 
683 
81 
2 

429 
333 
26 

87 
590 
111 
1 

19 
477 
291 
2 

51 
566 
170 
2 

Decreased  

Unknown    

TOTAL  

789 

789 

789 

789 

789 

789 

is  scarcely  warranted  after  closer  inspection  of  the  table.  Taking 
paid  household  help  as  an  example,  practically  all  of  the  683  "no 
change"  replies  came  from  housewives  who  quite  obviously  em- 
ployed no  household  help  either  before  purchase  of  the  home  or 
since  purchasing;  so  that  the  preponderance  of  "decrease"  replies 
among  those  who  did  have  any  change  would  lead  one  to  conclude 
that  there  was  a  decline  in  the  employment  of  paid  household  help. 

The  large  number  of  replies  stating  a  decline  in  other  savings 
is  rather  convincing  evidence  of  the  value  of  this  tabulation.  It  is 
fairly  clear  that  a  middle-class  family  taking  on  the  burden  of 
home  purchase  would  be  under  the  necessity  of  curtailing  other 
savings  methods.  The  same  "inherent  honesty"  in  the  replies  is 
evidenced  by  the  number  of  cases  of  decreased  expenditure  for 
clothing.  Of  the  same  character  is  the  increase  in  expenditure  for 
both  household  furnishings  and  household  equipment. 

Table  XVIII  will  aid  in  visualizing  the  effect  of  home  purchase 
on  each  item. 

Table  XIX  sets  forth  the  degree  of  satisfaction  reported  by 
home  owners  in  their  ownership.  Graded  in  the  order  of  the  una- 
nimity of  the  replies,  the  enforcement  of  saving  habits  ranks  first. 
The  next  arises  from  the  ability  to  have  the  kind  of  houses  desired. 


Chart  IV 

Effect  of  Home  Purchase  Upon  13  Miscellaneous  Items  of 

the  Household  Budget. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 

0   100  200  300  400  500  600  700  800 


Education 


Life  Insu 


Other  Sav 


Paid  Hous 


Household 

Furnish! a 


Household 

Equipment 


Clothes 


Vacation's 
Trips 


Automobile 


Movie  Att 


Theaters 


Books 


Magazines 


INCREASED 


NO  CHANGE 


100 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


101 


Table   XIX.     Advantages  and   Satisfactions   Arising   from 
Home  Ownership. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Rej 

>Iy 

Percen 

tage 

Form  of  question 

Yes 

No 

Unknown 

Yes 

No 

Able  to  have  kind  of  house  desired    .    .  . 

658 

130 

1 

83 

17 

Has  forced  family  to  save  to  make  pay- 
ments                                          

714 

M 

2 

90 

10 

Can  afford  to  make  improvements  and  re- 
pairs as  desired    .    .        

555 

?31 

3 

71 

?9 

Has  increased  interest  in  community  af- 
fairs   

543 

?44 

2 

69 

31 

An  affirmative  answer  to  this  question  probably  also  subsumes 
that  imponderable  attitude  designated  as  "pride  of  ownership." 
The  next  in  order  is  the  gratification  of  that  innate  American  de- 
sire, which  might  be  covered  by  the  expression  "to  putter  around 
the  house." 

Of  slightly  less  importance  is  the  increased  interest  in  com- 
munity affairs.  It  is  likely  that  the  informants  understood  this 
last  question  to  refer  to  social  affairs  such  as  picnics,  booster  days, 
women's  clubs,  politics  and  the  like,  whereas  the  intention  was 
to  include  questions  such  as  taxation,  sewers,  garbage  removal, 
public  utility  services,  etc.  Rightly  understood,  one  would  sup- 
pose the  percentage  of  affirmative  answers  to  the  question  would 
be  higher. 

There  is  unquestionably  a  bias  in  these  answers.  There  must 
be  considerable  inaccuracy  in  them.  The  list  is,  of  a  certainty, 
incomplete.  In  spite  of  these  disqualifications,  the  things  presented 
by  the  table  are  fundamental  to  the  continued  existence  and  growth 
of  what  is  best  in  American  family  life. 

Under  the  heading  of  other  satisfactions,  the  collection  schedules 
refer  repeatedly  to  the  single  word,  "children."  The  mothers  of 
these  families  receive  a  benefit  from  home  ownership  which  to  them 
is  as  important  as  any  listed  above.  It  is  freedom  for  the  chil- 
dren, a  space  for  play,  a  home  in  which  to  develop  into  normal 
healthy  men  and  women. 

Wishing  to  be  fair  and  to  present  both  sides  of  the  problem,  a 


102  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  XX.     Disadvantages  and  Dissatisfactions  Arising 
from  Home  Ownership. 

(789  Buffalo  Families.) 


Re] 

Dly 

Percerj 

tage 

Form  of  question 

Yes 

No 

Unknown 

Yes 

No 

Has  it  interfered  with  moving  to  another 
community  to  take  another  job?  

95 

693 

1 

12 

88 

Has  it  interfered  with  moving  to  a  larger 
or  smaller  house  as  family  size  changed?.  . 
Has  it  interfered  with  moving  to  another 
location  to  be  nearer  place  of  work  or 
children's  school'*                                   .  . 

52 
41 

736 

747 

1 
1 

7 
5 

93 
95 

question  was  inserted  in  the  schedule  asking  for  information  on  the 
disadvantages  of  home  ownership.  Table  XX  shows  that  in  95 
per  cent  of  the  cases,  home  ownership  has  not  prevented  the 
family  from  living  more  conveniently  with  regard  to  employment 
or  schooling  of  children.  In  93  per  cent  of  the  cases  it  has  not 
forced  the  family  to  occupy  quarters  not  suited  to  the  needs  of  the 
family.  As  one  housewife  put  it,  "We  adjusted  the  house  to  suit 
the  family."  In  12  per  cent  of  the  cases,  home  ownership  has 
interfered  with  moving  to  another  community  to  take  another  job. 
The  tables  and  charts  which  have  been  presented  in  the  fore- 
going descriptive  section  of  the  report  are  intended  to  give  the 
reader  a  set-up  of  basic  information  which  has  been  collected  for 
the  789  home  owning  families  of  the  study,  covering  first,  the  de- 
scription of  the  property,  then  the  conditions  attendant  upon  the 
purchase  of  the  property,  the  composition  and  conditions  of  the 
family  and,  finally,  the  consequences  of  home  purchase. 

VII.  Analysis  of  Information  and  Data 

In  the  sections  that  follow,  the  data  that  were  presented  in  the 
first  part  of  this  discussion  are  subjected  to  a  more  elaborate 
analysis.  Particular  attention  is  devoted  to  that  series  of  inter- 
related facts  with  which  this  study  is  most  deeply  concerned, 
namely,  those  involving  the  relationship  of  income  and  home 
ownership. 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


103 


Table   XXI.    Purchase   Price   of   Property,   with   Average 

Down  Payment  and  Face  Value  of  Mortgages — 

Properties  Purchased  in  1922  or  Later. 

(619  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Cost  of  property  to 
present  owner 

Num- 
ber of 
cases 

Average 
down 
pay- 
ment 

Average 
face 
value  — 
first 
mortgage 

Average 
face 
value  — 
second 
mortgage 

Percentage  of  total  cost 

Down 
payment 

First 
mortgage 

Second 
mortgage 

2  000-  2,999 

11 
27 
32 
158 
134 
95 
62 
41 
23 
14 
22 

430 
880 
1,120 
750 
1,360 
2,100 
1,890 
2,270 
2,730 
2,980 
4,400 

1,630 
1,520 
2,410 
2,930 
3,410 
3,740 
4,330 
4,880 
5,120 
5,700 
5,870 

440 
1,120 
930 
1,740 
1,660 
1,570 
2,000 
2,050 
2,310 
2,410 
2,390 

17.2 
25.0 
25.1 
13.5 
21.5 
28.3 
23.0 
24.7 
26.9 
26.9 
34.8 

65.2 
43.2 
54.1 
54.3 
53.9 
50.5 
52.7 
53.0 
50.4 
51.4 
46.4 

17.6 
31.8 
20.8 
32.2 
24.6 
21.2 
24.3 
22.3 
22.7 
21.7 
18.8 

3,000-  3,999  

4,000-  4,999    .  . 

5,000-  5,999  

6,000-  6,999  

7,000-  7,999  
8,000-  8,999  
9,000-  9,999 

10,000-10,999  

1  1  ,  000-1  1  ,  999    ...    . 

12,000-15,999  

TOTAL  OR  AVERAGE 

619 

1,580 

3,570 

1,700 

23.1 

52.1 

24.8 

The  analyses  which  follow  fall  into  the  following  main  groups : 

Purchase  price  of  property  and  mortgage  costs. 
Income  and  mortgage  costs. 

Renewal  charges  on  first  and  second  mortgages  related  to  type  of  financing 
agency. 

Income,  age,  occupation  and  employment  in  various  relations. 
Miscellaneous  relationships. 

Purchase  Price  of  Property  and  Mortgage  Costs 

Information  concerning  the  division  of  the  price  of  the  proper- 
ties into  down  payment  and  original  face  value  of  mortgages 
appears  in  Table  XXI.  In  order  to  eliminate  one  element  of  varia- 
tion, the  169  properties  purchased  prior  to  1922  were  excluded 
from  this  table.  The  period  from  1922  to  1929,  as  pointed  out 
earlier  in  the  report,  was  one  of  fairly  stable  business  and  real 
estate  conditions  in  Buffalo,  so  that  average  values  of  down  pay- 
ments and  mortgages  should  be,  for  the  most  part,  free  from  the 
usual  objections  to  averages  taken  over  a  period  of  years. 

The  table  shows  that,  regardless  of  the  price  of  the  property, 
the  first  mortgage  represents  slightly  more  than  50  per  cent  of 
that  price.  Further,  it  shows  that  the  down  payment  and  the 
second  mortgage  each  represent  about  25  per  cent  of  the  price. 
The  percentage  distribution  of  these  averages  for  properties  of 
different  price  groups  shows  that,  as  the  cost  of  the  property  in- 
creases, there  is  a  tendency  for  the  percentage  of  the  price  which 


104  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

is  paid  in  cash  to  increase,  with  a  corresponding  decrease  in  the 
percentage  of  the  second  mortgage. 

The  distribution  of  mortgage  costs  in  $10  intervals  for  different 
mortgage  conditions  is  presented  in  Table  XXII.  These  mort- 
gage costs  are  given  on  a  monthly  basis. 

In  the  330  cases  in  which  the  second  mortgage  is  being  amor- 
tized but  the  first  is  not  being  amortized,  the  average  monthly 
mortgage  cost  is  $44.36.  This  includes  payment  of  interest  on 
both  mortgages  and  payment  on  the  principal  of  the  second.  In 
27  cases,  payments  were  being  made  on  the  principal  of  both  mort- 
gages. Under  this  condition,  the  average  monthly  payment 
amounted  to  $52.78.  When  no  payments  were  being  made  on 
the  principal  of  either  mortgage,  the  average  monthly  interest 
charge  was  $26.61.  This  case  compared  with  the  preceding  one 
would  indicate  that  when  both  mortgages  are  being  amortized,  the 
amount  paid  off  for  amortization  is,  on  the  average,  about  equal 
to  the  amount  paid  as  interest.  When  only  the  second  mortgage 
is  being  amortized  the  monthly  payments  are,  on  the  average,  67 
per  cent  greater  than  when  no  amortization  is  made.  Amortization 
of  mortgages,  of -course,  means  higher  monthly  payments.  The 
further  fact,  however,  that  monthly  payments  are  not  increased 
proportionately  when  both  mortgages  are  being  amortized,  is  of 
some  importance  since  it  suggests  an  inelastic  limit  to  the  demands 
that  can  be  made  upon  home  purchasers  in  a  given  income  group. 

The  suggestion  was  made  in  the  preceding  paragraph  that  mort- 
gage costs  for  amortized  mortgages  do  not  increase  proportionately 
with  increase  in  the  cost  of  the  property.  This  premise  will  now 
be  examined  more  closely.  In  Tables  XXIII  and  XXIV  the  prop- 
erties purchased  in  1922  or  later  have  been  separated  into  two 
groups  according  to  whether  the  mortgages  were  being  amortized 
or  not.  Table  XXIII  shows  the  cost  of  properties  in  $1,000  inter- 
vals related  to  monthly  mortgage  costs  in  $10  intervals  for  220 
cases  of  unamortized  mortgages.  In  most  cases,  the  present  in- 
terest payments  probably  are  being  made  on  the  original  face 
value  of  the  mortgages.  Since  there  is  only  a  slight  increase  in  the 
percentage  of  total  cost  which  is  covered  in  the  down  payment 
as  the  cost  of  the  property  increases,  it  follows  that  there  should 
be  a  direct  relation  between  the  increase  in  the  cost  of  the  property 
and  the  increase  in  the  monthly  mortgage  payments.  "  The  coeffi- 
cient of  correlation  is  +44  per  cent.  This  is  not  as  high  as  the  logic 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


105 


1 

o 

V 
CO 


CO 

i-H 

E 


I 
& 


I 

O 


CO 

I 

o 

o 


o 

s 


x 


•8 

H 


*» 

+3   X—  N 

T-H         \O         GO        CO         VO        *>•      •      • 

1 

O  r3 

41 

NO      ^f      CN       co      co      r^ 

1 

oj 

o 

ON        CO        CN                    ON        CN 
CO                                               CN 

i 

il 

CO          -H              .              •              •              -CN10 

^ 

P  C 

ON  ON 

:    «    -      :      :      :  :  : 

* 

OON 

O  ON 

•^i        co           •           •           ... 

**• 

O  ON 
OO  OO 

U 

8£ 

,_         (V!         _i         ^H         CN             ... 

^ 

^rt 

OON 

O 

OON 

v  x 

OON 

•        C5        ^^        '"H        co        v* 

ON 

CN                                                                  •       • 

CN 

0 

O  ON 

So 

OON 

CN         00         >O         CN         00             ... 

«O 

bo 

OON 

IO  IO 

§ 

O  ON 

" 

OON 

L/->         t^.         IO         CN         VO         i-H       •       • 

vO 

§ 

^ 

O 

O 

8£ 

OO        rh        >O        CN        >O        O      •      • 

^ 

^> 

t-H         CN                                     CN         ••-<       •       • 

OO 

OON 

T-l 

OON 

OON 

!>.          I--          CN          T-l          00          OO       •       • 

co 

CO          CN                                       CN          »0       •       • 

T-H 

Ogv 

co        co        *—  i                   CN        O 

ON 

. 

CN                                                      T-I          CN       •       • 

OON 

T—  1    T-H 

1-1 

ON 

ON 

T-H           v-H               •               *           CO           1O  CO 

CO 

CO 

g 

i      :-§  :-g  :o  :g      :  : 

0 

TrJ  -rT-d  8  :  8  :  Q  :^cr     •  • 

ortgage  condi 

.QrtQQd)    'Dtsio)    !b        !    '. 

Ill  if  If  If;  I    j 

^^^^O.^OgO     -^^-j     .g 

TOTAL  

S 

_g  w^  wfg  rt_g  G_g  0_^  w  o'S 

J-L-,           fr.          fr.           fy.           f^j           fr  .          *^.  Lj 

106  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  XXIII.  Unamortized  Mortgages— Relation  of  Monthly 

Payments  to  Cost  of  Properties  Purchased 

in  1922  or  Later. 

(218  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Cost  of  property 

Monthly  mortgage  payments  (dollars) 

Total 

0- 
9.99 

10.00- 
19.99 

20.00- 
29.99 

30.00- 
39.99 

40.00- 
49.99 

50  00- 
59  99 

2,000-  2,999... 

2 

'i 
11 
18 
17 

22 
7 
2 
2 
2 

'i 

3 
11 
24 
12 
15 
8 
5 
7 

'4 
5 
3 
4 
3 
7 

2 
'3 

i 

2 

3 
16 
33 
52 
41 
26 
18 
10 
17 

3,000-  3,999  .. 

4,000-  4,999... 

2 
2 
7 
2 
1 

5,000-  5,999  
6,000-  6,999 

7,000-  7,999  
8,000-  8,999  
9,000-  9  999 

10,000-10,999... 

11,000-15,999 

TOTAL  

16 

83 

86 

26 

6 

1 

218 

of  the  case  would  lead  one  to  expect.  The  most  plausible  explana- 
tion for  this  would  be  the  existence  of  a  nonlinear  relation  between 
the  two  sets  of  data.  To  determine  this,  the  correlation  ratio  of 
monthly  mortgage  cost  on  cost  of  property  was  computed.  This 
is  46  per  cent.  Since  the  variation  of  2  points  between  the  correla- 
tion coefficient  and  the  correlation  ratio  falls  well  within  the  limits 
of  the  probable  error  of  the  coefficients,  there  are  no  grounds  for 
believing  that  the  relation  is  nonlinear.  With  this  possible  cause 
of  the  low  coefficient  removed,  we  turn  to  the  table  for  an  explana- 
tion. The  grouping  of  frequencies  along  the  principal  diagonal 
is  good  enough  near  the  center  of  the  table  to  warrant  expecting 
a  high  coefficient  but  at  both  extremes  the  frequencies  diverge. 
The  number  of  such  cases  is  not  large  but  is  sufficient  to  bring 
about  the  low  coefficient.  There  are  two  causes;  first,  the  indi- 
vidual variations  in  the  down  payments  result  in  increase  or  de- 
crease in  the  face  of  the  mortgage,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  cor- 
respondingly the  monthly  mortgage  payments  are  carried  above 
or  below  their  expected  position;  secondly,  there  are  some  cases 
in  the  study  in  which  the  second  mortgage  was  paid  off  in  the  past 
in  a  lump  sum.  These  were  not  considered  as  cases  of  amortiza- 
tion, hence  are  included  in  this  table.  With  one  mortgage  dis- 
charged, the  monthly  mortgage  payments  related  to  cost  of  prop- 
erty would  be  less  than  the  expectation. 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY  107 

Table  XXIV  contains  the  same  type  of  facts,  but  for  amortized 
mortgages.  This  brings  in  a  new  element  of  variability.  Interest 
charges  must  increase  with  increase  in  the  cost  of  the  property, 
provided  the  mortgage  is  about  the  same  percentage  of  the  total 
cost.  When  the  new  element — payment  on  the  principal  of  the 
mortgages — is  introduced,  the  direct  relation  of  monthly  pay- 
ments to  cost  of  property  is  lost,  because  monthly  payments  on 
the  principal  of  the  mortgages  were  found  to  vary  anywhere  from 
$1.00  to  $50.00.  Further,  a  high-priced  property  may  have  very 
small  monthly  amortization  payments  with  15-  to  20-year  maturity 
of  the  mortgage.  On  the  other  hand,  a  low-priced  property  may 
have  relatively  large  monthly  amortization  payments  and  short- 
term  maturity  of  the  mortgage.  In  one  section  of  the  city,  the 
second  mortgages  were  amortized  at  the  rate  of  $50.00  annually 
regardless  of  the  face  value  of  the  mortgage. 

Inspection  of  the  table  shows  once  more  that  the  expected  posi- 
tive relation  between  cost  of  property  and  monthly  mortgage  pay- 
ment is  present.  The  coefficient  of  correlation  is  +57  per  cent 
but  the  correlation  ratio  of  monthly  mortgage  payment  on  cost 
of  property  in  this  case  is  71  per  cent.  The  difference  between 
the  ratio  and  the  coefficient  becomes  significant  since  the  chance  is 
less  than  one  in  a  thousand  that  a  difference  of  14  per  cent  could 
be  accidental.  The  regression  is  nonlinear  or,  in  terms  of  the  dis- 
tribution of  frequencies  in  the  table,  the  monthly  mortgage  pay- 
ments increase  in  proportion  to  increase  in  cost  of  property  up  to 
a  certain  point,  but  beyond  that  point  the  mortgage  payments  in- 
crease at  a  slower  rate.  This  is  an  important  result  of  the  study. 

For  the  families  included  in  this  study,  within  a  limited  income 
group,  it  is  shown  that  as  the  cost  of  a  property  gets  into  the 
higher  ranges  included  in  the  data,  namely  from  $8,000  to  $15,000, 
the  payments  on  principal  of  the  mortgages  are  not  increased 
proportionately  over  the  payments  made  by  purchasers  of  lower- 
priced  houses;  presumably  too  large  a  proportion  of  the  family 
income  would  be  absorbed. 

Income  and  Mortgage  Costs 

In  spite  of  its  many  ramifications,  this  study  centers  around 
the  relation  between  family  income  and  housing  costs.  Complete 
information  on  housing  costs  apparently  would  require  budget 
studies  carried  out  over  a  long  period  of  time.  Lacking  such  a 


108  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


0> 

'S 

3 

o 
H 

CNTHCSt-~tOCOCNTHCN 

1 

1  1 

IM 

fe 

•    TH            •            •    TH            •    T—  1    T—  1 

« 

0 

1 

0 

OON 

oooo 

CN       •  CN  CN  T-I 

- 

2 

CO 

ol 

•       •       •       •  CN  CN  CO  CO  CN  CN 

2 

1     1 

5 

H 

•       •  rH       •  CN  CN  VO  IO  TH  T-I 

00 
CN 

3,3  .§ 
§  s  s 

^  c^      o 

o 
JO 

1 

OON 

OON 

^si 

•      •      •  O  ON  CN  t^  CO  CN  O 

•   TH   TH    CN 

ON 

CM           T-I 

1 

OON 
OON 

a 

TH  fO            TH10 

ON 

3  *2  fg 

0)      c/5       ' 
I      £       ^ 

a 
o 

OON 
OON 

TH  to  to  O  O  CO  VO  Th      •  CN 
ON  CN 

CO 

cu    3 

a* 
1 

OON 
OON 

\OOtOCNCOCOCOTH      •  TH 

TH                                                             • 

O 

s 

•0 

1 

OON 

CN  CO  TH      

I 

1 

1    ON 

s 

1 

ON 

> 



r**> 

••3 

b^ 

fl^ 

X 

| 

Illlllllll 

1 

CO 

1 

o 

1 

H 

TH   TH 

THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


109 


0 

rd 

f 


I 

•-H 

o 

c 


« 

0) 


0)     <U 

-I 


w     **       ^ 

. g  to    PQ 


5 


o 

ffi 

^ 

G 


X 
X 


H 


L 

1] 

of  0^3 

ON  ro  ON  O  CN  NO  »O 

<J  fc 

3 

3 

0 

^*  NO  *"^  t"**  ^O 

00 

H 

" 

CO 

^ 

•      •      •      -CN      -T-«      •      • 

„ 

ig 

OON' 

CO  CO 

AON 

OON 

•       •  CO  •^H  CN       •  *-l      •       • 

9 

OON 

O  ON 

•      •  CO  fH  CO  rfi  ON      •      • 

o 

CN 

'o 

OON 

T3 

^ 

I 

8 

OON 

•  »-H  10  CS  ON  fO  PO  ^—  < 

a 

0) 

OON 

to 

ir>  10 

03 

O 

OCN 

OON 

;cs^^2cN^f^'~l 

OO 

>> 

OON 

^n 

d 

o 

O  ON 

s 

OON 

•r-i  CN  rjn  CN 

IO 

8£ 

•      •  CO  10  O  10  O  T-H      • 

•            •                 1-1    CS                  T-t 

^o 

OON 

CN  CN 

8§; 

•      •  "*  CM  CO  i-H  CN      N    • 

CN 

OON 

o£ 

.      .  _      .      .  ,_,      .      .      . 

CN 

ON 

<u 

1 

ON  ON  ON  ON  ON  ON  ON"  ON  ON 

o 

TF^T^TjHT^Tf^TfrlT^ 

_) 

a 

CN  l^  CN  t^-  CN  t^»  CN  t"*^  t^» 

1 

••-(  T-I  CN  CN  fO  fO  r+i 

ooooooooi 

lO  LO  ^O  ^O  to  IO  ^^  *^ 

1 

o3 

•^-1  i-l  CN  CN  CO  CO 

110  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


>» 

! 

s 

MH 

o 

I 

I 


7 


SI  | 
i  a  2 

s^£ 

II! 


P 

! 


£ 


i 

•^H 

CO 


X 

0> 


Average 
mort- 

1? 

8>«j3 

cJ  O  'o 

MOs 

•  0\  00  vO  !>•  Os  ^  ON     • 

•  i-4  *-<  i-l  i-l  i-l  CN  »-t       • 

I 

CSCSvOfOvOOvOOt-^'-i 
v-t  cs  Tj*  t^  -^  ro 

•* 

IO 

cs 

is 

££ 

is 

OON 

00  00 

^ 

00 

t^t^ 

£ 

8^ 

'^ 

m 

1 

00 

vO  vO 

a 

§^ 

1 

oo 

to  lO 



£ 

o 

§£ 

S 

r^ 

3 

S3 

§ 

OON 

OOs 

OON 

coro 

•      •      •  CS  lO  rj<  CO  »H      • 

10 

ioj 

00 

sa 

•  CO  00  O  t^  ^O  ID  CS      • 

•                       *—  1  TH   1—  1   T-l 

TH 

*>. 

00 

00 

22 

CSt^COfO^tiCsiiOfO'H 

TH  CN  -^  es  I-H 

$ 

TH 

oi^ 
o 

•  i-i  ^  00  O  O  rt<  i-H     • 

T*< 
ro 

S 



• 

B 

z 

000000000 

CSt^CNl>.CSt^CSt^t^ 

i 

£> 

•>—  i  f-t  es  es  co  r*5  ^t1 

lOtoiOlotOiCiOlO 
CNI>-CSt^CNt^CNt^ 

1 

fo 

1-1  TH  cs  cs  fo  r*5 

THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY  111 

period,  we  have  centered  on  the  largest  single  item  of  housing 
cost — mortgage  cost. 

Table  XXV  gives  the  relation  in  the  disturbed  year  1930,  of 
mortgage  costs  to  family  income  for  380  families  living  in  single 
houses  who  were  making  regular  payments  on  the  principal  of 
their  mortgages.  There  is  a  slight  tendency  for  mortgage  pay- 
ments to  increase  with  increased  income.  The  last  column  of  the 
table  gives  the  average  mortgage  cost  for  each  interval  of  family 
income.  Part  of  the  variation  in  these  averages  arises  from  the 
small  number  of  frequencies  in  the  particular  row,  but  beyond  this 
there  is  a  perceptible  increase  in  average  payments  as  the  family 
income  increases. 

Table  XXVI  gives  the  same  data  for  single  houses  when  the 
mortgages  are  not  amortized.  The  mortgage  costs  are,  of  course, 
much  lower,  since  they  include  only  interest  charges.  There  is, 
again,  a  slight  tendency  for  the  mortgage  payments  to  increase 
with  increases  in  income. 

Tables  giving  similar  data  to  the  preceding  ones  were  prepared 
for  two-family  houses.  The  number  of  families  was  too  small 
to  show  much  concentration  of  frequency  although  it  appeared 
that  mortgage  payments  increased  slightly  with  increased  family 
income. 

The  general  conclusion  from  the  preceding  tables  is  that  monthly 
mortgage  costs  in  1930  increased  very  little  with  increased  size 
of  family  income.  This  conclusion  appears  to  be  applicable  to 
both  single  and  two-family  houses  and  to  both  amortized  and 
unamortized  mortgages.  To  some  extent  this  is  an  unexpected 
result.11  Earlier  in  the  report  it  has  been  shown  that  mortgage 

n  These  conclusions  seemed  so  startling  that  Mr.  James  S.  Taylor  has 
made  a  careful  review  of  the  tables  and  of  many  of  the  original  schedules 
from  which  they  were  prepared.  He  observes  that  a  special  tabulation  pre- 
pared by  Dr.  Brumbaugh  showed  that  the  families  having  less  than  $1,250  in- 
comes in  1930  had,  on  the  average,  incomes  twice  as  large  during  the  year 
prior  to  home  purchase.  A  considerable  part  of  the  families  in  the  next  income 
group  ranging  from  $1,250  to  $1,749  likewise  had  substantially  greater  in- 
comes during  the  year  prior  to  purchase  than  in  1930.  On  the  other  hand,  in 
the  income  group  from  $2,750  to  $4,750,  incomes  were  substantially  greater  in 
1930  than  during  the  year  prior  to  purchase.  Among  the  intervening  fami- 
lies, which  constitute  a  considerable  majority  of  all  those  represented  in 
the  table,  a  substantial  number  showed  incomes  either  materially  above  or 
below  those  reported  for  the  year  prior  to  purchase. 

Thus,  he  concludes,  the  table  on  its  face  represents  the  situation  in  which 
a  representive  group  of  families  find  themselves  in  the  particular  year  1930, 
when  many  of  them  were  affected  by  the  economic  upheaval.  The  individual 
(Footnote  continued  on  page  112) 


112  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  XXVII-a.   Relationship  of  Cost  of  Property  to  Fam- 
ily Income — Year  Prior  to  Purchase — Single 
Houses  Purchased  Since  1922. 


Family  income 
(dollars) 

Cost  of  property  (dollars) 

1,000- 
1,999 

2,000- 
2,999 

3,000- 
3,999 

4,000- 
4,999 

5,000- 
5,999 

6,000- 
6,999 

7,000- 
7,999 

0-     249  
250-     749  
750-1,249  
1,250-1,749  
1,750-2,249  
2,250-2,749.. 

i 

'i 

2 
1 
1 
1 

'i 

8 
8 
2 
3 

1 

i 

3 
11 
4 
1 

1 

'9 

27 
53 
29 
10 
1 
1 

1 
1 
5 
20 
42 
33 
14 
1 
1 

'3 

7 
27 
22 
10 
7 
2 
1 

2,750-3,249  
3,250-3,749  

3,750-4,749  
4,750-6,749  

TOTAL  

1 

6 

23 

20 

131 

118 

79 

Family  income 
(dollars) 

Cost  of  property  (dollars) 

Total 

8,000- 
8,999 

9,000- 
9,999 

10,000- 
10,999 

11,000- 
11,999 

12,000- 
15,999 

0-    249.. 
250-     749  
750-1,249  
1,250-1,749  
1,750-2,249  
2,250-2,749  
2  ,  750-3  ,249  
3  ,  250-3  ,  749  .  . 

'i 

1 
6 
14 
10 
9 
5 

'i 

'2 
3 

3 

5 
1 

'l 

'3 
3 

'2 
1 

1 

i 

1 

i 
1 

'i 

1 
1 
2 
1 

2 
2 
21 
76 
165 
108 
54 
20 
7 
6 

3,750-4,749  
4,750-6,749  

TOTAL  .  . 

48 

15 

10 

4 

6 

461 

schedules  showed  many  families  committed  to  pay  for  mortgage  costs  from 
40  to  70  per  cent  or  more  of  their  1930  incomes.  There  is  abundant  reason 
to  suppose  that,  in  most  such  cases,  they  did  not  deliberately  plan  to  put 
themselves  in  such  a  dilemma.  Conversely,  the  schedules  showed  many 
families  living  in  good  houses  who,  either  because  of  large  down  payments, 
or  past  instalment  payments  on  the  mortgage,  had  relatively  small  monthly 
mortgage  costs,  and  were,  therefore,  in  an  excellent  position  to  meet  cur- 
tailed incomes  in  1930,  or  to  face  the  prospect  of  curtailed  incomes  in  any 
subsequent  year. 

(Footnote  continued  on  page  113) 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


113 


Table  XXVII-b.    Relationship  of  Cost  of  Property  to  Fam- 
ily Income — Year  Prior  to  Purchase — Single 
Houses  Purchased  Since  1922. 


Number  of 
cases 

Range  of  cost 
of  property 
(dollars) 

Assumed 
average  cost 
of  property 
(dollars) 

Computed 
median 
income 
(dollars) 

Ratio  of 
property 
cost  to 
income,  year 
prior  to 
purchase 

6.  . 

1,000-  1,999 

1,500 

2,000 

0.75 

22  

2,000-  2,999 

2,500 

1,750 

1.43 

62  

3,000-  3,999 

3,500 

1,906 

1.84 

59 

4  000-  4  999 

4  500 

2  023 

2  22 

169 

5  000-  5  999 

5  500 

2  019 

2  72 

141 

6  000-  6  999 

6  500 

2  131 

3  05 

87 

7  000-  7  999 

7  500 

2  307 

3  25 

52 

8,000-  8  999 

8  500 

2  350 

3  62 

16 

9,000-  9,999 

9  500 

2  667 

3  56 

10.    .      . 

10,000-10,999 

10  500 

2,583 

4  07 

4. 

11,000-11,999 

11,500 

3,125 

3  68 

6      

12,000-15,999 

14,000 

3,250 

4  31 

Ratio  of 

Number  of 

Range  of 
income 

Assumed 
median 

Computed 
median 
cost  of 

median 
property 
cost  and  in- 

cases 

(dollars) 

income 
(dollars) 

property 
(dollars) 

come,  year 
prior  to 

purchase 

2.  . 

0-      249 

125 

6,000 

48.00 

2  

250-      749 

500 

7,500 

15.00 

21 

750-  1  249 

1  000 

5  833 

5  83 

76 

1  250-  1  749 

1   SOO 

5  926 

3  95 

165 

1  750-  2  249 

2  000 

6  202 

3  10 

108 

2  250-  2  749 

2  500 

6  545 

2  61 

54  

2,750-  3,249 

3,000 

6,857 

2.28 

20      

3,250-  3  749 

3  500 

8  000 

2  28 

7  

3,750-  4,749 

4  250 

7  750 

1  82 

6  

4,750-  6,749 

5,750 

9,000 

1.56 

However,  the  schedules  for  a  considerable  number  of  families  having  sub- 
stantially the  same  income  in  1930  as  during  the  year  prior  to  purchase,  do 
indicate  a  considerable  disparity  in  the  proportion  of  income  devoted  to 
monthly  mortgage  payments.  But  the  different  conditions  of  families  with 
respect  to  number  of  dependents,  age,  earning  prospect  and  other  variables, 
go  far  to  explain  these  differences  and  indicate  the  desirability  of  the  more 
detailed  studies  which  could  be  made  with  a  larger  number  of  cases. 

Mr.  Taylor  believes  that  the  chief  usefulness  of  Tables  XXV  and  XXVI 
is  to  serve  as  a  challenge  to  preconceived  ideas,  and  to  point  out  the  need  for 
further  studies  and  analysis. — The  Editors. 


114  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

payments  increase  with  increasing  cost  of  the  property.12  If  fam- 
ilies having  larger  incomes  tend  to  purchase  higher-priced  houses, 
then  there  should  be  a  fairly  high  correlation  between  mortgage 
costs  and  family  income. 

Since  this  proves  not  to  be  the  case,  inquiry  must  next  be  made 
concerning  the  relation  between  family  income  and  price  paid  for 
properties.  Inspection  of  Table  XXVII,  exhibiting  this  informa- 
tion, shows  that  the  results  are  in  accord  with  what  the  prelim- 
inary considerations  had  indicated.  The  correlation  coefficient 
between  family  income  and  property  costs  is  +33  per  cent  which 
does  not  demonstrate  any  marked  association  between  these 
factors.  The  tabulation  of  medians  (Table  XXVII-b)  shows  a 
persistent  tendency  for  the  cost  of  the  property  to  increase,  al- 
though not  in  direct  proportion,  with  family  income. 

From  the  writer's  point  of  view,  the  most  plausible  interpreta- 
tion of  these  data  is  to  be  derived  from  viewing  them  as  part  of 
a  larger  picture. 

Characteristically,  houses  built  for  sale  in  and  around  large  in- 
dustrial cities  during  the  period  from  1922  to  1929  had  at  least  5 
or  6  rooms,  bathroom,  many  other  modern  improvements,  and 
usually  a  garage.  Evidently  families  with  children,  desiring  to 
occupy  a  house  and  not  being  able  or  willing  to  pay  for  a  new 
house,  chose  to  live  in  older  structures. 

It  is  not  surprising  to  find  that  most  of  the  houses  reported  in 
the  study  were  worth  $5,000  or  more  at  the  time  of  purchase. 

Combining  these  considerations,  it  appears  that  the  center  part 
of  Table  XXVII-a,  where  the  great  bulk  of  cases  are  found,  repre- 
sents the  lowest  shelf  of  any  size  in  that  part  of  the  home  owner- 
ship structure  which  has  been  developed  since  1922.  The  real 
contribution  of  the  table  seems  to  be  to  show  that  a  number  of 
families  of  apparently  small  income  were  able  to  find  a  place  in 
the  group  and  that  a  number  of  families  with  considerably  higher 
incomes  decided  to  obtain  houses  from  among  those  priced  at  from 
$5,000  to  $7,500. 

Renewal  Charges  on  First  and  Second  Mortgages  Related 

to  Type  of  Financing  Agency 

The  information  in  this  section  applies  entirely  to  properties 
purchased  in  1922  or  later,  as  the  years  prior  to  1922  are  not  com- 
parable with  regard  to  home  financing  agencies. 


12  See  Tables  XXIII  and  XXIV. 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


115 


Table  XXVIII.    Types  of  Financing  Agencies — Amortized 

and  Nonamortized  First  Mortgages — Homes 

Purchased  in  1922  or  Later. 

(610  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Type  of  financing 
agency 

Number 
amortized 

Number 
non- 
amortized 

Total 

Per  cent 
of 
amortized 

Per  cent 
of  non- 
amortized 

Private  individual*.  .  . 
Savings  bank  

36 
15 

180 
144 

216 
159 

43 
18 

34 

27 

Commercial  bank  .... 
Savings  and  loan  as- 
sociation   
Finance  company  .... 
Insurance  company.  .  . 
Other  

2 

11 
9 
10 

24 

25 
90 
62 

2 

26 

36 
99 

72 
2 

3 

13 
11 
12 

5 

5 
17 
12 

TOTAL  

83 

527 

610 

100 

100 

*  Includes  builders. 

Table  XXVIII  shows  that  85  per  cent  of  the  first  mortgages 
written  in  1922  or  later  are  not  being  amortized;  that  private  in- 
dividuals are  the  most  important  holders  of  first  mortgages,  both 
amortized  and  unamortized,  followed  by  savings  banks.  The 
private  individuals  are  mainly  builders,  who  often  retain  one  or 
both  of  the  mortgages  on  the  properties  which  they  sell. 

Private  individuals,  and  also  savings  and  loan  associations,  hold 
a  larger  percentage  of  the  amortized  than  of  unamortized  mort- 
gages. 

Table  XXIX  brings  out  the  fact  that  82  per  cent  of  the  second 
mortgages  are  being  amortized,  as  contrasted  with  14  per  cent  of 
the  first  mortgages.  Once  more  the  most  important  financing 
source  is  private  individuals  who  hold  about  90  per  cent  of  both 
amortized  and  unamortized  second  mortgages.  Only  under  ex- 
ceptional circumstances  are  savings  banks,  commercial  banks  and 
insurance  companies  permitted  to  invest  in  this  kind  of  loan 
(usually  only  when  a  part  of  the  first  mortgage  is  converted  into 
a  second  mortgage).  The  finance  or  mortgage  companies  are 
virtually  the  only  competitors  of  private  individuals  in  the  second 
mortgage  field. 


116  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  XXIX.     Types   of   Financing  Agencies — Amortized 

and  Nonamortized  Second  Mortgages — Homes 

Purchased  in  1922  or  Later. 

(402  Buffalo  Properties.) 


Type  of  financing 
agency 

Number 
amortized 

Number 
non- 
amortized 

Total 

Per  cent 
of 
amortized 

Per  cent 
of  non- 
amortized 

Private  individual*.  .  . 
Savings  bank         .    .  . 

298 
1 

62 

2 

360 
3 

90 

87 

Commercial  bank.  .  .  . 
Savings  and  loan  as- 
sociation   

4 
6 

2 
4 

6 
10 

1 
2 

3 
6 

Finance  company  .... 
Insurance  company.  .  . 
Other 

17 

'  '  5 

1 

18 
"5 

5 
'2 

1 

TOTAL  

331 

71 

402 

100 

100 

*  Includes  builders. 

The  cost  of  renewal  of  first  mortgages  on  houses  purchased  by 
the  present  owner  in  1922  or  later  is  presented  in  Table  XXX. 
The  vertical  distribution  of  the  table  according  to  type  of  financ- 
ing agency  permits  comparisons  of  average  renewal  costs  of  the 
different  agencies.  The  table  shows  that  renewal  charges  are 
most  frequent  with  finance  companies  and  insurance  companies, 
while  savings  banks  make  renewal  charges  much  less  frequently. 
In  the  right  hand  column  of  the  table  the  average  renewal  charges 
for  each  type  of  financing  agency  are  presented.  It  should  be 
noted  that  these  are  the  average  charges  on  those  mortgages  which 
had  renewal  charges.  For  example,  the  145  mortgages  held  by 
private  individuals  which  were  never  renewed  have  been  excluded 
in  computing  the  average  charge  of  $37.  The  lowest  average 
charges  are  made  by  savings  banks  and  private  individuals.  Apart 
from  the  commercial  banks  and  savings  and  loan  associations  for 
which  averages  may  have  very  little  significance  because  of  the 
small  number  of  cases,  the  highest  average  charges  are  made  by 
finance  companies  and  insurance  companies. 

A  similar  compilation  for  second  mortgages  showed  that  such 
mortgages  are  being  amortized  in  84  per  cent  of  the  cases.  These 
amortized  mortgages,  with  rare  exceptions,  have  no  renewal 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


117 


Average 

HI 

8 

(N 
tN 

0^ 

§1 

.S 

1 

| 

.PH           ^H^OIO        • 

CN 

4-» 

1 

S^^C^S^^ 

1 

o 

h 

•"T1 

PQ 

IN  ever 
renewed 

re  r^  r-<  cs  cs  fs 

1 

CO 
0) 
CO 

g 

Hi 

ii 

»-**««-*1 

3 

I 

6 

gg 

bOJ 

a 

oo  oo 

'      ^ 

•* 

Dfl 

4J 

M 

O 

II 

«S     •     •     -rots     • 

r^ 

S 

s~^ 

r-  t-» 

+J          /^N 

CO                 r/i 

tA 

OOs 

vj                  c/j 

•i:      .a 

*-M 
1* 

'u? 

is 

«N  tS      •      •  CS  't1      • 

O 

to      t: 

<L> 

2P? 

rt 

SsJ       O-i 

•MM 

2 

§g 

S    o 

CO      £       V-, 

PLH 

o 

"rt 

c  o\" 

<N  »H      -^-H  t^  Tj<      • 

" 

^,2^ 

i 

00* 

*^3   "^     ^ 

H~j 

(-4 

.     . 

^       .       .  »H  IO  O\ 

Os 

r-H            C        fj^ 

,_! 

«*-! 

O  0- 

.       .          ^H 

<N 

*"^        f^         r^ 

PQ 

o 

ro 

i-O 

<j 

og 

i 

c^ 

. 

f^  vH        <        •  CS  *-* 

|-^ 

^                     |s. 

°$ 

1 

*"*           v..^ 

88 

fS       •       •       -O  Tf        ' 

« 

C 
0 

S3 

S 

§A 
0 

bJO 

OOs 

cd 

& 

'g! 

^^^^^^       . 

0 

I-H 

cd 

60 

1 

ti 

^» 

c  • 

D5 

1 

:    .2  :     : 

rt 

9 

:  :    'g  :  :  : 

HH 
*s/< 

P 

t/i     .  ^    . 

?s 

C 

*s  :^i  g  >,£ 

X 

i 

«3 

|  jjjl| 

X 

*0 

^3  ^'^'3  o  u 

J 

0) 

a 
>, 

H 

JIIJI 

< 

i 

1 

H 

r 

4 

id 

HI 

* 

Ratio  of 

renewed 
to  total 

M 

I 

OOVOtS 
CSOMO 

g 

& 

never 
renewed 

CN  IO  CS 

3 

i 

i| 

Tjl  C^J 

S 

00; 

•IO     • 

IO 

O  ON' 

oo  oo 

:-  : 

« 

gg 

:-  : 

- 

a 

O  C> 

•t^  »-* 

00 

1 

i 

gs 

o'oi 

;,» 

O 

t  of  rene1 

§5 

•OvCS 

CN 

6 

O  ON' 

,.;. 

. 

gs 

CM  CN 

•  IO  fC 

00 

gg 
O'ON' 

.  ^    . 

cs 

i! 

-•* 

N 

Mortgage  period 

III 

| 

118  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

charges.    Only  23  of  the  second  mortgages  had  ever  been  renewed 
and  17  of  these  involved  no  renewal  charge. 

The  collecting  agents  reported  that  many  home  owners  com- 
plained of  the  difficulties  which  arose  over  the  short-term  mort- 
gage. As  shown  in  Table  X,  the  first  mortgage  was  written  for 
a  short  period  in  a  larger  percentage  of  the  cases  than  the  second 
mortgage.  First  mortgages  written  in  1922  or  later  were  accord- 
ingly chosen  for  a  special  study  of  short-term  mortgage  condi- 
tions. One-year,  3-year  and  5-year  mortgages  were  taken.  Table 
XXXI  shows  that  no  problem  arises  in  connection  with  1-year 
mortgages,  so  they  may  be  dismissed.  Three-  and  5-year  mort- 
gages have  renewal  charges  in  48  per  cent  of  the  cases  while 
Table  XXX  shows  that  only  26  per  cent  of  the  mortgages  of  all 
maturities  have  renewal  charges.  A  further  factor  must  be  con- 
sidered before  these  two  percentages  are  accepted.  All  of  these 
mortgages  were  written  in  1922  or  later  and  many  of  those  with 
longer  maturities  have  never  been  renewed,  hence,  no  information 
on  renewal  cost  is  available.  It  is  even  conceivable  that  over  a 
sufficient  number  of  years  nearly  all  of  the  long-time  maturities 
may  involve  renewal  costs.  The  average  renewal  cost  for  those 
mortgages  which  had  renewal  charges  is  $46  for  3-year  mortgages 
and  $41  for  5-year  mortgages  while  for  mortgages  of  all  matu- 
rities, as  shown  in  Table  XXX,  the  charge  is  $51.  The  fact  that 
renewal  every  3  years  has  a  higher  average  cost  than  renewal  every 
5  years  is  very  difficult  to  understand.  The  result  of  this  in  the 
effective  interest  rates  paid  by  the  borrower  is  quite  apparent. 
The  charges  on  either  of  these  short  maturities  as  compared  with 
the  charges  on  all  maturities  make  the  effective  interest  rate 
considerably  higher.  The  difference  in  the  interest  rate  between 
paying  $51  say  once  in  10  years  and  paying  $46  every  3  years 
scarcely  requires  comment.  One  extreme  case  was  found  in  which 
a  financing  agency  required  a  16  per  cent  renewal  charge. 

Income  and  Employment 

Analysis  of  data  shows  that  in  the  year  prior  to  purchase,  less 
than  6  per  cent  of  the  families  were  reported  as  having  income 
outside  of  that  of  the  principal  breadwinner.  For  the  year  1930, 
19  per  cent  of  the  families  reported  such  an  addition.  For  each 
year  the  average  sum  reported  was  in  the  neighborhood  of  $700. 
Rent  received  from  the  rented  portion  of  two-family  houses  was 
considered  as  part  of  the  breadwinner's  income  in  most  cases, 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY  119 

and  therefore  does  not  appear  in  the  amount  added.  In  rilling  out 
and  editing  the  schedules,  the  entire  earnings  of  adult  children 
usually  were  not  included,  and  only  an  arbitrary  sum,  such  as 
$5.00  a  week,  was  assumed  to  be  board  paid  and  was  counted  as 
part  of  the  family  income.  In  1930,  74  cases  of  149,  or  49.6 
per  cent,  were  augmenting  an  income  of  less  than  $1,250  from  the 
principal  breadwinner. 

The  contrast  in  conditions  between  1930  and  the  year  prior  to 
home  purchase  apparently  arises  from  two  chief  causes.  First, 
the  industrial  depression  has  caused  declines  in  the  principal  bread- 
winner's income  in  a  great  many  cases.  These  declines  are  the 
results  of  wage  cuts,  part-time  employment,  layoffs,  or  loss  of 
jobs.  Secondly,  the  children  of  these  families  are  now  older  than 
at  the  time  of  home  purchase  and  are  in  many  cases  ready  to 
become  income  producers,  either  by  part-time  work  while  they  are 
attending  school  or  by  full-time  employment  after  completion  of 
school.  The  importance  of  this  cause  is  shown  by  the  fact  that 
of  the  207  families  buying  houses  built  prior  to  1922,  83,  or  ap- 
proximately 40  per  cent,  reported  extra  income  whereas,  of  the 
582  families  owning  houses  built  in  1922  or  later,  only  65,  or  11 
per  cent,  reported  extra  income.  The  second  cause  has  nothing 
whatever  to  do  with  the  depression.  It  would  probably  result  in 
increased  auxiliary  income  in  normal  times  as  well  as  during  a 
depression. 

In  connection  with  Table  XIV  it  is  well  to  raise  the  question 
of  the  minimum  level  at  which  purchase  of  a  home  is  attempted. 
Clearly,  many  other  considerations  enter  into  the  decision  to 
purchase  a  home  beyond  the  mere  fact  of  possession  of  sufficient 
funds  to  begin  the  purchase.  We  are,  however,  approaching  the 
question  from  the  opposite  angle.  Without  regard  to  the  attend- 
ant circumstances  we  may  ask  the  question,  "At  what  minimum 
income  level  did  the  families  in  this  study  make  the  purchase?" 
Eighty-four  families  purchased  when,  during  the  preceding  year, 
the  principal  breadwinner's  income  did  not  exceed  $1,250.  How- 
ever, of  518  single  houses  purchased  in  1922  or  later  (Table 
XXXII),  only  38  were  purchased  when  the  income  of  the  prin- 
cipal breadwinner  was  less  than  $1,250.  In  the  neighborhood  of 
$1,250  there  appears  to  have  been  a  minimum  income  level  at 
which  home  purchase  has  been  undertaken. 

As  a  means  of  showing  some  of  the  hardships  worked  upon 
home  owners  during  a  period  of  industrial  depression,  Table 


120  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  XXXII.     Income  of  Principal  Breadwinners  Living 
in  Single  Houses  Purchased  in  1922  or  Later. 


Incomes  (dollars) 

Number  of  familie 

> 

Year  prior  to  home  purchase 

1930 

0-    249  .  . 

3 

13 

250-     749  

3 

24 

750-1,249  

32 

66 

1,250-1,749 

93 

78 

1,750-2,249 

183 

154 

2  ,  250-2  ,  749 

114 

137 

2  ,  750-3  ,249  

52 

69 

3,250-3,749  

23 

9 

3,750-6,749  

15 

2 

TOTAL 

518 

552 

XXXII  has  been  constructed.    Some  families  were  unable  to  give 
any  usable  data  on  income  during  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase, 
so  that  the  total  families  reporting  for  that  year  are  fewer  than 
those  recorded  in  the  column  for   1930.     In   1930,  there  were 
103  families  with  the  principal  breadwinner's  income  below  $1,250. 

As   further  evidence  on  the  question  of   employment,   Tables 

XXXIII  and  XXXIV  are  presented.    The  number  of  weeks  em- 
ployed during  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase  and  during  1930 
is  given  in  intervals  of  5  weeks  for  the  principal  breadwinner  of 
all  families  in  the  study  who  purchased  their  homes  in  1922  or 
later.     The  total  column  at  the  right  of  each  table  shows  the  num- 
ber of  principal  breadwinners  in  each  occupational  group.     The 
last  column  of  each  table  shows  the  average  number  of  weeks 
worked  during  the  year  by  each  occupational  group.    Employment 
was  essentially  at  full  time  for  all  groups  during  the  year  prior  to 
home  purchase.     Specifically,  only  5  per  cent  of  the  group  were 
employed  less  than  40  weeks.    Another  10  per  cent  worked  from 
40  to  48  weeks,  but  a  part  of  these  did  not  consider  themselves  as 
unemployed  since  their  work  was  seasonal  in  character.    The  re- 
maining 85  per  cent  of  the  group  were  employed  full  time. 

In  1930,  22  per  cent  of  the  group  were  employed  less  than  40 
weeks  during  the  year.  Another  13  per  cent  were  employed  be- 
tween 40  and  48  weeks  while  only  65  per  cent  were  employed  full 
time.  The  burden  of  unemployment  has  fallen  most  severely  on 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY 


121 


Table  XXXIII.    Occupation  of  Principal  Breadwinner  and 

Number  of  Weeks  Employed — Year  prior  to  Purchase 

of  Home — Home  Purchased  in  1922  or  Later. 

(605  Buffalo  Families.) 


Occupation 

i  Weeks  employed 

Average 
number 
of  weeks 
employed 

0 

13-17 

18-22 

23-27 

28-32 

33-37 

38-42 

43-47 

48-52 

Total 

Public  work  
Professional 

'i 

2 
'? 

'2 
1 
3 
2 
1 

4 
1 
1 
1 
23 
3 
6 

"2 
15 
4 
4 

35 
21 
59 
95 
229 
43 
31 

39 

23 
64 
100 

284 
53 
42 

49 
49 
49 
49 
48 
48 
48 

Proprietary  
Clerical      

i 

1 

1 

'4 

Skilled  

1 

Semi-skilled  
Unskilled 

TOTAL 

1 

i 

3 

4 

10 

9 

39 

25 

513 

605 

Table  XXXIV.     Occupation  of  Principal  Breadwinner  and 

Number  of  Weeks  Employed  in  1930 — Home 

Purchased  in  1922  or  Later. 

(602  Buffalo  Families.) 


Occupation 

Weeks  employed 

Average 
number 
of  weeks 
employed 

0 

8-12 

13-17 

18-22 

23-27 

28-32 

33-37 

38-42 

43-47 

48-52 

Total 

Public  work 

4 
1 
4 
5 
30 
6 
5 

'i 

4 
13 
8 

35 
20 
45 
82 
176 
26 
24 

39 

24 
60 
97 
280 
57 
45 

49 
47 
44 
48 
43 
42 
39 

Professional  .  .  . 
Proprietary.  .  . 
Clerical  

'i 

2 

•i 

1 

'3 
10 

'3 

"2 
3 
9 
4 
3 

2 
3 

17 
5 
6 

is 

6 
1 

Skilled  
Semi-skilled  .  .  . 
Unskilled  

TOTAL  

i 
'3 

5 

6 

9 

3 
1 

5 

17 

21 

33 

23 

55 

26 

408 

602 

the  manual  workers  and  the  proprietary  group.  Another  measure 
of  unemployment  which  may  be  gotten  from  these  tables  is  the 
ratio  of  full-time  employment  during  1930  to  full-time  employment 
during  the  year  prior  to  home  purchase.  This  is  shown  in  Table 
XXXV. 

The  question  has  been  raised  earlier  as  to  how  far  increases  in 
age  may  be  accompanied  by  increases  in  income.  For  a  static 
comparison,  a  tabulation  of  the  breadwinner's  income  according  to 
age  was  made.  This  showed  both  for  a  group  of  382  manual 
workers — skilled,  semi-skilled  and  unskilled — and  a  group  of  187 
mental  workers  engaged  in  public  work,  professional,  proprietary 
and  clerical  occupations,  that  there  was  no  perceptible  tendency 
for  incomes  to  be  higher  among  the  older-age  groups.  Owing  to 


122  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Table  XXXV.    Ratio  of  Full-Time  Employment  during  1930 

to  Full-Time  Employment  during  the  Year 

Prior  to  Home  Purchase. 


Occupational  group 

Ratio 

Public  work 

1.00 

Professional 

.95 

Proprietary 
Clerical 

.76 
.86 

Skilled  workers 

.77 

Semi-skilled  workers 

.60 

Unskilled  workers 

.77 

the  limited  sample,  this  tendency  cannot  be  taken  as  general  for 
all  heads  of  families  in  the  population. 

For  a  dynamic  comparison  a  similar  tabulation  was  made  for 
1930,  and  compared  with  the  preceding  one.  As  has  previously 
been  pointed  out,  average  income  between  the  time  of  purchase 
of  the  home  and  1930  decreased  as  a  function  of  the  industrial 
depression,  and  no  positive  results  could  be  obtained  from  this 
analysis. 

VIII.    Miscellaneous  Relationships 

No  significant  relationship  was  found  between  the  number  of 
members  of  the  family  and  the  number  of  rooms  in  the  house,  the 
average  number  of  rooms  per  family  ranging  from  6.5  to  7.0  for 
each  size  of  family  ranging  from  2  to  9  members. 

Data  obtained  in  the  studies  developed  the  fact  that  537,  or  90 
per  cent  of  the  597  houses  built  since  1930,  were  sold  during  the 
same  year  in  which  they  were  constructed,  while  another  8  per  cent 
remain  unsold  for  only  one  year. 

IX.    Summary 
Family  Income  and  Mortgage  Costs 

Tables  XXV,  XXVI,  XXVII-a,  and  XXVII-b  exhibiting  the  in- 
formation on  the  relation  of  family  income  to  mortgage  payments, 
are  the  central  result  of  this  study.  The  important  fact  is  that  in 
1930  mortgage  costs  among  these  low-income  families  (it  must  be 
remembered  that  no  incomes  in  excess  of  $3,000  were  included) 
have  little,  if  any  consistent  proportion  to  family  income  in  that 
year.  The  United  States  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics'  study  of  cost 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY  123 

of  living  made  in  1918  showed  for  Buffalo  an  increase  in  annual 
amount  paid  for  rent  from  $150  to  $270  as  income  increased  up 
to  $2,500.  In  this  study,  only  families  who  were  living  in  rented 
homes  were  included,  but  the  amount  of  rent  paid  increased  as 
the  family  income  increased.  The  present  study  aimed  to  inves- 
tigate conditions  of  families  with  the  same  general  income  range, 
but  living  in  owned  homes  rather  than  rented  and,  of  course,  after 
the  lapse  of  12  years.  It  seems  strange  then  that  no  consistent  rela- 
tion should  be  found  between  mortgage  costs  and  income.  To 
avoid  concealed  noncomparability,  the  data  were  subdivided  in 
two  directions: 

1.  Single  houses  and  two-family  houses  are  quite  obviously  not  comparable 
in  a  study  of  mortgage  costs ;  the  two  were  accordingly  tabulated  separately. 

2.  Amortized  and  unamortized  mortgages  cannot  be  compared  since  the 
cost  of  the  former  includes  both  periodic  interest  payments  and  payments 
on  principal,  whereas  the  latter  covers  only  interest  charges. 

In  none  of  the  tables  resulting  from  this  subdivision  of  the  data 
was  there  any  evidence  of  a  persistent  tendency  for  mortgage  costs 
to  change  with  income.  This  result  was  so  much  at  variance  with 
the  reasonable  expectation  that  a  study  of  the  original  schedules 
was  resorted  to.  They  show  that,  when  mortgages  are  unamor- 
tized, down  payments  are  frequently  fairly  large  so  that  the  pur- 
chaser's equity  is  enough  to  justify  lenders  in  carrying  mortgages 
on  an  unamortized  basis.  In  other  cases,  the  second  mortgage  orig- 
inally carried  on  the  property  has  been  discharged  and  here,  also, 
the  purchaser's  equity  is  large  enough  to  warrant  lenders  carrying 
the  remaining  mortgage  on  an  unamortized  basis.  Neither  of  the 
above  cases  gave  any  evidence  of  progression  in  mortgage  pay- 
ments with  increasing  income.  There  remains  under  the  head  of 
unamortized  mortgages  those  cases  in  which  the  down  payment 
was  small  and  no  subsequent  increase  had  been  made  in  the  pur- 
chaser's equity.  They,  likewise,  show  no  relation  between  mort- 
gage payments  and  income.13 

With  scattered  exceptions,  the  properties  on  which  the  mort- 
gages were  amortized  had  small  down  payments  so  that  the  mort- 
gage payments  represent  interest  on  mortgages  covering  a  large 
part  of  the  purchase  price  and  an  amount  for  amortization  which 
presumably  would  be  adjusted  to  the  purchaser's  ability  to  pay. 


"For  suggested  limitations  on  these  conclusions,  see  footnote  11,  p.  111. 


124  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


It  follows  that  these  mortgage  payments  should  increase  with  in- 
creasing income,  if  the  families  having  large  incomes  live  in  higher- 
priced  homes.  Such  a  relation  was  even  less  apparent  from  study 
of  the  individual  schedules  than  it  was  from  Tables  XXV  to 
XXVII-b.14 

Again,  it  must  be  repeated  that  this  study  deals  only  with  low- 
income  families,  and  it  may  well  be  that  for  this  group  such  ele- 
ments as  the  relatively  large  proportional  variations  concomitant 
with  small,  absolute  variations  in  expenditure,  together  with  the 
effect  of  such  imponderables  as  the  special  psychological  factors 
involved  in  home  purchase  by  families  of  modest  means,  may  serve 
to  upset  the  normally  expected  correlation  between  income  and 
housing  cost. 

Mortgage  Cost  as  a  Percentage  of  Income 
The  second  major  result  is  the  amount  and  percentage  of  family 
income  which  is  absorbed  in  mortgage  payments.     Following  the 
same  subdivision  as  was  employed  in  the  preceding  paragraphs,  the 
results  are  summarized  in  the  table  below : 


Type  of 
house 

Number 
of  houses 

Mortgage 
conditions 

Average  an- 
nual mort- 
gage cost 
(dollars) 

Average  an- 
nual family 
income 
(dollars) 

Average    mortgage 
cost  expressed  in  per- 
centage of  average 
income 

Single  
Single    .... 

381 
254 

Amortized  .... 
Nonamortized 

504 
216 

2,032 
2,023 

25 
11 

Two-family... 
Two-family.  .  . 

82 
58 

Amortized  .... 
Nonamortized 

576 
324 

2,271 
1,966 

25 
16 

About  25  per  cent  of  income  is  required  for  mortgage  payments 
on  amortized  mortgages  and  considerably  less  when  mortgages  are 
not  amortized.  The  results  for  two-family  houses  are  scarcely 
trustworthy  because  of  the  small  number  of  cases  considered.  In 
connection  with  this  result  the  question  of  taxes  was  raised.  In- 
vestigation showed  that  the  city  and  county  tax  rate  combined  for 
the  year  1930  was  $33.22  per  $1,000  of  assessed  valuation. 
Usually,  the  tax  bill  of  the  owner  of  a  single-family  house  included 
in  this  study  would  range  between  $175  and  $225.  The  tax  on 
two-family  houses  would,  of  course,  be  somewhat  higher.  In  this 
supplementary  computation,  average  taxes  applied  to  average  in- 
come showed  that  9  per  cent  of  income  was  applied  to  payment  of 
property  taxes.  This  would  mean  that  for  the  home  owners  in  this 
study,  having  both  interest  and  amortization  payments  to  meet,  the 


"For  suggested  limitations  on  these  conclusions,  see  footnote  11,  p.  111. 


THE  BUFFALO  HOME  OWNERSHIP  STUDY  125 

combined  yearly  charges  for  financing  and  taxation  amount  to  34 
per  cent  of  the  average  family  income. 

Purchase  Price  of  Property  and  Mortgage  Costs 

For  all  of  the  properties  purchased  since  1922,  the  amount  of  the 
first  mortgage  represents  a  little  more  than  50  per  cent  of  the  pur- 
chase price,  and  the  down  payment  and  second  mortgage  each  rep- 
resents about  25  per  cent  of  the  purchase  price.  The  cash  pay- 
ment is  usually  a  larger  percentage  of  the  cost  of  higher-priced 
properties  and  the  second  mortgage  is  usually  a  lower  percentage. 
The  first  mortgage  remains  about  the  same  percentage  of  cost  from 
the  lowest-priced  to  the  highest-priced  properties.  For  all  of  the 
properties  combined,  the  average  amount  of  mortgage  was  77  per 
cent  and  the  home  owner's  equity  23  per  cent  of  the  purchase  price. 

Average  monthly  mortgage  costs  are  $53  when  both  mortgages 
are  amortized,  $45  when  one  mortgage  is  amortized,  and  $27  when 
neither  mortgage  is  being  amortized.  From  these  figures  it  is  seen 
that  when  one  mortgage  is  amortized  the  increase  over  interest  pay- 
ments is  about  67  per  cent,  but  when  both  mortgages  are  amortized 
the  additional  increase  is  only  some  33  per  cent.  This  suggests 
that  there  is  an  upper  limit  to  the  demands  which  can  be  made 
upon  home  owners  in  the  income  group  covered  from  month  to 
month  for  amortization  of  mortgages.  Further  investigation  on 
this  point  leads  to  the  conclusion  that,  when  mortgages  are  being 
amortized,  there  is  a  direct  relation  between  mortgage  costs  and 
cost  of  house  up  to  a  certain  point,  but  for  higher-priced  houses 
the  increase  in  mortgage  costs  does  not  keep  pace. 

Types  of  Financing  Agency 

Private  individuals,  including  builders,  are  the  most  important 
holders  of  first  mortgages  both  amortized  and  unamortized,  fol- 
lowed by  savings  banks,  finance  companies,  insurance  companies, 
and  savings  and  loan  associations,  in  the  order  named.  The  small 
number  of  mortgages  held  by  savings  and  loan  associations  arises 
from  the  fact  that  these  associations  usually  require  amortization 
of  loans,  while  the  first  mortgages  on  the  properties  of  this  study 
are  for  the  most  part  not  being  amortized.  The  second  mortgages 
on  these  properties  are  almost  entirely  in  the  hands  of  private  indi- 
viduals. They  carry  some  90  per  cent  of  both  amortized  and  un- 
amortized mortgages. 


CHAPTER  VI 

A  CASE  STUDY  OF  TEN  HOME  PURCHASING 
FAMILIES  IN  THE  BUFFALO  AREA1 

I.    Introductory 

As  a  supplement  to  the  statistical  data  secured  in  the  Buffalo 
home  ownership  study,  a  series  of  special  case  studies  was  made 
of  ten  typical  families  included  within  the  larger  study.  The  pur- 
pose of  this  supplementary  study  was  to  attempt  to  secure  through 
informal  interviews,  some  insight  into  the  actual  relation  to  the 
family  economy  of  the  effort  involved  in  purchasing  a  home. 

In  each  case,  the  interviewer  visited  a  family  with  which  he  had 
made  a  contact  during  the  home  ownership  study  (covered  by 
Chapter  V),  and  proceeded  on  the  basis  of  friendly  informality, 
which  this  contact  had  established.  Each  family  was  visited  dur- 
ing the  evening  or  at  some  other  time  when  both  the  husband  and 
wife  were  present,  and  they  were  interviewed  for  a  period  rang- 
ing from  one  hour  to  four  hours.  The  interviewer  made  certain 
entries  upon  a  specially  prepared  schedule  and  supplemented  it  by 
further  notations  made  immediately  after  the  conclusion  of  the 
interview.  An  effort  was  made  in  particular  to  elicit,  by  means 
of  a  rough  approximation  of  the  family's  annual  budget,  a  state- 
ment of  the  ways  in  which  the  budgets  have  been  adjusted  to  the 
various  vicissitudes  of  family  life  so  as  to  permit  the  family  to 
continue  with  its  home  purchasing  plans,  and  also  to  secure  an 
account  of  the  special  advantages  or  disadvantages  which  aided  or 
hindered  these  efforts. 

The  persons  interviewed  were  asked  to  give  only  an  approxima- 
tion of  their  average  annual  expenditures,  so  that  there  is  no  exact 
correspondence  between  the  budgets  as  reported  and  the  income 
for  the  year  tabulated.  During  the  present  year,  in  particular,  a 
number  of  families  show  incomes  below  their  normal  budgets,  on 
account  of  loss  of  employment.  This  fact,  together  with  the  small 
number  of  cases  represented,  renders  the  percentage  figures  of  only 
very  limited  significance.  The  interviews  have,  however,  consid- 
erable interest  in  themselves.  More  than  this,  one  or  two  general 


1  Prepared  by  Dr.  Niles  Carpenter,  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Rela- 
tionship of  Income  and  the  Home,  with  the  assistance  of  Mr.  Thomas  Neill 
of  the  University  of  Buffalo. 

126 


CASE  STUDY  OF  TEN  BUFFALO  HOME  BUYING  FAMILIES     127 

tendencies  are  revealed  throughout  all  of  them,  which  are  very 
suggestive. 

II.    Case  Summaries  2 

A  brief  summary  of  the  interviews  with  each  of  the  ten  families 
follows : 

Family  Number  1006 

This  family  shows  an  estimated  budget  of  about  $200  in  excess 
of  actual  income.  It  reports  that  it  expects  to  "get  by"  by  simply 
ceasing  to  make  any  considerable  purchase  for  clothing,  furniture 
and  furnishings  and  for  health,  insurance,  recreation  and  other 
"miscellaneous"  items.  For  the  past  3  years  the  family  has  enjoyed 
good  health  and  has  had  to  spend  little  for  doctor's  bills  and  hos- 
pital bills.  It  is  obvious  that  if  sickness,  further  curtailment  of 
income  or  any  other  vicissitudes  strike  this  family,  it  will  have  a 
very  difficult  time  maintaining  itself.  The  amount  expended  for 
life  and  accident  insurance  ($45  or  2  per  cent)  is  also  very  low, 
particularly  for  a  family  with  a  small  child. 

The  small  sum  expended  for  upkeep  and  repairs,  namely,  $25 
or  1  per  cent,  is  accounted  for,  in  part,  by  the  fact  that  the  father 
does  all  this  work  himself. 

Family  Number  1005 

This  family  represents  the  considerable  number  of  those  home 
buyers,  who  have  "started  on  a  shoestring."  The  down  payment 
on  this  home  costing  $5,900  amounted  to  $50  and  as  a  consequence 
the  carrying  charges  are  heavy,  when  the  value  of  the  house  is 
taken  into  account.  The  father  does  his  own  work  on  upkeep  and 
keeps  the  cost  down  that  way.  The  expenditures  for  furniture  and 
furnishings  amount  to  only  $20,  or  1  per  cent  per  year,  which  is 
the  lowest  for  the  entire  group  included  in  the  study. 

This  family  has  encountered  two  vicissitudes  that  have  impaired 
its  financial  stability.  In  1929  the  birth  of  a  child  increased  med- 
ical expenditures  and  forced  the  family  to  curtail  drastically  the 
expenditures  for  furniture  and  clothing.  Again,  in  1931,  the 
father  lost  his  position  and  is  now  earning  only  about  $20  per 
week.  He  was  unable  to  meet  the  terms  of  his  original  financing 
agreement,  but  was  permitted  to  make  a  new  arrangement  by 
which  both  the  first  and  second  mortgages  were  given  unlimited 


2  See  tabulated  summary,  pp.  132-33. 


128  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

terms,  payments  on  principal  being  optional.  The  apparent  gen- 
erosity of  the  lending  agencies  is  probably  accountable,  in  part,  to 
the  fact  that  the  depression  of  real  estate  values,  together  with  the 
small  equity  built  up  by  the  purchaser,  would  make  a  foreclosure 
of  dubious  value  to  the  lenders. 

Family  Number  1025 

This  family  consists  of  two  young  married  people  who  were  so 
fortunate  as  to  be  given  $3,500  as  a  wedding  present,  which  was 
used  for  a  down  payment  on  their  new  home.  They  were  conse- 
quently able  to  secure  a  relatively  high-priced  house  without  incur- 
ring particularly  heavy  carrying  charges. 

It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  the  total  cost  of  upkeep,  repairs 
and  improvements  is  $85,  or  about  4  per  cent,  which  is  fairly  high 
for  this  group  of  families.  The  fact  that  the  father  is  a  clerk  and 
is  probably  not  so  "handy"  as  many  of  the  other  householders  in- 
cluded in  this  study,  may  account  for  this  fact.  The  item  for  fur- 
niture and  furnishings  is,  however,  low,  amounting  to  only  $25. 
This  family  is  one  of  the  two  in  the  ten  studied  which  budgets  any 
money  for  savings  and  investments  aside  from  that  put  into  the 
house.  In  this  case  the  quota  amounts  to  $200  per  year  or  about 
10  per  cent. 

Family  Number  1027 

Like  the  preceding  family,  family  number  1027  was  able  to  make 
a  substantial  initial  payment  on  its  home,  this  payment  amounting 
to  $2,000  out  of  a  total  selling  price  of  $5,700.  This  sum  came 
from  previous  savings.  It  should  be  observed  that  the  father 
works  for  a  large  corporation  and  has  enjoyed  steady  employment 
for  a  considerable  period.  He  spends  only  $15  per  year  on  upkeep, 
and  nothing  at  all  on  repairs  and  improvements.  Being  a  me- 
chanic, he  is  able  to  do  virtually  all  of  the  work  that  is  required 
for  these  purposes.  This  family,  like  the  one  next  previously  de- 
scribed, also  makes  a  substantial  saving  in  addition  to  the  money 
invested  in  the  home,  these  savings  amounting  to  $200  per  year  or 
about  9  per  cent. 

Family  Number  1035 

This  is  the  second  of  the  ten  families  studied  which  has  financed 
the  purchase  of  its  home  with  the  aid  of  a  "windfall."  It  obtained 
the  funds  for  making  the  initial  payment  on  its  home  through  an 
inheritance,  which  amounted  to  $1,000.  Nevertheless,  it  should  be 


CASE  STUDY  OF  TEN  BUFFALO  HOME  BUYING  FAMILIES     129 

observed  that,  in  common  with  most  of  the  families  included  in 
this  series,  it  budgets  nothing  for  savings  and  investments  outside 
of  what  is  put  into  the  house.  Over  $500  per  year  is,  however, 
devoted  to  life  and  accident  insurance,  which  is  far  in  excess  of  the 
amount  of  this  item  in  any  other  family.  The  expenditures  for 
upkeep,  repairs  and  improvements  are  fairly  high,  amounting  to 
$105  per  annum.  Even  so,  the  father  utilizes  his  summer  vacation 
to  do  painting  and  paperhanging  and  the  like. 

Family  Number  4113 

This  family  has  been  engaged  in  purchasing  its  home  since  1918 
and,  there  having  occurred  no  particular  vicissitudes,  either  as  to 
unemployment  or  sickness,  it  has  been  able  to  carry  on  with  its 
financing  without  any  great  hardship.  It  should  be  observed, 
however,  that  the  original  selling  price  of  the  house,  namely, 
$3,500,  is  not  high.  Also,  the  family  enjoys  the  advantage  of  hav- 
ing an  unlimited  first  mortgage  upon  the  principal  of  which  pay- 
ments are  made  optionally.  The  clothing  budget  is  small  as  com- 
pared with  the  other  families,  but  this  fact  is  largely  explained  by 
the  fact  that  the  wife  is  skilful  with  the  needle  and  makes  most  of 
her  own  and  the  small  niece's  clothing.  Expenditures  for  upkeep 
amount  to  $20  per  year ;  those  for  repairs  and  improvements  are  nil. 

Family  Number  1415 

This  case  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  those  included  in  the 
study.  The  original  selling  price  of  the  house  was  only  $1,050,  the 
house  when  purchased  being  merely  a  3-room  frame  affair  without 
a  cellar.  The  year  following  the  purchase  of  the  house,  expendi- 
tures were  reduced  to  absolute  necessities,  and  $300  put  into  the 
house.  The  third,  fourth  and  fifth  years  following  the  purchase, 
approximately  $100  a  year  had  to  be  spent  on  medical  expenses 
for  the  daughter.  Nevertheless,  during  this  time  a  garage  was 
built  at  an  outlay  of  $100.  During  the  sixth  year,  the  house  was 
completely  remodeled  and  the  basement  was  built,  the  total  cost 
being  $1,700.  In  the  seventh  year,  screens  and  storm  windows 
were  added.  In  the  eighth  year,  the  family  had  begun  to  settle 
down  to  "normal,"  but  in  the  ninth  year  an  illness  of  the  wife  and 
an  operation  following  it  entailed  an  outlay  of  $450  and  forced  the 
budget  to  be  reduced  once  more  to  bare  necessities.  During  the 
current  year,  no  vicissitudes  have  been  encountered,  and  the  family 
considers  that  it  is  getting  along  fairly  well. 


130  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AJTD  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

The  father  supplements  the  income  bf  making  Christmas  tree 
ornaments  at  home,  his  wife  helping  him.  He  also  paints  lip 
neighbors'  houses.  More  than  this,  he  has,  himself,  done  practically 
all  the  work  on  remodeling  and  maintaining  lift  own  home.  It  is 
interesting  to  observe  that  the  father  gave  as  die  main  satisfa 


derived  from  owning  his  home,  "family  freedom.'*  Assuredly  here 
is  a  family  which  has  a  very  strongly  developed  sense  01  iiiiilnilj 
and  which  has  made  literally  herculean  efforts  to  acquire  and  keep 
its  home. 

Family  Number  4121 

This  family  was  able  to  make  a  $2,500  first  payment  on  a  £4,000 
house,  the  source  of  the  payment  being  previous  i  •••••£•  In  this 
connection,  note  may  be  made  of  the  fact  that  the  father,  being  a 
government  employee,  is  able  to  enjoy  a  steadier  employment  than 

do  most  low-income  families.  Expenditures  for  furniture  and 
furnishings  are  relatively  high,  amounting  to  $100  per  year,  but 
this  family,  like  the  one  next  previously  described,  has  been  prac- 
tically building  its  home  as  it  has  gone  along,  so  that  expenditures 
for  these  items  have  been  heavy.  During  the  eight  years  that  have 
elapsed  since  the  house  was  purchased,  interior  partitions  have  been 
built  and  plastered ;  plumbing  has  been  installed,  and  the  bathroom 
fitted  up ;  a  porch  has  been  added  and  a  coal  cellar  excavated  under 
the  porch.  In  addition,  during  the  third  year,  medical  bills  of  $175 
have  had  to  be  met.  The  father  has  done  virtually  all  the  work 
involved  in  altering  and  maintaining  his  home.  The  daughter  is 
preparing  for  a  musical  career,  and  over  $500  per  year  is  being 
spent  for  her  music  lessons. 

Family  Number  1026 

The  house  was  purchased  in  1928  with  a  first  payment  of  $600, 
which  was  derived  from  savings.  During  the  first  year  a  son  was 
born.  Also,  a  pavement  tax  of  $50  running  over  a  period  of  3 
years  was  added  to  the  expenses  that  had  to  be  anticipated.  These 
two  burdens  placed  a  considerable  strain  upon  the  family  and 
forced  its  members  to  pare  their  expenditures  to  an  absolute  min- 
imum. The  father  is  employed  in  a  wholesale  house  and  is  able  to 
purchase  much  of  the  material  required  for  repairs  and  upkeep 
from  this  concern.  Moreover,  he  does  all  the  work  involved  in 
these  items  himself.  Consequently,  he  is  able  to  hold  down  his 
expenditures  for  these  two  purposes  to  the  low  sum  of  $20  per 
year. 


CASE  STUDY  OF  TEN  BUFFALO  HOME  BUYING  FAMILIES     131 

Family  Number  1010 

The  most  noteworthy  feature  of  this  family's  budgetary  scheme 
is  the  slight  excess  which  it  shows  of  expenditures  over  income. 
This  excess  is  not  large,  but  is  probably  sufficient  to  reduce  the 
family  to  something  approaching  the  psychological  situation  im- 
mortalized by  Dickens  in  David  Copperfield — "Annual  income, 
twenty  pounds — annual  expenditure,  nineteen,  nineteen  six — re- 
sult, happiness :  Annual  income,  twenty  pounds — annual  expendi- 
ture, twenty  pounds,  ought  and  six — result,  misery."  The  almost 
infinitesimal  amount  of  money  expended  on  recreation  and  books 
and  magazines  is  also  deserving  of  particular  attention.  The  father 
of  this  family  does  all  his  own  painting  and  decorating,  and  calcu- 
lates that  he  saves  about  $60  a  year  by  so  doing. 

III.    Summary  and  Interpretation 

The  outstanding  impression  derived  from  consideration  of  these 
case  studies  is  that  many  of  these  families  appear  to  have  been 
especially  advantaged  in  comparison  with  other  families  within  the 
same  income  class.  In  the  majority  of  them,  the  chief  breadwin- 
ner, himself,  has  been  able  to  do  most  of  the  work  involved  in  the 
maintenance  and  repair  of  his  home,  because  of  his  special  skill, 
ability  to  purchase  materials  advantageously,  or  by  reason  of  leisure 
time.  In  some  cases  he  has  even  undertaken  major  remodeling  or 
building. 

In  some  cases  the  family  has  been  the  recipient  of  a  "windfall" 
in  the  form  of  a  legacy  or  a  gift  which  has  been  applied  to  the 
home  purchase.  In  certain  other  cases  the  chief  breadwinner  has 
enjoyed  greater  security  of  occupational  tenure  than  is  the  case 
among  ordinary  wage  earners. 

In  sum,  one  is  probably  not  justified  in  concluding  that  such  suc- 
cess as  these  families  have  achieved  in  the  venture  of  home  owner- 
ship is  accessible  to  families  of  moderate  incomes  in  general.  One 
is  rather  led  to  the  inference  that  their  success  is  in  some  measure 
due  to  the  special  advantages  they  have  enjoyed. 

A  second  generalization  suggested  by  the  case  analysis  is  that 
certain  families  are  able  to  go  on  in  their  home  purchasing  enter- 
prise in  spite  of  very  serious  vicissitudes  such  as  unemployment, 
sickness,  unforeseen  tax  payments  and  the  like.  This  generaliza- 
tion dovetails  with  the  one  suggested  by  the  Buffalo  home  owner- 
ship study,  namely,  that  many  home  buying  families  restrict  ex- 
penditures for  individualistic  purchases  and  concentrate  their  eco- 


132  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


<3  ovo     01 
.£3  10  es  oo  »o  i 


<J          «    «Nf^-HOO^ 
(S         fn     </>«/>        ^&^ 


! .  S . 

!ir>o°oo     ON-jOir>oppio«/5pp  gpop-Spcfu 

j       «S  •*  CS  O«-i  OO  00  O  rr>  f>  O  §  fOOO  » 


t 

4-> 
VI 


rt 
O 


I 

1 

o 


1 

H 


>  (s      OO      io»D  O  »o  cs  O  iot^-  JJO  O  Oui  O  i/>  O  O  vr>  O» 
)  TJ<  oo  O  O      r-  t^  '-i  ts  00  O  ^H       C  0  10  10  1^  T»<  t^  O  «O  c^  ^  t 


cs  f<^  10  '-i  < 


t^  rf<  i>  TJ<  CN  cs  O  O  rj<  O  O  t^  TJI  10 
.    .     .p5    ........... 

O  O  O  >*  t^  t^  \O  CS  <»>  Ov  «S  >O  O  fO 


•\        -.NO*-'       OO       OOOw^OOioOOiOV>^^ 

V  hOOCNOl/5          O^HCS          ^^H          '  ^H^HO* 


CS  »H        CN 


,-          o 


CASE  STUDY  OF  TEN  BUFFALO  HOME  BUYING  FAMILIES     133 


O     0 


>0  OO 
^OCvOO 
(N  tN  »O  «O 

*  -os  -w- 


10  i/>  <N  O  i/)  r^  O 

O  CS  ^f  ~  -*  »•«  -H 


•*  io  0  <0  O  O  «O  iO       *-  O*  > 
r^  CS  0  C  CS  O  -1  -<        CS 


•**  r-  O  O»  t-  •*  O  O  O  O  -i  f*5  «J  O  CS  J-.  ««• 
<*5     ..........  G.... 

lO  ^  O  O  Ov  »t  "5  ^  -H  Tl<   OrH  ro  O  O 


iOioOO>«O 

vO  ^  lO  ^  O  * 


-§ 


»H  ON        CS  »H 


rj'p       Of 
^    "       Oi 


SOO10OOOOOOOOOOO  «OOO  «OioO«0       cs-HNO'*'-iOcS"*Tj«OO  4>OOO  «>OOOO 
O  10  ro  O  •*  \O  PO -H  O  •* -t   CrsiO-*   COt^iO  CS -H  »H C     •     •     -G     •     •     •     • 


'-l^O»-t         l/i 


<  r. 


n 


wn 

§5 
K.S 


m^ooi 

TH  CS 


I 

r }  «r»  OO       OO       O^OOOtOO^^^^GiOOiO^O 

~  ,g  OVDOCOO     o  cs  ~  cs  co  t-  cs      Coooo'-cso.-*  Go 
H  *& 


Oco    pt< 


iifliiaur 


s  "  -f^OfefeW  H  ii 

w 


134  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

nomic  efforts  upon  the  home  and  upon  the  interests  centering  in 
the  home,  as  represented  by  house  furnishings  and  equipment.  In 
other  words,  the  family  that  launches  upon  the  purchase  of  a  home 
would  seem  to  be  one  which  had  a  sense  of  solidarity  so  strongly 
developed  as  to  enable  its  several  members  to  forego  the  indulgence 
of  their  individual  needs  and  wants  for  the  sake  of  the  joint  satis- 
factions attendant  upon  the  acquisition  and  furnishings  of  a  home. 
Here  again,  one  is  led  to  question  whether  such  families  as  these 
are  typical  of  American  householders  in  general.  Nevertheless, 
whether  they  are  or  not,  it  may  be  possible  to  increase  their  number 
and,  thereby,  to  increase  the  number  of  home  purchasers,  by  such 
forms  of  public  education  as  will  strengthen  the  attitudes  of  loyalty 
and  pride  in  the  home  and  the  family.  A  further  point  might  be 
made,  namely,  that  those  families  equipped  with  more  than  the 
usual  degree  of  perseverance  and  strength  of  character  have  the 
advantage  in  the  adventure  of  home  purchase  although  such  per- 
sonality factors  as  these  must  necessarily  escape  the  processes  of 
statistical  tabulation. 

A  fourth  point  suggested  by  this  case  analysis  of  ten  Buffalo 
families  is  that  some  of  them  are  seriously  underbudgeting  certain 
expenditure  items.  This  observation  applies  in  particular  to  sav- 
ings and  investments  other  than  insurance  and  the  purchase  of  the 
home.  Others  are  virtually  ignored  in  all  but  one  or  two  families 
studied.  In  this  connection  attention  should  also  be  directed  to 
the  fact  that  the  Buffalo  home  ownership  study  found  that  the 
majority  of  families  included  in  its  purview  had  decreased  their 
outlays  for  other  savings  and  investments.  While  the  house,  in 
itself,  is  an  investment,  it  lacks  such  features  as  liquidity  and 
ready  salability.  Moreover,  since  its  purchase  is  ordinarily 
financed  by  means  of  mortgages,  it  is  of  little  value  as  a  source  of 
other  short-time  loans.  Consequently,  the  family  which  makes  no 
provision  for  savings  and  investments  other  than  that  represented 
by  its  home  is  in  danger  of  meeting  serious  financial  embarrass- 
ment in  time  of  sudden  stress.  Insurance  can,  of  course,  be  bor- 
rowed upon,  but  only  at  the  risk  of  impairing  or  even  of  entirely 
wiping  out  the  bulk  of  the  family's  security  against  the  death  of  its 
chief  breadwinner.  In  short,  this  study  suggests  that,  when  the 
whole  range  of  the  family's  expenditures  is  taken  into  account, 
the  effort  to  purchase  a  home  on  the  part  of  some  families  may  not, 
under  present  conditions,  be  well  advised. 


CHAPTER  VII  * 

PROPORTION  OF  HOMES  OWNED  AND 

RENTED  BY  VALUATION  CLASSES 

IN  1930 

Federal  census  data  which  have  become  available  since  the  orig- 
inal report  was  written,  are  of  considerable  interest  in  connection 
with  the  variations  shown  in  the  distribution  of  the  proportions 
owned  and  rented  in  the  various  valuation  or  rental  classes 
of  homes.  The  information  now  available  provides  a  sample  for 
different  parts  of  the  country,  although  it  is  necessary  to  combine 
the  rental  and  value  groups  on  the  basis  of  an  estimated  relation- 
ship. In  the  discussion  which  follows,  the  combination  was  made 
on  the  basis  of  a  relationship  in  which  the  annual  rental  is  equal 
to  10  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  dwelling.  In  adjusting  data  on 
this  basis,  it  should  be  realized  that  this  relationship  may  vary 
from  place  to  place  and  that  it  may  fluctuate  considerably  from 
one  period  of  the  business  cycle  to  another. 

Referring  to  Table  I,  which  presents  the  ownership  and  rental 
situation  in  ten  representative  cities  of  the  country,  it  will  be  noted 
that  there  is  a  wide  variation  in  the  proportions  in  the  different 
value  or  rental  classes  from  one  city  to  another.  In  Milwaukee, 
about  4.4  per  cent  of  the  families  live  in  dwellings  valued  under 
$2,000,  while  in  Birmingham,  38.2  per  cent  of  the  families  live  in 
dwellings  worth  less  than  $2,000.  At  the  other  end  of  the  value 
range,  we  find  that  in  Washington,  D.  C,  21.8  per  cent  of  the 
families  live  in  homes  worth  more  than  $10,000,  while  in  Salt  Lake 
City,  only  4.2  per  cent  live  in  homes  valued  at  this  figure  or  above. 
The  corresponding  conditions  at  the  opposite  ends  of  the  value 
range  for  the  cities  mentioned  are  presented  in  the  following  table : 


City 

Value  or  rental  equiva- 
lent under  $2,000,  ex- 
pressed in  percentage 

Value  or  rental  equiva- 
lent over  $10,000,  ex- 
pressed in  percentage 

Milwaukee 

3  3 

9  2 

Birmingham 

38  2 

5  9 

Washington           • 

3  9 

21  8 

Salt  Lake  City  

14.5 

4.2 

1  Prepared  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  James  S.  Taylor,  Chief  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Building  and  Housing,  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce. 

135 


136  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

It  will  be  noted  in  the  above  data  taken  from  Table  I  that  Bir- 
mingham, while  it  has  the  greatest  percentage  under  $2,000,  has 
a  relatively  small  proportion  of  homes  valued  above  $10,000. 
Washington  has  a  high  proportion  over  $10,000  and  a  relatively 
low  proportion  under  $2,000.  Milwaukee  and  Salt  Lake  City, 
however,  show  a  much  smaller  variation. 

The  percentage  of  ownership  in  the  cities  presented  in  Table  I 
varies  from  a  low  of  29.3  per  cent  in  Atlanta  to  50.0  per  cent  in 
Salt  Lake  City.  It  will  be  noted  in  Table  I  that  the  percentage  of 
ownership  is  the  lowest  in  the  low-value  and  low-rental  classes  in 
the  eastern  industrial  cities. 

A  universal  tendency  is  indicated  in  Table  I  for  the  proportion 
of  ownership  to  increase  as  the  value  of  the  dwelling  increases. 
The  percentages  of  ownership  tend  to  be  higher  in  the  higher-value 
groups,  in  all  of  the  cities  presented.  It  will  also  be  noted  that 
while  the  tendency  is  for  the  percentages  owned  to  increase  with 
the  increasing  value,  nevertheless,  with  few  exceptions,  the  lowest- 
value  or  -rental  class  has  a  higher  proportion  of  ownership  than 
those  immediately  above  it.  However,  in  all  of  the  cities  in  the 
table,  the  importance  of  this  lowest  class  is  small  and  in  a  number 
of  them  it  is  negligible. 

Table  II  presents  the  proportion  of  urban  and  rural  nonfarm 
homes  by  ownership  and  rental  classes  and  proportions  owned  for 
seven  states.  While  there  is  a  wide  variation  in  the  proportions  in 
the  different  value  or  rental  classes,  there  is  a  definite  indication 
that  relatively  larger  proportions  of  rural  families  live  in  the  lower- 
valued  homes  than  is  the  case  in  the  cities.  Value,  of  course,  may 
not  be  an  accurate  index  of  the  comparative  qualities  of  urban  and 
rural  homes.  The  proportion  of  families  living  in  homes  worth  less 
than  $1,000  varies  in  Table  II  from  1.1  per  cent  in  urban  Con- 
necticut to  50.8  per  cent  in  rural  Georgia.  The  number  of  urban 
families  living  in  houses  worth  under  $2,000  varies  from  7.7  per 
cent  in  Connecticut  to  49.8  per  cent  in  Georgia.  The  number  of 
urban  families  living  in  houses  worth  more  than  $10,000  varies 
from  3.6  per  cent  in  New  Hampshire  and  Arkansas  to  13.7  per 
cent  in  Connecticut.  The  proportion  of  rural  nonfarm  families 
living  in  houses  worth  less  than  $2,000  varies  from  19.0  per  cent 
in  Connecticut  to  78.3  per  cent  in  Arkansas,  while  the  proportion 
of  rural  nonfarm  families  living  in  houses  valued  at  over  $10,000 
varies  from  13.4  per  cent  in  Connecticut  to  0.6  per  cent  in  Ar- 


PROPORTION  OF  HOMES  OWNED  AND  RENTED 


137 


kansas.    Summary  figures  at  both  extremes  of  the  value  range  for 
the  states  just  mentioned  are  presented  below : 


Environment 
and  State 

Value  or  rental  equiva- 
lent under  $2,000 

Value  or  rental  equiva- 
lent over  $10,000 

Urban: 
Connecticut  
Georgia  

7.7% 
49.8% 

13.7% 

4.2% 

Arkansas  

42.8% 

3.6% 

New  Hampshire  
Rural  nonfarm: 
Connecticut  
Arkansas 

22.7% 

19.0% 

78  3% 

3.6% 

13.4% 
0  6% 

In  the  above  data  taken  from  Table  II,  it  will  be  noted  that  the 
variations  in  some  states  are  much  greater  than  in  others. 

The  percentage  of  ownership  as  presented  in  Table  II  shows 
relatively  wide  variations  from  one  area  to  another  and  from  one 
value  class  to  another.  In  most  cases,  the  percentages  of  owner- 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  HOMES  BY  OWNERSHIP 
AND  RENTAL  GROUPSH930 


OHIO  RURAL  NONFARM 

PER  PER  CENT 

CENTO      10     20    30    40    50     60     70    80    90    100 
100 


CITY  OF  CLEVELAND 

pER  PER  CENT 

CENT  0    10  20  30  40  50  60  70  80  90  100 
100 


THOUSANDS  OF  HOMES 


VMS/A  RENTED 
V////////A  OWNED 


50          100         150        200 
THOUSANDS  OF  HOMES 


A.-UNDER  $8.33 
B.-$8.33-$l2.49 
C.-$I2.50-$I6.66 


D.-UNDER  $1.000 
E.-$I.OOO-$I,499 
F, -$1.500- $1,999 


138  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


t/3 


c 
O 

3 

o 


a 

o 


o 

3  8 

§  *•*-' 

K  O 


•8 


,  | 

« 


11 alii 

I;ll8s 


cs          10         O         oo 


S      2      S      °°      w      ^ 


if)         oo         t>.         o\ 


es          cs 


a 


.0\       TVS          I0> 

l|  ll  ll 

J   8J   S?J   S7   ftj   SJ 


CM  Ov  .X  O 

ll  1 


PROPORTION  OF  HOMES  OWNED  AND  RENTED  139 


toflfla 

WH» 


£-S-&o- 


M-i  w 

o  « 


J-g.sI'S 


Si 


3 


?! 


:    5      S       So    "2  S    J 

*  ^:  Ji  II II I 


•ej    T352    'a'",    -d 

ajtS         OJ*^         DCS          d>V 

cC       £00       c-<       C 

ps      B9     C«ft     E 

OOOO 


00000 


140  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


rt 

D 

1 


c 
ca 

a, 

1 

o 


S 


a  " 

HH       0) 


•S 


rt    to 

II 

II 
jA 


o 

8 


cd 
H 


IS 


rtllil 

Q,   4J   hfl  O   S        • 

^  O  a?  ^3  O  C 


"8* 


Aftfll 

^   0   rt  A   O.C 


ej 

1^ 


VO  00 


iX  t-'  O 

CSPO>O 


. 

5  -. 


10          cs          ^-» 


«-  O  O 


Is 


€^-    .       €/>    .       W-     .       ^"O^       ^"NO         rt  ^        ^ 

IS  Sj  £?  g|  ^J  S|   2  J  g|   ||    g 


OOO 


PROPORTION  OF  HOMES  OWNED  AND  RENTED  141 


III  IP 


OiO 


a  sra  53  o' 

6  8  g  fc  &• 


oo         o         t— 


41    SO  O    P          * 

(Jj  03,13  O.g 


Sill 

MO  p  "• 
rtj3  O.2 


0 


55  M  o  >     * 
f2«J3  O.g 


1      1 


E! 


oooo 


•d    •     «O "     *d    •     *C' 
O        O        O        O 


142  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

ship  of  rural  nonfarm  homes  is  higher  than  the  percentages  of 
urban  homes  owned.  Of  the  seven  states  presented,  Iowa  has  the 
highest  proportion  of  ownership  of  urban  homes  (54.8  per  cent), 
while  Georgia  has  the  lowest  (30.1  per  cent).  Ohio  has  the  highest 
proportion  of  rural  nonfarm  homes  owned  (64.0  per  cent),  while 
Georgia  has  the  lowest  (36.2  per  cent).  The  sample  presented  in 
Table  II  indicates  that  the  tendency  for  lower-valued  houses  to 
be  rented  rather  than  owned,  is  much  stronger  in  the  eastern  indus- 
trial states  than  in  other  parts  of  the  country. 

A  comparison  of  the  conditions  in  the  City  of  Cleveland  with 
that  of  the  situation  in  the  State  of  Ohio  as  a  whole  is  made  in 
the  chart  on  page  137.  Approximately  82  percent  of  the  rural 
nonfarm  homes  (including  villages  of  2,500  population  and  under) 
in  Ohio  are  valued  at  under  $5,000,  while  in  the  City  of  Cleve- 
land 50  per  cent  are  valued  under  this  figure.  In  the  City  of 
Cleveland  about  5  per  cent  of  the  homes  are  valued  at  under 
$2,000,  while  about  44  per  cent  of  the  rural  nonfarm  homes  are 
valued  at  under  this  figure.  The  chart  clearly  shows  a  much 
higher  proportion  of  ownership  in  all  of  the  rural  nonfarm  groups 
as  compared  with  the  corresponding  Cleveland  group.  This  dif- 
ference is  especially  marked  in  the  lower-value  and  -rental  groups. 


APPENDIX 

SUPPLEMENTARY  RECOMMENDATIONS  ON 

RECONDITIONING,  REMODELING 

'  AND  MODERNIZING1 

1.  Carrying  out  of  needed  and  practicable  reconditioning,  re- 
modeling and  modernizing  should  be  done  to  preserve  or  increase 
sale  and  loan  values  through  prevention  of  depreciation  or  obso- 
lescence and  through  improvements  also,  where  these  can  be  made, 
and  moreover  to  provide  a  larger  supply  of   safe  and  sanitary 
dwellings  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  moderate-income  groups  not  now 
served  by  new  houses. 

2.  Intelligent  and  economical  methods  in  such  work  should  be 
developed.     There  should  be  well-advised  appraisal  of  the  home, 
grounds  and  neighborhood  and  study  of  future  trends  to  deter- 
mine whether  and  to  what  degree  extensive  and  permanent  work 
is  justified.     Plans  should  be  based  not  on  superficial  and  unde- 
sirable standards  resulting  from  high  pressure  salesmanship  and 
advertising  or  due  to  some  passing  fashion  of  which  the  occupants 
of  the  house  will  quickly  tire,  but  on  standards  of  real  value  to 
family  life  and  on  adequate  information  of  good  methods  in  re- 
conditioning, remodeling  and  modernizing.     Making  the  home  a 
source  of  permanent  pride  and  pleasure  and  a  recreational  center 
for  the  family,  can  reduce  expenditures  for  recreation  in  other 
directions.     Introduction  of  labor-saving  features  can  sometimes 
reduce  the  cost  of  household  service  or  cost  of  medical  care  for 
the  overtaxed  homemaker. 

There  should  be  systematic,  frequent  and  careful  inspection  in 
order  to  do  needed  work  before  damage  to  property,  person  or 
health  may  occur,  and  to  plan  work  for  times  when  it  can  be  done 
with  least  expense  and  inconvenience.  There  should  also  be  care- 
ful estimate  of  the  cost  of  the  needed  work,  of  the  probable  future 
income  of  the  family,  and  the  proportion  of  this  income  which  may 
wisely  be  devoted  to  the  undertaking.  There  should  be  judicious, 
safe,  financial  arrangements  for  work  in  all  houses,  new  and  old. 
Discouragement  of  home  buying  should  be  avoided  through  pro- 
spective home  owners  securing  information  as  to  probable  cost  of 


1  Prepared  by  Miss  Emily  W.  Dinwiddie,  a  member  of  the  committee. 

143 


144  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

upkeep  that  they  may  not  undertake  more  than  they  can  handle.2 
The  man  who  attempts  to  buy  a  home  and  fails,  or  finds  the  ar- 
rangement hopelessly  unsatisfactory,  is  a  potent  influence  in  keep- 
ing others  from  home  ownership.3 

It  should  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  cost  of  upkeep  depends  upon 
the  type  of  dwelling  including  quality  of  materials  and  construc- 
tion and  upon  the  locality  as  well  as  on  the  time  allowed  to  pass 
before  repairs  are  made  and  on  whether  or  not  some  of  the  work 
is  done  by  the  owner  himself. 

Home  owners  and  prospective  owners  should  inform  themselves 
as  to  what  public  improvements  are  likely  to  be  made  in  the  future, 
the  cost  of  which  may  be  assessed  against  their  property  and  which 
will  be  an  expense  that  must  be  met  in  return  for  values  in  bringing 
the  home  or  neighborhood  up  to  modern  standards. 

Possibilities  of  use  of  free  time  during  unemployment  periods 
for  improvement  of  homes  by  their  occupants  should  be  borne  in 
mind. 

3.  Unwise  reconditioning,  remodeling  and  modernizing  and  in- 
judicious financial  arrangements  for  the  work  should  be  discour- 
aged. 

4.  Popular  e'ducation  is  needed  as  to  proper  financing  of  and  as 
to  standards  and  methods  of  work  in  reconditioning,  remodeling 
and  modernizing.     It  would  be  desirable  to  enlist  the  aid  of  every 
interested  agency  in  educational  services  to  families  and  communi- 
ties in  relation  to  such  matters.     Setting  up  information  centers 
where  possible  would  be  helpful.* 


*  A  rough  estimate  commonly  made  is  approximately  2  per  cent  for  recon- 
ditioning that  the  house  may  be  kept  in  good  repair  and  renovation  and  in 
order  to  keep  up  the  status  as  to  sale  and  loan  values.  Preferably  more 
should  be  allowed,  if  practicable,  to  make  improvements  to  keep  up  with 
rising  standards. 

8  Such  agencies  as  the  Philadelphia  Housing  Association,  The  Housing 
Committee  of  the  Brooklyn  Bureau  of  Charities  and  many  others  have  a 
considerable  amount  of  data  as  to  the  discouraged  home  owner. 

*This  is  recommended  by  the  Committee  on  Home  Information  Centers. 
See  "Homemaking,  Home  Furnishing  and  Information  Services,"  Publica- 
tions of  the  President's  Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership, 
Washington,  1932,  Vol.  X,  Pt.  III. 


PART  III 

CHAPTER  VIII 

TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

The  purpose  of  this  study  has  been  to  evaluate  the  different 
types  of  dwellings,  giving  the  advantages  and  the  disadvantages  of 
each  type,  and  to  indicate,  as  definitely  as  it  can,  sound  policy  for 
a  community  house  building  program  designed  to  meet  the  varying 
needs  of  different  groups  in  the  population. 

Effects  of  Unregulated  Building 

During  the  long  period  of  rapid  population  growth  preceding 
the  World  War,  provision  of  housing  was  left  almost  entirely  to 
the  enterprise  of  private  builders  whose  motive  was  profit.  This 
enterprise  was  very  little  guided  or  restrained  by  law  or  regula- 
tions designed  to  protect  the  public  interest,  the  interest  of  occu- 
pants of  the  dwellings,  or  even  the  interest  of  future  owners  of 
the  dwellings.  In  rural  areas  and  villages  there  was  practically  no 
regulation.  In  most  of  the  cities  there  were  building  codes  that 
reduced  the  danger  of  collapse  and  the  hazard  from  fire.  In  some 
cities  housing  codes  gave  a  measure  of  protection  to  the  health 
and  safety  of  occupants.  But  modern  city  planning  was  in  its 
infancy  and  zoning  was  just  beginning  to  be  discussed.  Inevitably 
there  were  abuses.  Blighted  areas  and  slums  were  commonplace. 
There  was  an  almost  universal  tendency,  even  in  the  smaller  urban 
communities,  toward  greater  and  greater  land  occupancy  until  it 
became  land  overcrowding — the  basic  evil  in  bad  housing.  Fol- 
lowing land  overcrowding,  increasing  the  ill  effects  of  the  land 
overcrowding,  came  the  construction  of  multiple  dwellings  whose 
builders  saw  profit  in  terms  of  increased  population  density. 

A  New  Era 

Since  the  World  War  there  has  been  a  significant  change.  Today 
it  is  possible,  as  it  was  not  in  the  past,  for  a  community  to  guide 
and  regulate  its  house  building.  Today  public  interest  and  private 
interest,  sound  social  policy  and  sound  economic  policy  more  evi- 
dently run  together.  The  decreased  rate  of  population  growth  has 
decreased  the  pressure  on  the  land.  At  the  same  time  city  plan- 

145 


146  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

ning,  the  distribution  of  centers  of  employment,  the  rapid  exten- 
sion of  hard  surfaced  highways,  and  the  increased  use  of  automo- 
biles have  very  greatly  extended  the  amount  of  land  available  for 
housing  purposes.  Overcrowding  no  longer  pays  as  it  did.  Mean- 
while zoning  regulation  has  become  accepted.1  New  areas  can 
now  be  protected  against  the  shortsighted  exploiter.  So,  if  we 
know  what  we  should  do  with  our  building  program,  we  are  in  an 
unprecedentedly  good  position  to  do  it. 

There  has  been  some  confusion,  however,  as  to  what  we  should 
do.  In  considerable  degree  this  confusion  has  been  due  to  mis- 
understanding of  terms.  The  Committee  on  Types  of  Dwellings, 
therefore,  began  by  defining  the  various  types  as  a  prelude  to 
evaluating  them.  In  order  that  this  part  of  its  work  might  be  of 
greater  value,  it  at  once  sent  its  classifications  and  definitions  to 
the  other  committees.  For  it  was  essential,  if  the  Conference  com- 
mittees were  to  reach  mutually  understandable  conclusions,  that  all 
the  committees  should  give  the  same  meanings  to  certain  words. 
Most  important  for  this  purpose  are  the  words  denoting  the  dif- 
ferent types  of  dwellings. 

Classification  and  Definition 

The  Committee  on  Types  of  Dwellings  faced  a  double  difficulty : 
First,  there  seemed  to  be  several  possible  bases  for  classification, 
including  economic,  structural,  architectural ;  second,  the  same  de- 
scriptive words  often  have  different  meanings  in  different  parts  of 
the  country.  If  one  takes  account  of  detail  differences,  the  num- 
ber of  forms  our  dwellings  have  assumed  is  infinite.  This  is  espe- 
cially true  in  respect  to  modern  multiple  dwellings  which  range  all 
the  way  from  the  solid  ranks  of  row  or  lot-line  buildings  familiar 
in  the  older  sections  of  our  eastern  cities,  to  widespread  "garden 
apartment  houses."  Again,  if  one  takes  account  of  makeshift  uses 
to  which  dwellings  have  been  put,  as  the  converted  tenement  that 
was  once  a  one- family  dwelling,  the  number  of  forms  becomes 
large. 

But  the  committee  was  not  drafting  a  law  that  must  cover  every 
possible  modification ;  it  was  simply  seeking  to  present,  as  the  basis 


1  See  "Planning  for  Residential  Districts,"  Publications  of  the  President's 
Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership,  Washington,  1932, 
Vol.  I,  Chs.  I  and  II.  See  also  reports  on  "Zoning"  by  the  Division  of 
Building  and  Housing,  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce. 


S      tD  v) 

in 


:**  '?  « 


Above — Typical    semi-detached   one-family   houses,    Washington,    D.    C.      (Courtesy,    The 

Washington  Star.) 

Center — -At   left,    Buffalo    income    bungalow,    developed    by    converting   a    detached    one- 
family  house,  as  on  the  right,  into  a  two-family  dwelling  by  raising  the  walls  and  roof. 
Below — A    two-family    detached    house    typical    of    many    cities,     particularly    of     New 

England. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  147 

for  a  constructive  program,  a  clear  and  understandable  picture  of 
the  different  types  of  dwellings. 

The  difficulties,  we  believe,  have  been  overcome.  Discussion 
made  it  evident  that  the  classification  adopted  is  not  only  the 
simplest,  but  that  it  was  pertinent  to  the  work  of  the  other  commit- 
tees. If  some,  for  technical  reasons,  need  another  classification, 
as  styles  of  architecture  or  classes  of  construction,  these  can  well 
supplement  the  general  classification  here  presented.  As  for  words 
with  many  meanings,  the  committee  has  avoided  those  like 
"duplex"  and  "flat,"  that  have  a  definite  meaning  in  one  part  of 
the  country  quite  different  from  an  equally  definite  meaning  in 
another  part. 

Comment  of  Other  Committees  Asked 

The  Committee  on  Types  of  Dwellings  was  cautious  in  its  pro- 
cedure. Having  tentatively  adopted  its  classification  and  its 
nomenclature,  it  asked  for  comment  by  other  committees.  The 
response  was  gratifying.  A  number  of  constructive  suggestions 
were  promptly  adopted.  Except  in  the  case  of  the  "two-family" 
dwelling,  the  words  seemed  to  cause  no  confusion.  But  in  that 
case,  even  where  group  and  row  houses  are  well  known  and  where, 
consequently,  the  observer  has  no  difficulty  in  recognizing  that 
three  one-family  houses  in  a  group  are  three  one-family  houses 
and  twenty-two  one- family  houses  in  a  row  are  twenty- two  one- 
family  houses,  the  same  observer,  seeing  two  one-family  houses 
side  by  side,  sometimes  calls  them  one  two-family  house.  How- 
ever, correspondence  has  led  to  acceptance  of  the  limitation  of  a 
two-family  house  to  a  house  with  "one  family  above  the  other." 

Types  of  Dwellings 

The  committee,  therefore,  adopted  and  recommended  that  the 
Conference  use  this  accepted  classification  of  types  and  varieties 
of  dwellings,  which  groups  them  into  three  types  with  three 
varieties  in  each  type.2  In  the  case  of  the  multiple  dwelling,  how- 


2  One  committee  member  says :  "In  the  case  of  the  small  house,  its  very 
singleness  has  limited  changes  to  improvements  rather  than  the  creation  of 
any  new  variety.  In  the  case  of  the  multiple  dwelling  new  varieties  have 
emerged  only  recently ;  due  to  their  outward  physical  resemblance  to  older 
forms  and  the  continued  prevalence  of  the  older  forms  of  multiple  dwell- 
ings, the  new  varieties  are  not  readily  distinguishable  as  such ;  perhaps  their 
evolution  as  new  varieties  is  still  incomplete  even  though  definitely  on  the 
way." 


148  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


g  8 


43  **  .Q 
Si  3  - 


1 

O 

1 

i 

u 

•<-• 

2 

1 

•—I 

3 

i 

ecn 

^x^ 

3 

S 

a 

ctf 

,0 

Q 

W 

i 

8 
1 

/\^    "\       \. 

Q 
W 

/           f~" 

*O         « 
O* 

S       £ 

•2    H 

Q 

'§ 

WH 

•s 

I 

•3    . 

i! 

\\ 

S 

U 
1 

G 

O 

§ 

(0 

9 

S 

jj 

Q 

& 

1 

to 

6 

1 

1 

(A 

3 

\ 

1 
O 

.g 

U 

H 

| 

J3 

> 

O 

s 

1 

HH 

W 

S 

H 

1 

1 

W 

en 

& 

rt 

.t? 

T3 

Q 

bfl 

^ 

rt 

C 

, 

»—  ^ 

§ 
s 

'i: 
I 

_o 

oo 

P 

5 

>? 

1 

W 

g 

1 

55 

43 

bfl 

0 

S 

1 

0 

^3 

Q  s 

W  rt 

5  § 

<  $ 

H  u 

W  & 

Q  <* 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


149 


X 

—                                        x. 

x 

- 

OT-LINE  MULTIPLE 
WELLING 
s  of  all  except  end  houses 
ills  "  or  built  on  the  lot 
d  may  be  a  corner. 

x    E 

X: 

\xxSix^ 

XX 

Xxxx 

Q  a  % 

W    rt  ~ 

X 

ffi    ««  "5 

x 

X 

<$ 

H   §  •£ 

X2ll 

^ 

*=b 

rf  «  1  £  £ 

!  f  s 

X 

"X     s 

0 

x 

X 

x. 

SEMI-DETACHED 

One  wall  of  each  house  is  a  party  wall 
or  built  on  the  lot  line. 

x^ 

x 

s, 

s 

S, 
S 

GROUP  AND  ROW 

Both  side  walls  of  all  except  end  houses 
are  party  walls  or  built  on  the  lot 
lines.  End  may  be  a  corner. 

^S 
X 

X 

X 

Cx 

X  k 

x  \ 

x 

x 

x 

x 

S 

X 

x 

x 

V 

\ 

~x 

p 

^ 

\ 

X 
i^ 

•MiMMHB 

X 

X 

x 

X 

SEMI-DETACHED 

One  wall  of  each  house  is  a  party  wall 
or  built  on  the  lot  line. 

X 

x 

GROUP  AND  ROW 

Both  side  walls  of  all  except  end  houses 
are  party  walls  or  built  on  the  lot 
lines.  End  may  be  a  corner. 

^i 

X 
X 
X 

X 

h    - 

s, 

^ 

x 
x 

x, 

s^ 

X 

x 

150  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

ever,  the  number  of  possible  arrangements  of  family  units  within 
a  single  building  is  so  large  and  the  potentialities  of  modern  con- 
struction methods  so  great  that  new  varieties  appear  to  have  been 
in  process  of  evolution  in  recent  years.  These  are  discussed  and 
illustrated  by  a  member  of  the  committee  in  one  of  the  appendices.3 

Types 

1.  One-family  dwelling. 

Designed 4  for  occupancy  by  one  family  from 
ground  to  roof. 

2.  Two-family  dwelling. 

Designed  for  occupancy  by  two  families,  one  above 
the  other. 

3.  Multiple  dwelling. 

Designed  for  occupancy  by  three  or  more  families. 
Multiple  dwellings  range  from  buildings  with 
self-contained  apartments,  through  the  apartment 
hotel  to  the  hotel. 

Varieties 

Each  of  these  types  may  be : 

(a)  Detached  or  free  standing. 

With  open  space  on  all  four  sides. 

(b)  Semi-detached  or  twin.5 

With  open  space  on  three  sides,  the  fourth  being 
a  party  wall  or  a  wall  on  the  lot  line. 

(c)  Group  and  row. 

All  except  the  end  houses  usually  having  only 
two  sides  on  open  spaces,  the  other  two  sides 
being  party  walls  or  walls  on  lot  lines.  Group 
houses,  fewer  in  the  unit,  lend  themselves  to 
more  forms  of  architectural  design  and  plan 
than  do  row  houses. 


3  See  Appendix  III,  "Diagrams  and  Descriptions  of  Types  and  Varieties  of 
Dwellings"  p.  216. 

*  Of  course  a  dwelling  designed  for  occupancy  by  one  family  may  be  "con- 
verted" to  provide  for  two  or  more  families  and  so  become  legally  a  two- 
family  or  a  multiple  dwelling. 

5  In  some  places  called  a  double  house. 


C/3 


Above — Semi-detached  two-family  houses,  the  so-called  St.  Louis  flat. 

Center — Two-family   row   houses,    Washington,    D.    C.      (Courtesy,    Housing    Committee, 

Washington  Council  of  Social  Agencies.) 
Below — A  typical  row  of  lot-line  multi-family  dwellings  in  New  York  City. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  151 

Mixed  Occupancy 

A  dwelling  of  any  type  combined  with  a  store  or  other 
business  building. 

Discussion  of  Types  and  Varieties 

In  the  discussion  of  types  of  dwellings  it  was  pointed  out  that : 

1.  Each  type  is,  in  practice,  subject  to  infinite  modifications.     The  three 
types  may  be  used  together  in  one  development  or  even  in  a  group  or  row. 
"Doubling  up"  of  families  in  a  one-family  house  does  not  change  the  house, 
but  when  a  one-family  dwelling  is  altered  or  remodeled  to  provide  distinct 
and  separate  accommodations  for  additional  families,  then  it  becomes  a  two- 
family  or  a  multiple  dwelling. 

2.  A  variety  of  a  type,  as  the  row  one-family  house  in  some  Atlantic  coast 
cities  or  the  bungalow  in  some  cities  of  the  central  states,  may  be  so  pre- 
dominant locally  that  it  seems  to  be  in  a  class  by  itself.     Yet  it  remains 
definitely  related  to  the  more  neglected  members  of  its  class. 

3.  Certain  varieties,  perhaps  even  a  type  of  dwelling,  seem  to  be  on  the 
way  to  oblivion.8    The  two-family  house  is  not  as  popular  as  it  was  several 
years  ago,  despite  its  recent  appearance  in  new  forms  in  Buffalo  and  Boston. 
In  Washington  the  row  house  seems  to  be  losing  popularity.     These  are 
dwellings  that  economize  on  land.     The  reasons  for  their  decrease  may  be 
of  enough  significance  to  justify  study  by  a  competent  organization.    Assum- 
ing that  the  observed  tendency  is  real  and  continuing,  is  it  perhaps  due  to 
the  decreasing  rate  of  urban  population  growth,  coupled  with  the  extension 
of  urban  area  available  for  residence? 

4.  Theoretically  the  different  types  of  dwellings  are  supplementary,  each 
serving  best  the  needs  of  some  group  in  the  community.    They  become  com- 
petitive only  if   one  type  tends  to  destroy  another  that  has  social  value. 
Recognized  advantages  of  one  type  of  dwelling  may,  by  the  use  of  imagi- 
nation and  ingenuity,  be  transferred  to  another  type. 

This  point  was  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Design  with  the  suggestion 
that  if  it  found  any  advantage  in  the  way  of  design,  plan  or  equipment  that 
is  now  enjoyed  by  one  type  of  dwelling,  the  committee  should  endeavor  to 
transfer  that  advantage  to  dwellings  of  other  types.  Heat  and  hot  water 
from  a  central  plant,  for  example,  may  be  distributed  to  the  occupants  of 
two  hundred  one-family  dwellings  as  well  as  to  the  occupants  of  two  hun- 
dred apartments.  Can  the  advantage  of  the  private  yard  or  garden  be  trans- 
ferred from  the  one-family  house  to  the  multiple  dwelling? 

5.  Changes  in  plan,  design,  management,  may  take  much  of  the  point  out 
of  some  arguments  advanced  for  or  against  any  particular  type  of  dwelling. 
The  handicaps  of  the  one-family  house,  tending  the  furnace  and  shoveling 
the  snow,  disappear  when  there  is  management  analogous  to  that  of  apart- 
ment houses.     This,  of  course,  involves  some  neighborhood  organization  if 


See  suggested  study  number  1,  p.  172. 


152  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

houses  are  individually  owned.7  But  if  one-family  dwellings  are  rented  and 
managed  as  are  apartments,  not  only  do  these  handicaps  disappear  but  with 
them  goes  another  that  has  promoted  apartment  living,  the  inability  or  the 
reluctance  of  a  family  to  assume  the  responsibilities  of  home  ownership. 
Faced  with  the  alternative  of  apartment  renting  or  home  buying,  families 
have  reluctantly  chosen  the  apartment. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  may  be  that  the  newer  forms  of  apartment  houses 
will  decrease  the  nomadic  tendency  of  apartment  dwellers.  In  the  past,  the 
multiple  dwelling  has  tended  to  provide  quarters  constantly  more  and  more 
cramped,  smaller  rooms  and  fewer  of  them.  The  garden  apartments  may 
reverse  this  tendency.  If  that  is  so,  they  may  find  a  more  permanent  popu- 
lation in  the  elderly  couples,  in  the  childless  families  who  now  restlessly 
shift  from  one  to  another.  It  may  even  be  that  they  will  provide  adequately 
for  the  families  with  children. 

The  Essentials  of  Good  Housing,  plus  Desirables 

Group  discussions  of  housing  usually  begin  with  implied  as- 
sumptions based  upon  personal  or  professional  experience  or 
desire.  The  mental  picture  is  not  of  a  type  of  dwelling,  but  of  a 
particular  house,  including  its  equipment.  Cost  of  land  is  assumed 
to  be  that  which  the  speaker  would  today  have  to  pay  in  his  home 
community  or  his  favorite  neighborhood. 

One  of  the  difficult  tasks  of  the  committee  was  to  get  behind 
these  assumptions.  The  first  question  is :  What  are  the  essentials 
of  good  housing?  Then  follow  questions  as  to  how  these  essen- 
tials may  best  be  provided,  what  beyond  the  essentials  should  be 
provided. 

The  essentials  of  good  housing  involve  the  house  itself,  the  rela- 
tion of  the  house  to  its  neighbors  and  to  the  whole  community.8 
As  to  the  house  itself,  the  essentials  are  few  and  simple :  First,  a 
building  that  will  provide  shelter  from  the  weather.  Then,  ade- 
quate light  for  every  room;  sunlight  for  as  many  rooms  as  pos- 
sible; adequate  ventilation  for  every  room;  adequate  and  con- 
venient supply  of  pure  water ;  adequate  and  convenient  toilet  facili- 
ties ;  such  a  number  of  rooms  and  such  an  arrangement  of  rooms 
that  privacy  is  possible.  Adequate  heating  facilities  and  an  ade- 
quate supply  of  hot  water  are  considered  essentials  by  some  people. 
These  essentials  can  be  provided  in  any  type  or  variety  of 


7  There  are  companies  that  render  such  services  in  one-family  neighbor- 
hoods. 

8  See  "Planning  for  Residential  Districts,"  Publications  of  the  President's 
Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home   Ownership,  Washington,   1932, 
Vol.  I,  Chs.  I  and  II. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  153 

dwelling,  but  the  temptation  to  crowd  them  out  is  greater  in  some 
types  or  varieties  than  in  others,  largely  because  of  possibilities  of 
greater  profit  on  land.  If  there  were  no  profit  to  the  developer  in 
land  overcrowding,  one  of  the  most  serious  counts  against  the 
multiple  dwelling  and  the  row  dwelling  would  probably  disappear. 

Stability  of  Land  Value  and  Its  Effect  upon  the  Type  of 
Dwelling.  When  the  beginning  of  an  alternation  of  cause  and 
effect  is  lost  in  the  dim  past,  it  may  be  anybody's  guess  as  to 
whether  hen  or  egg  came  first.  A  few  years  ago  it  was  common 
habit  in  New  York  to  blame  the  rivers  that  hemmed  in  Manhat- 
tan for  the  development  of  tenement  houses,  though  the  tenement 
flourished  before  New  York  extended  beyond  Fourteenth  Street. 

So  there  are  those  who  claim  that  the  multiple  dwelling  is  a 
product  of  high  land  values  while  others  claim  that  high  land 
values  are  a  product  of  the  multiple  dwelling.  Historically,  the 
tenement  seems  to  have  appeared,  not  as  a  product  of  high  land 
values,  but  as  a  result  of  social  problems  for  which  it  was  thought 
to  provide  a  solution;  greater  living  accommodations  within  a 
given  area — as  within  city  walls,  within  walking  or  horse-car  dis- 
tance of  the  business  center,  easier  accessibility  to  points  of  interest. 

Supplementing  this  cause  is  the  decadence  of  high-priced,  be- 
cause once  fashionable,  residence  districts.  Here  is  an  apparent 
sequence  of  high  land  values  causing  tenements,  for  the  owners, 
wishing  to  maintain  capital  value  and  revenue,  substituted  several 
families  of  lower  economic  status  in  place  of  one  departing  family 
of  higher  status.  First  the  deserted  mansion  was  subdivided,  then 
additions  were  built,  or  a  new  multiple  dwelling  erected.  But  here 
again  the  high  land  value  in  the  first  place  was  due  to  accessibility 
and  a  limit  on  the  amount  of  land  available  in  terms  of  the  needs 
of  the  first  occupants,  and  it  was  maintained  because  of  accessi- 
bility and  a  limit  on  the  amount  available  in  terms  of  the  needs  of 
the  later  occupants.  Move  or  distribute  the  centers  to  which  the 
occupants  of  the  tributary  residence  district  wish  to  be  accessible, 
then  the  land  value  will  decrease. 

So  land  value,  beyond  the  cost  of  the  raw  land  plus  the  cost  of 
improvements  necessary  to  make  it  fit  for  its  stated  use,  is  due  to 
the  relation  between  the  amount  of  land  available  and  the  number 
of  people  who  wish  to  use  it.  That  is,  city  planning  and  zoning 
have  a  direct  effect;  city  planning,  by  increasing  the  amount  of 


154  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

available  land,  zoning,  by  so  assigning  uses  that  the  amount  of  land 
provided  for  each  will  be  adequate  to  but  not  greatly  in  excess  of 
the  need.  Among  other  things,  zoning  should  so  distribute  centers 
of  employment  and  other  centers  of  interest  that  adjacent  resi- 
dence districts  will  tend  naturally  to  develop  only  that  degree  of 
density  in  land  occupancy  that  is  considered,  in  each  case,  socially 
and  economically  desirable. 

If  and  when  these  objectives  of  city  planning  and  zoning  have 
been  achieved,  land  values  will  tend  to  become  stabilized.  With 
stabilized  land  values,  investment  in  improvements  should  contem- 
plate a  longer  future,  should  be  designed  to  take  the  greatest  pos- 
sible advantage  of  the  stated  use,  and  should  reduce  to  a  minimum 
temporary  expedients  based  upon  either  fear  of  neighborhood 
deterioration  or  hope  of  speculative  increase  in  land  values. 

Then  the  value  of  land  will  approximate  the  cost  of  the  raw 
land  plus  the  cost  of  preparing  it  for  its  stated  use.  Under  these 
conditions,  land  designed  for  a  one-family  house  district  should 
cost  less  per  square  foot  to  prepare — smaller  sewers  and  water 
mains,  narrower  and  lighter  roadbeds,  than  land  designed  for 
more  intensive  use,  as  for  multiple  dwellings.  This  should  tend  to 
stabilize  the  character  of  a  neighborhood  and  the  type  of  dwell- 
ing in  it. 

Importance  of  the  Land  Question.  So  important  and  basic 
is  this  question  of  the  value  of  land  that  some  housing  reformers 
believe  that  housing  reform  must  be  preceded  by  land  reform.  To 
others,  this  is  analogous  to  advising  that  America  be  Christianized 
before  missionaries  are  sent  abroad.  Moreover,  some  of  those 
others  believe  the  land  problem  is  already  in  process  of  solution 
because  of  the  diminishing  rate  of  urban  population  growth, 
coupled  with  the  constant  extension  of  urban  land  available  for 
residence.  Their  belief  is  strengthened  by  evidence  that  the 
normal  cost  of  a  lot  in  the  various  cities  remains  in  fairly  constant 
relation  to  the  normal  cost  of  the  house  to  be  built  upon  it,  and 
that  the  normal  width  of  the  normal  lot,  whether  14  feet,  25,  30 
or  40  feet  makes  little  difference  in  its  cost.  The  density  of  land 
occupancy  customary  to  the  community  apparently  is  a  most  im- 
portant factor  in  determining  raw  land  costs,  is  the  chief  factor, 
for  example,  that  makes  a  Philadelphia  acre,  when  "ripe"  for 
housing  development,  sell  for  $18,200  while  a  similar  acre  in  cities 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  155 

with  detached  instead  of  row  house  development,  sells  for  $1,200 
to  $4,500.9 

There  is,  of  course,  a  minimum  cost  of  housing  land  based  upon 
its  agricultural  or  other  open-use  value  plus  the  cost  of  develop- 
ment. What  the  cost  of  development  may  be  depends  upon  local 
legal  standards  and  the  local  standard  of  living.  The  essential 
cost  may  be  considerably  lower  than  these. 

Conveniences  versus  Essentials 

In  our  city  building  we  have  tended  to  think  as  well  as  act  from 
the  center  out,  carrying  into  new  subdivisions  practices  born  under 
downtown  conditions.  As  a  result,  we  have  developed  an  unques- 
tioning habit  of  giving  rather  more  importance  to  a  nickeled  faucet 
than  to  a  sunny  window,  accepting  constantly  increasing  land 
occupancy  as  part  of  the  price  of  new  equipment. 

This  Conference  offers  opportunity  to  review  our  habit,  to  think 
in  terms  of  bringing  to  the  town  some  of  the  spaciousness  of  the 
country  and  bringing  it  as  economically  as  possible,  while  the 
country  is  getting  some  of  the  equipment  advantages  of  the  city. 
If  the  cost  of  a  40- foot  lot  need  be  little  or  no  greater  than  that 
of  a  14-foot  lot,  then  there  is  no  question  as  to  which  is  the  more 
desirable  even  when  group  housing  calls  for  a  modification  of  lot 
lines.  If  really  open  building  is  economically  practicable  in  urban 
areas,  then  the  cost  of  the  house  may  be  reduced,  for  part  of  the 
cost  of  a  city  dwelling  is  due  to  close  proximity  to  neighbors  which 
it  endangers  and  by  which  it  is  endangered. 

The  Summer  Village  and  Camp.  There  are  in  the  environs 
of  some  of  our  cities  and  other  municipalities,  summer  villages.  The 
dwellings  in  these  communities  range  all  the  way  from  board 
cabins  to  expensive  mansions.  Somewhere  within  this  range  are 
dwellings  that  contain  all  the  essentials,  that  are  desirable  and  de- 
sired.  One  such  community  of  more  than  300  cabins  has  bath- 
rooms with  shower,  toilet  and  basin,  has  sanitary  disposal  of 
sewage,  has  kitchen  sink,  has  electric  light.  The  houses  are 
architecturally  attractive.  They  cost  much  less  to  build  than  do 
analogous  houses  within  the  city  limits.  Comparatively  little  would 


V/W^ 


9  See  Whitten,  Robert,  and  Adams,  Thomas,  Neighborhoods  of  Small 
Homes  (Harvard  City  Planning  Studies  No.  Ill),  Cambridge,  Harvard 
University  Press,  1931. 


156  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

be  needed  to  make  them  comfortable  in  winter.  They  are  prac- 
ticable because  of  open  building. 

It  is,  of  course,  recognized  that  economical  housing  is  not 
synonymous  with  cheap  housing.  First  of  all,  there  is  a  standard 
at  and  above  which  there  are  pride  and  incentive  to  progress,  be- 
low which  there  are  apathy  and  deterioration.  But  this  standard 
is  not  determined  entirely  in  terms  of  money.  The  desirable 
village  house  may  cost  less  than  the  slum  dwelling.  Also  it  is 
recognized  that  first  cost  is  not  the  only  cost.  Maintenance,  re- 
pairs, depreciation,  obsolescence  are  all  factors  in  cost.  Lot  over- 
crowding, a  lot  arrangement  by  which  one  house  is  placed  behind 
another,  may  reduce  first  costs  but  hasten  obsolescence  and  cut 
down  resale  value.  Poor  floor  planning  may  be  as  effective  as 
poor  materials  in  reducing  value. 

On  the  other  hand,  while  recognizing  that  economical  housing 
is  not  synonymous  with  cheap  housing,  it  also  is  recognized  that 
one  may  build  too  expensively  for  his  purpose.  Between  the  paper 
and  bamboo  house  of  Japan  that  flares  up  so  frequently  and  the 
stone  farmhouse  of  Prussia  that  preserves  until  today  the  con- 
centrated smells  of  seven  hundred  years,  there  is  a  golden  mean. 
A  dwelling  is  not  expected  to  last  forever.  The  Prussians  can 
build  better  farmhouses  today  than  they  were  able  to  build  700 
years  ago  and  would,  if  the  old  ones  were  not  so  solid.  So  we 
should  build  for  a  fairly  limited  term  of  years,  having  in  mind  that 
the  building  will  then  be  demolished.  Our  problem  is,  how  can 
we  get  the  most  for  this  period  at  least  cost  ? 

Long-Time  Policy:  Immediate  Practice 

There  are  two  approaches  to  this  problem;  that  of  long-time 
^policy,  that  of  immediate  practice.  The  immediate  practice  ap- 
proach is  the  common  one.  It  consists  in  taking  conditions  as  they 
are  in  a  particular  community  and  figuring  out  the  best  that  can 
be  done  today.  Apparently,  approximately  one-fifth  is  a  pre- 
dictable proportion  of  lot  cost  to  total  cost  in  cities  of  all  sizes.10 

A  Practical  Problem.  So,  if  the  approach  is  that  of  immediate 
practice,  one  is  confined  to  figuring  what  is  the  best  to  be  done  with 


Ibid.,  p.  34. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  157 

prevailing  lot  costs  and  prevailing11  building  costs  per  cubic  foot  as 
determined  by  the  quality  of  the  building,  this  in  turn  being  deter- 
mined by  the  requirements  of  the  local  building  code,  and  the  re- 
quirements of  the  local  building  code  being  in  part  determined  by 
the  density  of  land  occupancy  with  its  accompanying  hazards.  So 
we  begin  and  end  with  the  land. 

Here  then  are  a  series  of  variables,  with  local  varations  in  each 
community.  With  these  in  hand,  after  every  economy  in  method 
of  construction  has  been  utilized,  it  is  possible  to  compute  the 
lowest  economic  rental  per  room  in  new  dwellings  of  any  given 
type.  The  higher  the  land  cost  and  the  accompanying  assessments, 
the  more  rigid  the  building  regulations  and  the  lower  the  income 
of  the  families  to  be  housed,  the  more  dense  will  be  the  popula- 
tion. Theoretically,  this  density  can  be  carried  to  any  degree. 
Practically,  tired  nature  seems  to  provide  for  a  vomiting  or  siphon- 
ing process  when  overtaxed.  Practically,  therefore,  it  may  prove 
wise,  when  land  occupancy  has  been  carried  to  a  point  where  desir- 
able dwellings  cannot  be  provided  within  the  means  of  those  whom 
we  wish  to  house,  either  to  (1)  turn  our  attention  to  a  higher  in- 
come group ;  or  (2)  turn  our  attention  to  cheaper  land. 

There  is  nothing  that  compels  us  to  house  a  certain  group  of 
people  on  a  certain  area.  There  always  have  been  alternatives.  A 
century  ago  when  speculators  in  Washington  held  up  the  price  of 
land  in  the  most  desirable  section,  the  people  went  elsewhere. 
Today  it  is  much  easier  to  go  elsewhere.  Then  the  price  comes 
down.  Of  course,  any  virtue  carried  to  excess  tends  to  become  a 
vice.  Development  of  too  much  new  land  is  economically  waste- 
ful. 

The  Long-Time  Policy.  The  second  approach  to  this  par- 
ticular problem  of  housing  is  that  of  long-time  policy.  If  it  is  true 
that  land  value  is  determined  by  use  and  land  costs  by  expected } 
use,  then  site  costs  may  be  brought  down  to  approximately  open- 
use  value  plus  cost  of  development  by  making  alternative  sites 
available.  Further,  the  cost  of  development  may  be  reduced  by 
utilizing  lands  most  easily  developed  and  by  requiring  only  essen- 


11  If  prevailing  building  costs  can  be  reduced  by  improved  engineering  or 
management  technique  or  otherwise,  it  is  assumed  that  this  will  be  done. 
See  "House  Design,  Construction  and  Equipment,"  Publications  of  the  Presi- 
dent's Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership,  Washington, 
1932,  Vol.  V,  Pt.  II. 


158  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

tials.  In  the  first,  city  planning  and  zoning  play  an  important 
part;  in  the  second,  land  subdivision. 

The  Cost  of  a  Dwelling.  Apparently  each  of  us  inclines  to 
accept  without  question  a  correlation  between  type  of  dwelling  as 
he  conceives  it  and  the  standard  or  quality  to  which  he  has  been 
accustomed  and  to  reach  conclusions  on  the  basis  of  this  correlation. 
For  example,  the  words  "one-family  dwelling"  may  call  to  mind  a 
picture  of  a  tree-bordered  residence  street  lined  with  6-  to  8-room 
detached  houses  set  in  ample  grounds  and  costing  from  $8,000  to 
$12,000  each.  The  words  "multiple  dwelling"  may  call  to  mind  a 
picture  of  New  York's  Lower  East  Side.  On  the  basis  of  these 
mental  pictures  we  then  proceed  to  conclusions  as  to  the  cost  of 
the  different  types  of  dwellings. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  each  type  may  be  constructed  very  inex- 
pensively. Cost  in  each  type  depends  largely  on  quality.12  And 
quality  depends  on : 

1.  The  number  and  the  proximity  of  buildings  to  each  other. 
An  isolated  dwelling  on  a  mountain  side  may  be  quite  satisfactory 
and  yet  lack  things  that  are  essential  for  a  dwelling  on  a  narrow 
city  lot. 

2.  The  standard  of  construction,  sanitation,  amenity  that  the 
community  has  set.     A  frontier  community  with  board  buildings 
widely  spaced,  with  dirt  streets,  with  primitive  sanitary  conve- 
niences, may  have  cheaper  dwellings  of  any  type  than  can  a  com- 
munity that  demands  lath  and  plaster,  fire-resistive  walls,  public 
water  supply  and  sewers,  indoor  plumbing,   etc.     Climate,   too, 
has  a  definite  effect  on  standards  of  construction. 

There  are,  of  course,  certain  costs  inherent  in  the  type  of  dwell- 
ing. Theoretically  it  would  cost  less  per  family  to  put  four 
families  in  one  square  box-like  building,  give  them  one  flight  of 
stairs  to  use  in  common,  one  hydrant  for  water  supply  and  one 
privy  vault,  than  it  would  to  give  each  of  those  families  the  same 
number  of  rooms  in  separate  dwellings.  But  at  once  there  arise 
questions  of  maintenance,  operation,  repairs,  depreciation  and 
obsolescence.  What  would  be  the  net  return  on  the  two  types  at 
the  expiration  of  15  years,  or  of  25  years?  What  would  be  the 
resale  value  of  the  two  types?  Beyond  this  there  are  questions 


"There  is  such  wide  diversity  of  opinion  as  to  the  comparative  "cheap- 
ness" of  the  multiple  and  the  one-family  dwelling  that  the  committee  sug- 
gests the  assembly  of  more  data  than  are  now  available. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  159 

of  community  costs.  Would  a  population  housed  in  box-like  four- 
family  or  twelve-family  tenements  two  or  three  stories  high,  con- 
structed of  boards,  call  for  more  expenditure  for  fire,  police, 
and  health  protection,  than  would  the  same  population  in  little  one- 
family  cabins  also  constructed  of  boards? 

In  practice,  therefore,  the  one- family  house  begins  with  the 
plain  board  cabin  containing  2  or  3  rooms  and  ranges  all  the  way 
up  to  the  most  expensive  dwellings  built.  Its  equipment  begins 
with  the  primitive  privy  vault  and  a  cistern,  progresses  through 
the  street  or  yard  hydrants  supplying  several  houses  with  city 
water,  through  the  one- faucet  kitchen  sink  and  the  outdoor,  sewer- 
connected  toilet  to  the  dwelling  supplied  with  every  modern  con- 
venience. 

In  practice,  the  multiple  dwelling  begins  on  a  more  costly  stand- 
ard because  of  inherent  fire  and  health  hazards,  and  progresses 
through  the  various  stages  of  better  construction  and  more  com- 
plete equipment  until  it  also  has  become  very  expensive.  During 
its  whole  progress,  however,  it  is  necessarily  more  strictly  regu- 
lated than  is  the  one-family  house,  because  its  type  is  more  readily 
subject  to  abuse.  So  tenement  house  laws  and  regulations  have 
preceded  more  general  housing  regulations. 

The  cost  of  a  dwelling  is  not,  then,  despite  a  common  impres- 
sion to  the  contrary,  either  the  cost  of  construction  or  its  selling 
price.  Its  accounts  are  not  closed  on  the  books  of  its  owner,  its 
occupants,  its  community,  until  it  is  demolished  and  its  site  knows 
it  no  more.  Such  complete  accounting  would  quite  reverse  some 
conclusions  based  solely  on  initial  costs. 

Under  initial  costs  come : 

1.  Cost  of  site. 

As  between  city  and  city,  a  site  of  the  same  cost  may  be  14  feet  wide  or 
40  feet  wide,  depending  upon  building  practice.  Building  practice  can  be 

changed- 

2.  Costs  due  to  community  standards,  legal  or  social. 

The  legal  standards,  as  expressed  in  cost  of  construction,  may  vary  with 
the  size  of  lot. 

3.  Cost  of  the  building. 

The  type  of  dwelling,  considered  entirely  apart  from  cost  and  size  of  site 
and  from  building  regulation,  has  comparatively  little  to  do  with  its  cost. 
The  3-  to  5-room  board  house,  common  in  all  of  the  south  central  states,  is  a 
one-family  detached  dwelling.  It  is  probably  the  most  inexpensive  city 
dwelling  constructed.  Closely  approximating  it  in  some  of  our  smaller 


160  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

towns  where  there  are  no  building  regulations,  where  land  is  cheap,  there 
are  cheap  wooden  structures  sheltering  four  to  a  dozen  families. 
4.  Cost  of  financing. 

Under  continuing  costs  come : 

1.  Operation  and  administration  affected  by : 

(a)  Type  of  dwelling.  House  property  requires  supervision  and  manage- 
ment, the  extent  and  cost  varying  with  the  type  of  property  and  the  char- 
acter of  tenants. 

2.  Maintenance  and  repair  affected  by : 

(a)  Type  of  dwelling.    Common  use  runs  up  bills. 

(b)  Quality  of  materials  and  workmanship.    An  initial  saving  may  mean 
ultimate  greater  cost. 

3.  Depreciation  and  obsolescence. 

A  dwelling,  like  its  builder,  is  mortal.  It  has  a  span  of  life  that  should  be 
estimated  and  provided  for,  whether  it  shall  be  30  years  or  60  years.  Dur- 
ing that  period  depreciation  and  obsolescence  should  be  written  off.  They 
are  affected  by : 

(a)  Type  of  dwelling.     The  multiple  dwelling  tends  both  to  depreciate 
and  to  become  obsolete  more  rapidly  than  does   the  one-family  dwelling. 
Equipment,  such  as  elevators,  depreciates  more  rapidly  than  does  the  build- 
ing.   Depreciation  and  obsolescence,  in  multiple  dwellings  particularly,  has 
undoubtedly  been  effected  to  an  appreciable  extent  by  rapid  improvements 
in  design  and  equipment  of  the  better  grade  buildings. 

(b)  Appurtenant  open  spaces.     Those  dwellings  that  have  outlived  their 
contemporaries  usually  have  considerable  private  open  spaces  on  their  lots, 
public  open  spaces  in  their  neighborhoods.     Open  space  on  the  lot  permits 
reconditioning  and  modernization. 

(c)  Character  of   neighborhood.     Zoning,   by   stabilizing   neighborhoods, 
promises  to  check  obsolescence. 

(d)  Quality  of  material  and  workmanship. 

4.  Taxes. 

The  incidence  of  taxes  encourages  or  discourages  a  type  of  dwelling. 
Different  types  of  dwellings  impose  different  financial  burdens  on  the  com- 
munity. 

5.  Cost  of  financing. 

Composition  of  the  Population  and  the  Housing  Needs 
of  the  Various  Groups 

There  are  two  ways  of  classifying  the  population  in  terms  of 
housing  needs,  by  income  and  by  social  relationships. 

Income  Groups.  The  income  groups  are  affected  primarily  by 
the  construction  standards  of  the  community  and  by  the  cost  of 
land.  If  these  are  unduly  costly,  the  lower-income  groups  are, 
inevitably,  crowded  in  their  habitations  and  are  forced  to  accept 
dwellings  that  lack  the  essentials  of  adequate  light,  air,  water  sup- 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  161 

ply,  sanitary  toilets  and  privacy.  It  has  been  estimated  that  in  the 
United  States,  9,000,000  to  11,000,000  persons  are  near  the  poverty 
line.  There  are  another  12,000,000  on  a  bare  subsistence  level. 
There  are  another  20,000,000  who  have  only  a  minimum  for  health 
and  efficiency.  Then  come  30,000,000  with  a  minimum  for  com- 
fort. It  is  these  last  and  especially  the  47,000,000  even  more 
happily  placed,  for  whom  most  of  our  housing  has  been  provided. 
The  others  often  have  taken  what  the  more  fortunate  have  dis- 
carded. This  housing  has  not  been  necessarily  bad.  When  bad,  it 
has  been  due  largely  to  overcrowding  and  to  deterioration. 

How  far  down  the  economic  scale  we  shall  build  is  a  matter  of 
policy  that  concerns  several  of  the  Conference  committees,  espe- 
cially those  on  Construction,  Finance,  Fundamental  Equipment, 
Utilities  for  Houses,  Subdivision  Layout,  Blighted  Areas  and 
Slums,  Reconditioning,  Remodeling  and  Modernizing,  City  Plan- 
ning and  Zoning,  and  Home  Ownership  and  Leasing. 

The  Committee  on  Types  of  Dwellings  suggests  that  the  group 
with  annual  incomes  of  from  $1,800  to  $2,200  be  taken  as  the 
objective  and  that  committee  recommendations  be  scaled  up  and 
down  from  this  group.13 

Groups  by  Social  Relationships.  Even  more  important  and 
less  regarded  is  the  grouping  of  population  by  social  relationships, 
by  family  groups  and  others.  We  have  built  dwellings  of  differ- 
ent types  in  accordance  with  the  builder's  "hunch"  as  to  what  would 
sell.  We  have  noted  proportionate  increases  or  decreases  in  dif- 
ferent types  of  dwellings  and  have  drawn  hasty  conclusions  from 
the  crude  statistics. 

Anyone  who  has  read  American  journals  or  accounts  of  travels 
in  America  during  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century  knows 
that  families  frequently  lived  in  boarding  houses,  that  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  unattached,  bachelors  especially,  spinsters  more 
rarely,  found  in  boarding  houses  their  only  refuge.  And  the 
boarding  houses  were  the  one-family  type  of  house.  So,  when  the 
apartment  appeared,  it  rilled  a  long- felt  need  of  certain  groups. 
Filling  a  void,  it  increased  rapidly. 


"Although  its  operation  is  for  a  somewhat  higher-income  group,  the 
studies  leading  to  the  Buhl  Foundation  project  in  Pittsburgh  are  of  interest 
in  this  connection.  See  Architectural  Record,  October,  1931,  p.  217,  and 
"Slums,  Large-Scale  Housing  and  Decentralization,"  Publications  of  the 
President's  Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership,  Washing- 
ton, 1932,  Vol.  Ill,  Appendix  VI,  p.  138. 


162  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Any  person  who,  20  years  ago,  lived  in  a  small  town  knows 
that  many  people,  familyless  and  forlorn,  lived  in  the  local  hotel. 
Again  the  apartment  house  filled  a  long-felt  need. 

Anyone  who  has  studied  apartment  house  financing  in  recent 
years  has  an  impression  that  recent  apartment  house  construction 
has  gone  beyond  the  demand.14  This  is,  of  course,  true  of  specu- 
lative small  house  construction,  but  to  a  lesser  extent. 

For  such  reasons,  the  Committee  on  Types  of  Dwellings  has 
made  a  special  study  of  the  composition  of  the  population  in  terms 
of  social  relations  and  its  housing  needs.  Tentatively,  it  has 
divided  the  population  into  the  following  groups : 

1.  The  family  consisting  of 

(a)  Man  and  wife. 

(b)  Father  and  mother  or  father  or  mother  plus  one  child. 

(c)  Plus  two  children. 

(d)  Plus  three  or  more  children. 

(?)   Plus  other  dependents  (usually  adults,  elderly  people). 

2.  Unattached  individuals. 

(a)  Men. 

(b)  Women. 

(c)  Children. 

Supplementing  this,  it  has  made  a  study  of  the  possibility  of  group- 
ing various  types  of  dwellings  into  a  neighborhood  or  community 
and  so  not  only  meeting  social  needs  in  terms  of  dwellings  of  the 
required  types,  but  meeting  those  needs  more  adequately  by  estab- 
lishing a  natural  relationship  between  the  different  types  of 
dwellings.15 

Social  Needs  and  How  They  are  Met  by  the  Different  Types 

of  Dwellings 

There  are  two  assumptions : 

1.  That  the  community  is  to  perpetuate  itself.     Consequently  in  any  hous- 
ing program  first  consideration  must  be  given  to  the  needs  of  children. 

2.  That  every  member  of  the  community  should  have  housing  accommo- 
dations that  are  adequate  both  in  quality  and  in  quantity.     Health  is  a  first 
consideration,    but    the    amenities — convenience,    comfort,    attractiveness — 
should  be  provided  in  the  largest  measure  practicable. 

The  first  assumption  simply  translates  into  terms  of  society  as 


14  Vacancy  surveys  of  44  cities  show  a  greater  proportion  of  vacancies  in 
multiple  dwellings  than  in  other  types.     (Data  from  Division  of  Building 
and  Housing,  U.  S.  Department  of  Commerce.) 

15  See  Appendix  I,  Family  Types  and  Housing  Trends,  p.  175. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  163 

a  whole  the  axiom  that  self-preservation  is  the  first  law  of  nature. 
This,  of  course,  has  its  very  practical  and  immediate  implications. 
The  assumption  that  the  community  will  continue  is  the  basis  for 
most  of  our  daily  actions.  Were  we  to  cut  out  all  thought  of  suc- 
ceeding generations,  all  provision  for  them,  not  only  would  life 
lose  most  of  its  significance,  but  business  would  shrink  until  the 
present  depression  would  seem,  in  comparison,  a  time  of  unbeliev- 
able prosperity. 

With  restriction  of  immigration  and  with  our  farm  population 
already  a  minority  of  our  total  population,  it  is  evident  that  our 
cities  and  towns  must  themselves  provide  their  future  inhabitants. 
That  means  adequate  provision  for  children,  and  that  in  turn, 
means  dwellings  that  meet  the  needs  of  children. 

We  therefore  have  two  definite  groups  in  the  population  to  con- 
sider, those  who  have  or  propose  to  have  children,  and  others. 
The  "others"  may  be  subdivided  into  a  series  of  groups  whose  de- 
sires in  the  matter  of  a  dwelling  range  all  the  way  from  a  suburban 
estate  through  a  small,  compact  "efficiency"  apartment  to  rooms 
in  a  hotel,  or,  on  a  lower  economic  scale,  from  a  cottage  through 
a  boarding  house  to  a  lodging  house. 

There  are  certain  essentials  in  all  dwellings,  but  after  these 
essentials,  differences  begin.  To  some  persons  a  dwelling  is  merely 
a  habitation,  a  shelter  from  the  elements,  a  place  where  one  can 
sleep.  To  others  it  must  be  a  home,  a  place  where  one  lives,  an 
object  of  affection.  A  "home,"  consequently,  must  have  per- 
sonality ;  it  must  symbolize  the  group  that  occupies  it.  Especially 
is  this  true  if  the  group  is  a  family  that  includes  children.  It  is 
accepted  that  the  foster  child  who  is  given  the  benefits  of  family 
life,  the  affection  of  parents,  has  advantages  over  the  child  placed 
in  an  institution.  So  the  child  reared  in  a  dwelling  that  typifies 
the  individual  family  has  advantages  over  one  reared  in  a  congre- 
gate dwelling. 

There  are,  however,  more  tangible  considerations.  A  normal, 
healthy  child  is  active  and  noisy.  It  needs  space  indoors  and  out. 
It  needs  the  freedom  possible  only  where  adult  irritation  is  counter- 
balanced by  affection.  This  means  the  one- family  house  with  its 
own  yard.  Beginning  with  the  detached  one-family  house  sur- 
rounded by  ample  grounds,  the  desirability  of  dwellings  for  chil- 
dren decreases  as  the  dwellings  are  crowded  more  and  more 


164  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

closely  together.  But  the  real  change  comes  with  change  in  type 
of  dwelling  from  one-family  to  two-family,  and  much  more,  to 
multiple.  Then  children  are  likely  to  become  a  serious  annoyance. 
With  change  in  type  of  dwelling  another  factor  enters.  The 
one-family  house,  whether  detached,  semi-detached  or  row,  seldom 
has  less  than  5  rooms.  Because  of  economic  factors,  it  usually 
has  6  rooms  even  in  the  least  expensive  row  developments.  This 
means  space  for  children.  The  multiple  dwelling,  on  the  other 
hand,  is  always  under  an  economic  pressure  that  contracts  the 
number  of  rooms  in  an  apartment  and  the  sizes  of  those  rooms. 
One  less  room  in  each  apartment  may  make  possible  one  or  two 
more  apartments  on  a  floor.  Decreasing  the  size  of  rooms  has 
proved  so  profitable  to  the  speculative  builder  who  sells  and  gets 
out,  that  tenement  house  laws  set  definite  minimum  room  sizes, 
even  definite  minimum  widths  to  prevent  rooms  being  made  so 
narrow  that  they  are  unusable.  Obviously,  such  dwellings  extend 
no  welcome  to  children. 

There  are  those  who  believe  the  multiple  dwelling  can  be  made 
a  children's  dwelling,  that  with  better  planning,  with  more  gen- 
erous open  spaces  and  with  playgrounds  on  its  own  lot,  it  can  be 
made  to  compete  with  the  one- family  house.  There  are  others 
who  believe  that  one- family  houses  in  groups  may  be  planned  for 
families  who  need  only  3  or  4  rooms. 

For  adults  who  have  no  children  the  multiple  dwelling  may  meet 
social  needs.  But  this  also  is  a  subject  for  discussion.  The  child- 
less couple  may  prefer  a  domain  of  their  own,  a  garden  of  their 
own  creation.  The  business  or  professional  woman  may  prefer  a 
2-  or  3-room  dwelling  in  a  group  or  in  a  row,  with  its  own  street 
entrance,  its  own  small  back  yard.  Or  she  may  prefer  a  room 
with  bath  and  its  own  entrance  in  a  building  that  otherwise  con- 
tains only  one  family. 

In  the  recent  past  our  dwelling  construction  has  been  guided 
chiefly  by  the  profit  motive  of  the  builder.  Many  of  the  worst 
practices  of  the  past,  however,  have  ceased  to  be  profitable  and,  in 
the  face  of  slower  population  growth,  may  well  continue  to  be 
unprofitable.  Profits  in  the  future  are  more  likely  to  be  based  on 
better  buildings  for  less  money.  Starting  with  the  one-family 
dwellings  that  were  practically  the  only  type  in  the  early  days  of 
the  republic,  the  private  builder  has  followed  two  main  lines :  First, 
a  continuance  of  the  one-family  house  tradition  yoked  to  the  tra- 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  165 

dition  that  this  house  should  be  occupied  by  its  owner ;  second,  the 
radical  change  to  the  multiple  dwelling  following  its  introduction 
in  New  York  a  century  ago  by  a  group  of  philanthropists  who 
naively  believed  it  would  solve  the  housing  problems  of  the  poor. 
The  first  has  led  to  "own  your  own  home"  campaigns.  The  sec- 
ond usually  has  been  considered  an  investment  proposition. 

The  multiple  dwelling  did  not  solve  the  housing  problem  of  the 
poor ;  it  made  their  problem,  in  some  ways,  more  difficult ;  it  made 
their  habitations  smaller,  more  inaccessible,  more  expensive.  But 
it  did  and  does  offer  advantages  to  those  groups  in  better  economic 
circumstances  who  previously  had  no  alternatives  to  the  hall  bed- 
room and  the  boarding  house. 

The  housing  problem  of  the  poor  arises  from  poverty,  ignorance, 
and  exploitation.  Make  good  housing  (in  any  form  whatever, 
one-family,  two-family,  or  multiple,  properly  apportioned  to  the 
ascertained  needs  of  communities)  radically  cheaper  and  one  not 
only  provides  better  housing  for  lower-income  groups  but  also  ex- 
pands an  important  industry,  creates  employment,  and  contributes 
toward  the  eradication  of  poverty. 

One  of  the  questions  before  us  is  whether  modifications  in  exist- 
ing types  of  dwellings  and  proper  apportionment  of  these  types 
will  enable  them  to  meet  better  the  social  needs  of  the  community. 

Community  Relations.  Good  housing  involves  certain  exter- 
nal as  well  as  internal  essentials.  The  chief  external  essentials  are 
access  and  open  space.  Access  is  normally  provided  by  the  street ; 
open  space  by  the  lot.  Some  provision  for  close-at-hand  out-of- 
door  life  is  essential.  The  sunyard,  the  playyard,  and  a  minimum 
space  for  trees  and  grass  are  housing  essentials. 

Neighborhood  Unit.  For  good  housing  it  is  necessary  not  only 
to  provide  a  good  house  on  a  good  lot,  but  to  group  houses  into 
a  complete  neighborhood.  Homes  must  be  related  to  the  school, 
the  kindergarten,  the  day-nursery,  the  playground  and  the  neigh- 
borhood store  and  civic  center.  General  traffic  should  be  by-passed 
around  the  neighborhood.  Sometimes,  instead  of  providing  a 
playyard  and  a  garage  on  every  lot,  it  is  better  and  more  eco- 
nomical to  build  the  houses  around  a  super-block  with  a  common 
interior  block  play-park  and  garage  group.  The  individual  house 
and  lot  should  be  planned  in  relation  to  the  block  and  to  play, 
school  and  other  community  facilities. 

Various  Housing  Types  in  Same  Neighborhood.    An  objec- 


166  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

tion  to  permitting  the  erection  of  multiple  dwellings  in  a  neigh- 
borhood unit  made  up  largely  of  one- family  houses  is  that  it  has 
been  found,  in  the  zoning  of  cities,  that  a  one-family  house  area 
must  have  a  considerable  size  in  order  to  have  permanence.  The 
near-by  multiple  dwellings  threaten  the  permanence  of  the  adjacent 
one-family  zone  for  four  chief  reasons : 

1.  The  greater  congestion,  traffic  and  noise  incident  to  the  more 
intensive  multiple  dwelling  development. 

2.  The  increase  in  land  values  in  the  multiple  dwelling  zone, 
due  to  the  more  intensive  use  of  the  land  and  the  resulting  in- 
crease in  net  profit  per  square  foot  of  land  used. 

3.  The  decrease  in  value  of  a  one-family  house  that  is  over- 
shadowed by  a  multiple  dwelling  on  a  neighboring  lot,  its  windows 
darkened,  its  yard  deprived  of  sun,  its  privacy  diminished. 

4.  A  difference  in  the  character  of  multiple  dwelling  and  one- 
family  house  population,  the  greater  restlessness  of  the  former,  its 
greater  tendency  to  shirk  responsibility,  are  indicative  of  a  differ- 
ent emphasis  that  makes  it  distasteful  to  the  other  group. 

The  second  cause  is  of  great  importance.  High  land  values  in 
an  adjacent  multiple  dwelling  zone  cause  a  speculative  increase  in 
land  values  in  a  one-family  zone,  based  on  a  possible  change  in 
the  zoning.  Some  owners  of  homes  who  are  desirous  of  selling, 
believe  there  is  an  opportunity  to  sell  at  a  good  price  if  the  zoning 
can  be  changed.  This  belief  points  to  a  possible  solution.  Cannot 
the  regulation  of  multiple  dwelling  construction  be  such  that  three 
at  least  of  these  causes  of  impermanence  in  the  adjacent  one-family 
zone  will  be  removed  and  the  fourth  perhaps  be  diminished? 
Zoning  might  require  the  setting  aside  of  large  yards  and  recrea- 
tion areas.  This,  in  itself,  might  overcome  the  congestion,  noise 
and  traffic  handicap,  remove  the  shadow  and,  at  the  same  time, 
keep  down  the  price  of  the  land.  Moreover  the  incidental  im- 
provement to  the  multiple  dwelling  might  stabilize  its  population. 

The  social  reason  for  permitting  various  housing  types,  includ- 
ing multiple  dwellings,  in  the  same  neighborhood  unit 16  is  that  in 


18  For  illustrations  of  the  neighborhood  unit  see  Committee  on  Regional 
Plan  of  New  York  and  Its  Environs,  "Neighborhood  and  Community  Plan- 
ning," Regional  Survey  of  New  York  and  Its  Environs,  New  York,  The 
Committee,  1929,  Vol.  VII;  and  Whitten,  Robert,  and  Adams,  Thomas, 
Neighborhoods  of  Small  Homes,  (Harvard  City  Planning  Studies  No.  Ill), 
Cambridge,  Harvard  University  Press,  1931. 

See  also,  "Planning  for  Residential  Districts,"  Publications  of  the  Presi- 
dent's Conference  on  Home  Building  and  Home  Ownership,  Washington, 
1932,  Vol.  I,  Ch.  II. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  167 

any  community  there  are  varying  types  of  families  with  varying 
requirements,  both  as  to  rent  that  can  be  paid  and  as  to  household 
services  and  convenience  desired.  If  the  neighborhood  unit  is 
carefully  planned  and  zoned,  and  multiple  dwellings  permitted 
only  in  appropriate  locations,  with  density  restricted  and  adequate 
open  space  required,  reason  to  fear  an  injurious  effect  on  adjacent 
one- family  house  areas  will  be  diminished. 

Need  for  Additional  Research.  As  yet,  we  know  compara- 
tively little  of  the  relative  number  of  each  family  type  that  deter- 
mines the  demand  for  the  various  housing  types  in  the  different 
neighborhood  types.  This  is  a  complicated  problem  and  much 
more  data  should  be  secured  before  we  pass  final  judgment  on  the 
proportion  to  be  assigned  to  any  type  of  dwelling  in  a  neighbor- 
hood or  community  building  program. 

When  this  committee  started  work,  it  was  hoped  that  the  1930 
census  family  data  for  many  cities  would  be  available.  This 
would  have  enabled  us  to  select  typical  neighborhoods  in  typical 
cities  and  learn  a  great  deal  from  their  comparison.  These  com- 
parative data  could  then  have  been  supplemented  by  certain  field 
studies. 

However,  we  have  had  census  family  data  for  only  one  city, 
Wilmington;17  and  only  a  small  part  of  the  data  that  will  later 
be  made  available  even  for  that  city.  For  our  purpose,  the  family 
data  as  yet  unpublished  will  be  much  more  important  in  disclosing 
the  composition  of  the  family  and  the  neighborhood  than  the  valu- 
able data  to  which  the  Census  Bureau  has  been  able  to  give  us 
access  for  the  purposes  of  this  study.  It  has  been  very  valuable 
to  learn  something  as  to  the  number  and  proportion  of  families 
of  different  sizes  and  the  proportion  occupying  houses  of  different 
values  or  rentals ;  also  the  proportion  of  families  having  a  wage- 
earning  homemaker.  It  was  particularly  useful  to  be  able  to 
compare  the  data  for  a  typical  industrial  ward  with  that  for  a 
better-class  residential  ward. 

When  the  complete  family  data  of  the  1930  census  are  avail- 
able, it  is  recommended  that  the  research  here  started  be  con- 
tinued and  supplemented  in  a  few  cases  by  field  studies  of  existing 
neighborhoods. 


See  Appendix  I,  Family  Types  and  Housing  Trends,  p.  175. 


168  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Community  Burdens  Due  to  Dwelling  Types 

There  are  no  reliable  figures,  and  few  of  any  kind,  regarding 
the  burdens  that  are  cast  on  the  community  by  different  types 
and  varieties  of  dwellings.  The  committee  undertook  a  study 
of  the  question  in  four  selected  zones  in  a  mid-western  city,  but 
the  time  available  was  so  short,  and  the  ramifications  of  the  prob- 
lem so  numerous,  that  our  study  has  been  inconclusive  except  to 
convince  the  committee  that  a  comprehensive  study  of  the  subject 
is  highly  desirable.18 

Farm  and  Village  Housing 

Obviously,  this  report  has  had  city  housing  in  mind.  But 
actually,  though  perhaps  not  so  obviously,  the  essentials  of 
good  city  housing  are  equally  the  essentials  of  good  rural 
and  village  housing.  The  great  difference  between  the  two  is  not 
the  building,  but  its  site.  In  farm  housing,  and  to  a  considerable 
degree  in  village  housing,  the  site  is  so  ample  that  not  only  is  there 
no  problem  of  light  and  air,  but  the  house  can  be  oriented  to  the 
sun.  The  slightly  compensating  advantage  of  the  city  house  is 
in  public  services.  Yet  the  farm  and  village  house  can,  at  not 
much  greater  cost,  have  kitchen  sink  and  bath  and  toilet.  The 
difference  is  one  of  community  standards.  The  city  has  been 
forced  to  adopt  higher  standards  of  sanitation  as  the  price  of  public 
health.  It  has  been  said  that,  as  a  result,  its  public  health  has  be- 
come better  than  that  of  the  farm  and  village.  If  this  is  so,  the 
farm  and  village  may,  when  they  will,  again  take  the  lead. 

The  differences  between  farmhouses  and  village  houses  are  not 
differences  of  types,  as  these  have  been  defined,  nor  even  differ- 
ences of  variety.  For  the  vast  majority  of  farm  and  village 
houses  are  free  standing,  one-family.  The  differences  are  differ- 
ences of  room  arrangement,  of  size,  of  architectural  style. 

Even  between  farmhouses  and  village  houses  the  difference  is 
more  of  degree  than  of  kind,  though  the  farmhouse,  because  it  in 
part  still  performs  an  economic  function,  may  have  need  of  an 
office,  a  washroom,  a  large  dining-room. 

Because  of  seasonal  work  on  the  farm  there  may  be  need  of 
supplementary  dwellings,  dwellings  analogous  to  the  lodging 
house. 


18  See  recommended  study  number  6,  p.  173. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  169 

In  the  rural  areas  there  are  other  dwellings,  the  teachers'  house 
that  some  school  districts  provide,  the  tourists'  camp,  the  vaca- 
tion camp  by  stream  or  lake.  But  the  problems  these  involve  are 
those  of  sanitation,  not  those  of  types  of  dwellings. 

Rural  Industrial  Housing 

The  industries  that  in  the  past  have  migrated  from  the  cities  to 
form  their  own  communities,  have  tended  to  develop  a  town  or 
suburban  environment.  But  there  is  prophecy  at  least  of  a  new 
emphasis  on  rural-industrial  communities.  If  this  comes,  then 
it  should  realize  an  ideal  of  city  suburban  development,  generous 
open  spaces  combined  with  community  facilities  and  conveniences. 
But  there  seem  to  be  involved  no  new  types  of  dwellings,  only 
the  opportunity  to  provide  better  at  less  cost. 

Mining  Towns 

Mining  towns  seem  to  be  in  the  category  of  village  industrial 
housing.  Their  distinguishing  characteristic  is  not  in  types  of 
dwellings ;  for  they  usually  have  the  one- family  house,  detached  or 
twin  or  row,  and  the  lodging  house  or  barracks ;  their  distinguish- 
ing characteristic  is  that,  unlike  practically  all  our  other  communi- 
ties, they  are  conscious  of  a  short  term  of  life.  In  the  normal  city 
or  town  the  individual  dwelling  may  have  its  threescore  years 
and  ten,  but  the  community  assumes  that  it  will  live  forever.  The 
mining  town  makes  no  such  assumption.  Consequently,  its  dwell- 
ings are  frankly  of  temporary  construction.  This  does  not  mean 
they  are  unfit  dwellings.  The  Du  Pont  villages  erected  during  the 
World  War  with  a  2-year  life  expectancy,  were  in  many  ways 
superior  to  many  permanent  industrial  towns,  to  most  mining 
towns.  The  problems  here  are  problems  of  construction,  of  design, 
or  sanitation. 

Conclusions 

The  basic  evil  in  bad  housing  is  land  overcrowding.  The  basic 
reason  for  land  overcrowding  has  been  speculation  in  land  prices. 
Decreased  rate  of  population  growth,  decentralization  of  places 
of  employment,  opening  up  new  areas  by  hard  surfaced  highways, 
zoning  regulations,  and  city  planning  have  reduced  pressure  on 
the  land  and  place  us  in  an  unprecedentedly  good  position  to  carry 
out  a  building  program  on  a  higher  social  level. 


170  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

The  two-family  house  is  losing  in  popularity  in  most  cities  ex- 
cept where  it  is  being  erected  to  displace  the  less  desirable  three- 
decker,  as  in  Boston.  The  one-family  row  house  is  losing  popu- 
larity in  Washington.  The  reasons  behind  their  decrease  justify 
study. 

The  essentials  of  good  housing  involve  not  only  the  house  itself 
and  the  lot  on  which  it  stands  but,  what  is  of  great  importance, 
the  relation  of  the  house  to  its  neighbors,  to  the  public  and  private 
open  spaces  about  it,  and  to  the  whole  community. 

As  to  the  house  itself  there  must  be  adequate  light  and  ventila- 
tion for  every  room,  sunlight  for  as  many  rooms  as  possible, 
adequate  and  convenient  supply  of  pure  water,  adequate  and  con- 
venient sanitary  facilities,  and  privacy. 

As  to  the  neighborhood,  different  types  and  varieties  of  dwell- 
ings and  the  commercial  and  public  facilities  necessary  to  serve 
them  should  be  developed  under  the  plan  of  the  neighborhood 
unit  which,  in  a  word,  is  a  self-contained  community.19 

In  the  past  we  have  thought  more  in  terms  of  dwelling  equip- 
ment than  in  the  basic  essentials  of  good  housing — namely — space, 
light  and  air.  -  This  Conference  offers  an  opportunity  to  review 
our  practice  and  to  begin  a  new  policy  of  providing  urban  dwell- 
ings to  a  greater  extent  with  the  advantage  of  the  country,  that 
is,  spaciousness,  and  provide  the  rural  dwelling  with  some  of  the 
equipment  advantages  the  city  now  has. 

The  cost  of  a  house  can  be  reduced  under  more  open  building, 
since  part  of  the  cost  of  a  city  dwelling  is  due  to  the  hazards  of 
its  close  proximity  to  its  neighbors  which  it  endangers  and  by 
which  it  is  endangered. 

Economical  housing  is  not  synonymous  with  cheap  housing. 
Nor  is  first  cost  the  only  cost.  Maintenance,  repairs,  deprecia- 
tion and  obsolescence  must  be  considered. 

Where  land  occupancy,  and  consequently  land  cost,  is  carried  to 
a  point  where  desirable  dwellings  cannot  be  provided  within  the 
means  of  the  families  to  be  housed,  we  should  either  turn  it  over 
to  the  use  of  a  higher-income  group  or  seek  cheaper  land.  Nothing 
compels  the  housing  of  a  certain  group  on  a  certain  area. 

Land  costs  may  be  brought  down  by  making  other  areas  avail- 
able. This  should  be  done,  however,  in  accordance  with  city 


19  See  works  cited  in  footnote  16,  p.  166. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  171 

planning  principles  including  proper  subdivision  regulations  to 
prevent  uneconomical  extensions  of  municipal  facilities. 

Costs  of  dwellings  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  initial 
costs  including  cost  of  site,  cost  of  building,  and  costs  due  to 
legal  or  social  community  standards ;  and  continuing  costs  includ- 
ing operation  and  administration,  maintenance  and  repair,  de- 
preciation and  obsolescence,  interest,  insurance,  and  taxes.  Costs 
of  financing  are  a  part  of  both  classes.  In  comparing  dwelling 
costs,  all  these  factors  must  be  considered  from  the  time  the  build- 
ing is  erected  until  the  site  is  again  cleared. 

Studies  having  the  objective  of  improved  housing  should  take 
as  their  starting  point  the  provision  of  dwellings  for  the  majority 
of  families,  represented  by  that  urban  group  having  annual  incomes 
of  approximately  $1,800.  Conclusions  may  then  be  scaled  up  or 
down  to  meet  the  needs  of  other  income  groups. 

There  are  various  types  of  families,  and  their  housing  require- 
ments are  correspondingly  varied.  In  most  communities  there  is 
need  both  for  one- family  houses  and  for  multiple  dwellings.  The 
one- family  house  has  advantages  for  the  family  with  children. 
The  small  apartment  has  advantages  of  convenience  and  economy 
for  many  families  of  adults. 

While  the  tendency  to  greater  and  greater  lot  occupancy  is 
almost  universal  unless  and  until  it  is  checked  by  legislation  de- 
signed to  protect  the  public  interest,  it  has  gone  farthest  in  the 
older  and  larger  cities  of  the  Atlantic  seaboard.  The  resulting 
high  population  density  has  produced  high  land  values,20  and  these 
in  turn  have  contributed  to  increased  lot  occupancy. 

In  metropolitan  regions,  multiple  dwellings  tend  to  congregate 
near  the  larger  commercial  centers  and  near  rapid  transit  and 
suburban  railroad  stations,  for  convenience  of  access  to  centers  of 
business  and  of  entertainment. 

The  typical  apartment  is  a  temporary  abode,  which  does  not 
have  the  atmosphere  and  associations  of  a  permanent  home.  The 
apartment  population  is  a  relatively  nomadic  population  reluctant 
to  assume  local  responsibilities. 

Occupants  of  one-family  houses,  whether  owned  or  rented,  tend 
to  have  greater  stability,  a  greater  concern  in  the  character  of 


20  See  Appendix  II,  Land  Value  and  Its  Effect  upon  Types  of  Dwellings, 
p.  208. 


172  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

their  neighborhood.  With  genuine  home  ownership,  stability 
and  concern  in  neighborhood  and  civic  affairs  are  increased. 

The  decreasing  rate  of  population  growth,  the  declining  birth 
rate,  and  the  resultant  increased  proportion  of  older  people  in 
the  population  are  having  an  effect  upon  the  dwelling  accommoda- 
tions needed.  Smaller  families  composed  exclusively  of  adults 
may  get  along  with  smaller  houses  and  with  apartments.  When  1, 
2,  or  3  rooms  are  adequate,  the  multiple  dwelling  offers  obvious 
advantages. 

But  while  the  2-  or  3-multi-family  dwelling  unit  may  adequately 
serve  the  needs  of  a  childless  couple,  it  may  also  be  in  some  de- 
gree responsible  for  keeping  a  couple  childless.  The  declining 
birth  rate,  the  increased  proportion  of  elderly  people,  indicate 
not  only  an  increasing  demand  for  dwellings  in  which  one  may 
grow  old  in  comfort,  but  also  a  need  for  dwellings  that  are  hos- 
pitable to  children. 

The  maintenance  of  a  proper  proportion  of  one-family  homes 
and  of  multiple  dwellings  will  be  aided  by  requirements  that  the 
multiple  dwellings  shall  have  large  yards  and  courts  that  will  not 
only  provide  light  and  air  for  their  own  rooms,  but  that  will  pre- 
vent the  high  land  values  that  follow  intensive  building  and  lead 
to  more  intensive  building. 

Good  housing  involves  not  only  a  good  dwelling  on  a  good 
lot,  but  also  a  proper  relation  of  the  dwelling  to  its  neighborhood 
and  to  the  community  as  a  whole.  The  home  must  be  related 
to  the  school,  the  playground,  the  library,  the  neighborhood  stores 
and  civic  center.  The  arrangement  of  dwellings  may  vary  from 
the  self-contained  property  with  house  and  private  garden  and 
garage  to  the  group  of  dwellings  about  a  common  playground, 
served  by  a  block  or  neighborhood  garage. 

Studies 

The  committee  recommends  that  the  following  studies  be  made 
by  appropriate  existing  agencies  or  by  bodies  established  for  the 
purpose : 

1.  The  possible  decline  in  various  types  and  varieties  of  dwellings  in 
terms  of: 

(a)  Undue  land  occupancy. 
Two-family  dwellings. 
Row  dwellings. 


TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  173 

(b)  Uneconomic  units  of  administration,  as  small  multiple  dwellings 
(3  to  8  families). 

2.  Most  one-family  dwellings  erected  by  speculative  builders  are  built  for 
sale,  while  most  multiple  dwellings  are  built  for  rental  of  units  to  their 
occupants.    The  committee  recommends  a  study  of  the  effect  of  this  practice 
upon  the  occupancy  of  multiple  dwellings  to  determine  whether  one-family 
homes  produced  for  rental,  as  has  been  found  to  be  desirable  in  Pittsburgh 
by  the  Buhl  Foundation,  would  not  meet  a  demand  that  may  now  be  met 
imperfectly  by  the  multiple  dwelling.     This  study  should  comprehend  the 
basis  of  present  building  practices,  that  is,  whether  public  demand  is  behind 
the  production  of  apartment  houses  or  whether  the  public  need  for  living 
accommodations  at  a  given  rental  level  and  without  future  commitments  is 
being  exploited  by  apartment  house  builders. 

3.  It  would  be  of  great  interest  and  value  to  work  out  a  schedule  listing 
dwellings  by  types  and  varieties  in  the  order  of  their  desirability,  setting  a 
definite  rental  rate  on  each  for  specific  income  groups,  and  in  this  way  de- 
termine the  compromises  necessary  on  each  type  and  variety  because  of 
increases  in  land  value  or  in  building  costs.    This  study  should  in  each  case 
be  carried  to  the  point  where  each  type  or  variety  becomes  socially  objec- 
tionable or  economically  impossible. 

4.  What  are  the  relative  costs  of  building  and  of  operating  housing  units 
in  the  various  types  and  varieties  of  houses.  Study  should  be  on  the  basis,  as 
near  as  possible,  of: 

Identical  floor  area. 
Identical  cubage. 
Identical  number  of  rooms. 
Identical  equipment. 
Identical  service. 
Equivalent  location. 
Comparable  amenities. 

Where  identical  comparisons  are  impossible  proper  allowance  should  be 
made  for  these  factors. 

5.  When  complete  family  data  of  the  1930  census  are  available,  the  re- 
search started  on  the  basis  of  these  data  and  constituting  an  appendix  to  this 
report  should  be  continued  and  supplemented,  so  far  as  practical,  by  field 
studies  of  existing  neighborhoods.21 

6.  A  study  of  the  burdens  cast  upon  the  community  by  different  types  of 
dwellings.    Such  a  study  should  comprehend  the  street  requirements,  includ- 
ing automobile  parking;   community  utilities   such   as   storm  and   sanitary 
sewers  and  water  mains;   schools   and  other   educational   facilities;    play- 
grounds, parks,  and  other  open  spaces;  police  and  fire  protection;  garbage 
and  other  waste  disposal ;  and  other  factors. 

In  such  a  study  consideration  must  not  be  confined  to  first  cost  and  main- 
tenance charges.  The  intangible  investment  factors  such  as  improved  earn- 
ing ability  and  citizenship  attributable  to  schools  and  recreational  facilities, 
conditions  of  health  due  to  adequate  open  spaces  and  freedom  from  noise, 


21  See  Appendix  I,  Family  Types  and  Housing  Trends,  p.  175. 


174  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

and  safety  for  children  must  be  weighed  and  evaluated.  Possibilities  of 
changes  in  services  such  as  are  made  possible  through  incineration  of  garbage 
and  waste  and  the  burning  of  completely  combustible  fuels,  and  such  as  the 
motorizing  of  police  patrols  should  be  taken  into  account. 

7.  A  study  to  determine  the  ways  in  which  multi-  and  one-family  types  of 
housing  supplement  each  other  and  to  determine  the  competitive  phases  of 
the  two. 

8.  The  relation  of  land  costs  to  types  of  dwellings  to  determine  whether 
existing  relations  are  economic,  are  the  result  of  necessity,  or  of  ignorance 
of  the  investor  as  to  the  proper  type  of  dwelling  for  a  given  plot,  or  are  the 
result  of  demand ;  to  determine  whether  high  land  values  make  one-family 
housing  impossible  and  at  what  level  land  values  make  one-family  housing 
an  uneconomic  investment ;  and  to  determine  whether  there  are  intermediate 
types  of  housing  that  would  be  economical  on  relatively  high-priced  land. 

9.  The  saving  in  community  costs  effected  by  rehabilitating  blighted  areas, 
as  compared  with  endless  spreading  out  to  new  unimproved  areas. 


Courtesy  of  M.  and  R.  B.  Warren  and 
Tilden  Gardens,  Inc. 


Photograph  by 
Buckingham 


Detached  multi-family  houses  in  Washington,  D.  C.     This  development  con- 
sists of  five  buildings  erected  as  a  single  operation. 


Courtesy  of  Berkeley  L.  Simmons  Photograph  by  Buckingham 

More  than  usually  attractive  semi-detached  apartment  houses  in  Washington, 

D.  C.,  built  to  resemble  single-family  dwellings,  erected  with  a  party  wall 

rising  from  the  court  in  the  center  of  the  photograph. 


APPENDIX  I 

FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS1 

I.    Family  Types 
Varying  Types  and  Housing  Needs 

It  seems  that  social  needs  as  related  to  types  as  well  as  to  sizes 
of  dwellings  will  depend  on  the  needs  of  the  various  types  of  fami- 
lies. Families  vary  in  size,  composition,  income  and  desires.  There 
are  small  families  and  large  families ;  families  of  adults  and  fami- 
lies with  small  children.  There  are  families  with  all  ranges  of  in- 
come; those  that  can  choose  and  those  that  must  take  the  very 
cheapest  quarters.  There  are  married  women  who  are  wage  earn- 
ers. There  are  women  whose  health  is  not  equal  to  the  care  of  a 
large  house,  and  whose  income  will  not  permit  the  hiring  of  a 
servant.  There  are  men  who  want  a  home  and  garden  of  their 
own,  and  others  who  are  glad  to  be  relieved  of  that  responsi- 
bility. 

While  the  one-family  house  is  the  optimum  type  of  housing  for 
families  with  young  children,  it  may  not  be  for  all  types  of  fami- 
lies. Whatever  may  be  the  advantage  of  the  one-family  house 
from  the  social  and  civic  standpoint,  there  are  many  families  who 
prefer  the  apartment  house.  Families  of  two  adults,  either  newly 
married  couples  with  no  children  or  elderly  couples  whose  children 
have  grown  and  left  home,  frequently  prefer  the  apartment  house. 
We  should  know  how  many  families  of  this  type  there  are.  If, 
as  is  increasingly  the  case,  both  man  and  wife  are  employed  outside 
the  home,  the  apartment  house  may  be  the  more  satisfactory.  In 
families  with  one  or  more  children,  it  often  is  necessary  for  the 
wife  to  seek  employment  outside  the  home  in  order  to  provide 
educational  advantages  and  a  decent  standard  of  living  for  the 
children. 

In  such  families  there  may  be  a  choice  of  evils  in  order  that  the 
amount  of  housework  be  kept  to  a  minimum.  If  the  state  has  no 


1  This  study  was  discussed  and  outlined  by  the  committee.  The  conduct  of 
the  study  and  preparation  of  a  report  was  assigned  to  and  undertaken  by 
Mr.  Robert  Whitten,  a  member  of  the  committee.  The  report  was  then 
reviewed  and  revised  by  the  committee  and  adopted  as  an  appendix  to  its 
report.  The  Wilmington,  Delaware,  figures  used  in  this  Appendix  are  pre- 
liminary figures  of  the  1930  census,  the  latest  available  when  the  report  was 
prepared. 

175 


176  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

mothers'  assistance  fund,  such  facilities  as  day-nurseries  and  super- 
vised playgrounds  may  be  the  substitutes  for  home  care.  There  is 
the  married  man  who  wishes  to  be  relieved  of  all  responsibility  for 
house  and  yard.  Then  there  is  the  problem  of  housing  the  single 
man  or  woman. 

We  cannot  assume  that  every  family  consists  of  man,  wife  and 
three  children,  as  so  often  has  been  the  custom  of  economists. 
There  is  a  great  variety  in  types  of  families.  Each  may  have  its 
own  housing  requirements.  To  intelligently  attack  the  problem, 
we  should  know  what  these  types  are  and  what  proportion  of 
families  fall  in  each  group. 

For  the  purpose  of  determining  housing  needs,  families  may  be 
classified  in  various  ways,  including : 

1.  Number  of  persons  in  family. 

2.  Number  of  children  in  family. 

3.  Age  of  children. 

4.  Relative  need  for  simplification  of  housekeeping  and  house  and  yard 
maintenance  problem. 

5.  Need  for  freedom  to  move  from  one  locality  to  another,  or  from  one 
city  to  another. 

6.  Family  income. 

Family  Data  of  the  1930  Census 

There  is  very  little  existing  data  from  which  the  proportion  of 
families  of  the  various  types  can  be  determined.  The  family  data 
of  the  1930  census,  when  tabulated  and  analyzed,  will  give  consid- 
erable information  as  to  the  composition  of  the  family.  For  the 
purposes  of  this  study,  the  Bureau  of  the  Census  has  made  avail- 
able its  tabulation  of  three  of  the  proposed  eight  groupings  or 
counts  of  the  family  data  for  the  City  of  Wilmington,  Delaware. 
These  data  have  been  used  in  the  present  study.  As  soon  as  the 
census  tabulation  of  family  data  is  completed,  not  only  for  Wil- 
mington but  for  all  of  the  cities  of  the  United  States,  much  more 
complete  and  worth  while  data  can  be  secured  as  to  the  compo- 
sition of  the  family. 

Analysis  of  Wilmington  Census  Data 
In  Wilmington,  Delaware,  according  to  the  1930  census,  80.2 
per  cent  of  the  families  live  in  one-family  houses,  10.1  per  cent  in 
two-family  houses,  and  only  9.7  per  cent  in  multiple  dwellings. 
The  census  also  shows  that  45.9  per  cent  of  the  families  live  in 
owned  homes,  and  54.1  per  cent  in  rented  homes. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS  177 

Composition  of  the  Family.  Of  the  total  number  of  families, 
31.9  per  cent  consist  of  not  more  than  two  related  persons.  The 
census  data  for  the  family  are  tabulated  according  to  number  of 
related  persons  and  so  does  not  include  lodgers  and  other  persons 
not  related  by  blood,  marriage  or  adoption,  to  the  head  of  the  fam- 
ily. Families  of  three  related  persons  make  up  21.3  per  cent  of 
the  total,  so  that  there  are  53.2  per  cent  of  the  families  having  not 
more  than  three  persons.  The  minimum  housing  needs  of  most  of 
these  families  can  be  satisfied  with  a  3-  to  5-room  house  or  apart- 
ment. (Table  I.) 

Of  the  total  number  of  families,  21.1  per  cent  have  but  one 
child  under  twenty-one  years  of  age;  15.8  per  cent  have  two  chil- 
dren, 9.3  per  cent  three  children,  and  11.8  per  cent  have  four  or 
more  children  under  twenty-one.  Thus  58  per  cent  of  the  fami- 
lies have  one  or  more  children  and  36.9  per  cent  have  two  or  more 
children.  (Table  I.)  It  is  fairly  clear  that  for  all  of  the  families 
with  two  or  more  children,  and  for  at  least  most  of  the  families 
with  but  one  child,  the  advantages  of  a  one-family  house  are 
marked. 

In  42  per  cent  of  the  families,  there  are  no  children  under 
twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  in  63.5  per  cent  there  are  no  chil- 
dren under  ten  years  of  age.  (Table  I.)  For  more  than  two- 
fifths  of  the  total  number  of  families,  therefore,  the  problem  of 
the  welfare  of  children  is  not  necessarily  of  immediate  importance 
in  the  selection  of  a  home.  These  are  families  of  adults  solely. 

Fifteen  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of  families  have  one  or 
more  lodgers.  Of  the  total  number  of  families,  8.6  per  cent  have 
a  single  lodger,  and  3.5  per  cent  have  two  lodgers.  Only  2.9  per 
cent  of  the  total  number  of  families  have  three  or  more  lodgers. 
(Table  I.)  It  is  not  clear  that  there  is  any  distinct  advantage  as 
between  different  types  of  dwellings  in  so  far  as  lodgers  are  con- 
cerned. 

In  15.1  per  cent  of  the  families  in  Wilmington,  the  homemaker 
is  gainfully  employed.  Of  those  gainfully  employed,  90.8  per  cent 
are  engaged  in  occupations  outside  the  home.  Of  those  employed 
outside  the  home,  10.9  per  cent  are  professional  workers,  17  per 
cent  office  workers,  9  per  cent  saleswomen,  39.3  per  cent  servants 
and  waitresses,  and  18.2  per  cent  industrial  workers.  (Table  II.) 

When  the  children  grow  up  and  leave  home,  the  parents  may 
take  a  small  apartment.  In  Wilmington,  18.6  per  cent  of  the  fami- 


178  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


w 
M 

g 
£ 

& 


O 
o 


o    fc 

4-»       M 

bJO   S 

•S  3 

6ri 

r-H        W 

r  u 


O 


19 


g 

Jfi  a 

10  f)  Ox  NO*"-     •     • 

o 

n 

£§ 

IO  OO  CS  OO  Tt<       •      • 

to  cs             •    • 

§ 

Gainful  -9 

Number 
of  families 

Tf  oo  oo  cs  TH 

TH  ^  10  cs  TH     •    • 
i—  i 

IO 

CS 

;_,  •£> 

O  NO  10  Tt<  t-  rj<  rj< 

0 

S 

f£g 

10  oo  ro  TH 
00 

^-H 

imber  of 

Number 
of  families 

cs  r^  10  oo  cs  ON  O 

cs  oo  O  ^  oo  00  TH 

l>-  TH  ON  CO  TH          TH 
TH  CS 

cs 

«<6 
*jj 
10 

10 

CS 

ft 

1 

o 

! 

i-,  -1-5 
53  C 

5  8 

to  es  »o  o\  O  t-  cs 

CO  OO  O  rt*  CS 

\O  »-(  T-I 

0 

§ 

w 

I 

Children  i 

Number 
of  families 

CS  Th  00  O  <*  »-"  "* 
CS  •*  t^  »O  '-H  00  IO 
CS  vO  \O  CS  in  TH 

O  -^  CS  i-H 
^—1 

CO 

•* 
10 

IO 

CS 

1 

«H 

CS 

»-i  •*•* 

O  ^—  i  OO  CO  i—  i  T—  i  ^O 

o 

I 

f 

£§ 

CS  •r-t  10  ON  iO  CO  CO 

Tti  CS  ••-< 

8 

T-I 

|l 

O  O  J>-  ON  ON  OO  rj< 
CO  OO  rt<  OO  00  OO  i"H 
t~»  CO  O  CO  CS  t^  ON 

rt 

rjn 
IO 

i 

l| 

O  »O  -^  CS  •»-! 

«-H 

10 

CS 

. 

i*  +* 

•  ON  O  fC  »O  O  ff5 

0 

1 

&  I 

•  !>•  T^  1-4  1^  CS  t^ 

CS    CS    T-I    T-I   •^H 

8 

1 

il 

•  00  O  00  OO  T^  10 

•  *-H  PC  co  »o  t^-  cs 

•O^'*  rfiO-* 

WJ 

T^ 

10 

(2 

M 

•  CS  vo  10  -^  rO  -*f 

IO 

CS 





i 



^D 

1 

oj    ;                   S 

1 

§  :     :  :    fe 

^  TH  CS  CO  Tt<  »O  NO 

Cf>  NO  IO 

NO  00  ON 


ON  CS  CS  NO 
OON  -^  ^ 
•^  CS  TH  fO 


O  ^O  T-t  vo  CS  NO 

iO  fC  t^  00  ON  ON 

00  ON  ON  ON  ON  ON 


CS  ON  Tt<  CS 

CS  O  *-i  NO 
t-«  ON  00  TH 


ro  T-H  cs  t~-  ON  ON 
NO  00  ON  ON  ON  ON 


CS  NO  rj<  •>*  OO  ON 
CS  NO  Tt<  ON  O  OO 
cs  oo  10  r~  co  TJ< 


O  TH  ON  CS  CO  Tt< 


CS  CO  OO  00  fO  NO 
**  NO  t-  00  ON  ON 


T-t  T-*  IO  00  NO 


ON  ON  CSJ-^t^. 

t—  TH  CO  O  CS 


•  oo  oo  NO  **  oo 

'  TH  Tf  OO  -*  T-t 


CJ  r- 1  T-H  i— .  • 


T-I  cs  co  T*<  10 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


179 


co  10  O  ON      •      • 

r-l  <M  ^t1  TH      '      ' 


«*  ON  CO  »H 
CN 


O  ••*  ON  iO  CO  Th 
IO  NO  CS  TH 


1-1  rj<  ONTH  OO 
(M  ro  CS  00  ON  *-" 

OO  NO  t-.  CO  T-I  T-H 


tO  CO  OO  Os  &\  £** 


O  ON  TH  OO  t—  NO 

00  NO  T-I  T-I 


CO  1—  O  *-•  <S  rf 
I-H  «s  OO  ON  O  "-1 


Tj<  O\  IO  (M  »H 


O  TH  T-H  00  CO  CO 
O  CN  00  NO  ON  t^ 


CO  IO  lO  t^  ON  VO 
TH  CS  O\  lO  ON  CS 
»O  lO  CO  ON  ^t*  "^ 


0^   QJ   C2   C2   ^   Q^ 
O   O   O   O   O   O 

a  6  a  a  a  a 


ad 


bfl 


811.8 

*wh 
j^| 

•§5^1 


180  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


PERCENTACt 
OF  FAMILIES 

25 


CHART   I 


NUMBER   OF  RELATED   PERSONS 


CHART     II 


CHART  III 


-  2,500 


-  5.000 


01       2345 

NUMBER  OP  CHILDREN 
UNDER   10 


Composition  of  the  Family,  Wilmington,  Delaware 

A  series  of  charts  showing  the  number  and  percentage  of  families  having 
each  specified  number  of  related  persons,  number  of  children  under  21  years, 
and  number  of  children  under  10  years.  Graphic  presentation  of  data  from 

Table  I. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


181 


PERCENTAGE 
OF  FAMILIES 


CHART  IV 


CHART   V 


80 


60 


40 


20 


0123 

NUMBER  OF  LODGERS 


20.000 


15.000 


10.000 


5.000 


60 
50- 
40- 
30- 
20 
10 
0 


15.000 


10.000 


5.000 


0123 

NUMBER  OF  GAINFUL 
WORKERS 


Composition  of  the  Family,  Wilmington,  Delaware 

Charts  showing  the  number  and  percentage  of  families  having  each  specified 
number  of  lodgers  and  gainful  workers.    Graphic  presentation  of  data  from 

Table  I. 


lies  have  a  man  head  fifty-five  or  more  years  of  age.  Probably 
most  of  these  families  are  best  accommodated  in  a  small  house 
or  apartment.  The  average  age  of  the  man  head  for  all  families 
is  44.9  years. 


Table  II.  Occupations  of  Gainfully  Employed  Homemakers, 
Wilmington,  Delaware. 


Number  of 
families 

Per  cent 

Families  having  homemaker  
Homemaker  not  gainfully  employed  

24,499 
20,808 

100.0 
84  9 

Homemaker  gainfully  employed  

3,691 

15  1 

Homemaker  gainfully  employed 

3  691 

100  0 

At  home                   

328 

8  9 

Away  from  home  

3,350 

90  8 

Not  specified  

13 

0  3 

Homemaker  employed  away  from  home  

3,350 

100  0 

Professional  workers 

365 

10  9 

Office  workers 

568 

17  0 

Industrial  workers  

609 

18  2 

Servants  waitresses,  etc  

1,318 

39  3 

Saleswomen  

302 

9  0 

Other  occupations 

188 

5  6 

182  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table  III.    Median  Size  of  Family  in  Wilmington  (Related 
Persons  Only). 


All 
classes 

NATIVE  WHITE 

OTHERS 

Total 

Native 
parents 

Foreign 
parents 

Foreign 
white 

Negro 

TOTAL 

2.85 
3.16 
2.64 

2.73 
2.80 
2.68 

2.66 
2.71 
2.64 

2.95 
3.06 
2.84 

4.01 
4.29 
3.50 

1.95 
2.31 
1.92 

Owners  ....        .  .    . 

Renters  

In  Wilmington,  the  average  size  of  a  private  family  is  4.05  per- 
sons. This  average  is  made  up  of  3.76  related  persons  and  0.29 
lodgers,  servants  and  other  persons  not  related  to  the  head  of  the 
family  by  blood,  marriage  or  adoption.  In  the  make-up  of  the 
average  family  of  3.76  related  persons,  0.76  are  children  ten  to 
twenty  years  of  age  and  0.67  are  children  under  ten  years  of  age. 
There  are  1.43  children  under  21  in  the  average  family  and  1.58 
gainful  workers. 

Home  Values  and  Rentals.  In  Wilmington  the  median  value 
of  the  owned  homes  is  $6,041.  The  median  monthly  rental  of  the 
rented  home  is  $32.18. 

In  Wilmington,  26  per  cent  of  the  owned  homes  have  a  value 
between  $3,000  and  $5,000,  33  per  cent  between  $5,000  and  $7,500, 
and  14.1  per  cent  between  $7,500  and  $10,000.  Thus,  73.1  per 
cent  of  the  homes  owned  are  valued  between  $3,000  and  $10,000. 
(Table  IV.) 

Of  the  homes  rented,  10.8  per  cent  have  a  monthly  rental  of 
$15  to  $20,  29.1  per  cent  a  rental  of  $20  to  $30,  36.7  per  cent  a 
rental  of  $30  to  $50,  and  12.7  per  cent  a  rental  of  $50  to  $75.  For 
46.7  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of  tenants,  the  monthly  rental 
is  under  $30,  and  for  83.4  per  cent  the  monthly  rental  is  under 
$50.  (Table  V.) 

The  annual  rental  value  of  the  owned  homes  has  been  estimated 
by  taking  10  per  cent  of  the  value  of  the  owned  homes.2  On  this 
basis  the  percentage  of  homes  in  the  rental  groups  under  $50  a 


2  While  10  per  cent  gross  may  be  low  as  a  basis  for  determining  commercial 
rentals,  it  seems  reasonable  as  a  basis  for  comparing  the  probable  family  in- 
come status  of  the  owner  and  renter  groups. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


183 


03 

13 
Q 

o 

"So 


TJ 

(U 


O 

<-H 

O 

I 


fc 


g  g  8  8  S  8  fi  8  fi  8 

oooooooooo 

aaaaaaaaaa 


Ooo 


T-H  f<5  vO  C3O  ON  ON 


ber 


Num 
of  ho 


184  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


PERCENTAGE 

OF   HOMES 

14 


CHART   VI 


12 


10 


1.500 


1,250 


1.000 


750 


500 


250 


01       2      3      4      5      6      7      8      9      10     II      12     13     14    15     16     17     18     19   20 
VALUE  Or  HOME    -  THOUSANDS  OF  DOLLARS 

Value  of  Owned  Homes,  Wilmington,  Delaware 

Distribution  of  Owned  Homes  according  to  Value  of  Home. 

Where  the  interval  of  the  value  groups  in  the  original  data  was  greater  than 

$1,000,  the  groups  have  been  split  into  $1,000  groups  by  smoothing. 


month  is  lower  for  the  owned  homes  than  for  the  rented  homes. 
This  is  to  be  expected,  as  the  families  that  own  their  homes  are 
likely  to  be  of  a  higher  average  income  level  than  those  who  rent. 
For  the  owned  homes,  18.1  per  cent  have  an  estimated  monthly 
rental  value  under  $30,  while  for  the  rented  homes  46.7  per  cent 
have  a  rental  value  under  $30.  For  the  owned  homes,  51.9  per 
cent  have  an  estimated  rental  value  under  $50,  while  for  the  rented 
homes  83.4  per  cent  have  a  monthly  rental  under  $50.  (Tables  V 
and  VI.) 

Table  VII  shows  the  estimated  rental  value  of  all  homes,  both 
rented  and 'owned.  Of  the  total  number  of  families,  33.5  per  cent 
live  in  homes  with  an  estimated  rental  under  $30,  and  68.8  per 
cent  in  homes  with  a  rental  under  $50.  The  table  also  shows  that 
for  21  per  cent  of  the  homes  the  estimated  rental  value  is  between 
$20  and  $30;  for  35.3  per  cent  between  $30  and  $50;  and  for  19 
per  cent  between  $50  and  $75.  For  only  12.2  per  cent  is  the  esti- 
mated rental  value  $75  or  more;  and  for  only  12.5  per  cent  is  it 
under  $20. 

Comparison  of  Family  Types  by  Wards.     Certain  of  the 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


185 


1 

a> 

Q 
§ 


I 


rfSt 

ga 

§3 


Number 
of  homes 


800  CO  CS  ?*5  \O  fO 
ON  ON  00  10  1-1 


gg 


gg 


gggg 


ooooooo 


ss 


CS  OO  \O  t--  Tj<  i-l 


i-H  vO  t—  O  fO  NO  00  ON  ON 

1-1  -&  00  O\  ON  ON  Ov 


\O  '-i 

I-H  ON  fC  «N  T-I  00  CS  fj  rt* 


CN  vO  •^H  CS  CO  CO  fO 


OiOOOOiO 


OOO 
O  "">  O 


1-1  fO  rh  T-I 


t~^  es  ON 

CS  OOO 
T}<  l-HNO 


186  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

CHART  VII 


or  HOMES 

30r 


25 


20 


15 


10 


4.000 


-  3.000 


-  2.000 


-  1.000 


0   10  20  30  40  50  60 

MONTHLY  RENTAL  OF  HOME  -  DOLLARS 

Rental  Paid  for  Rented   Homes,  Wilmington, 
Delaware 

Distribution  of  Rented  Homes  according  to  Rental  Paid. 

Where  the  interval  of  the  rental  groups  in  the  original  data 

was  greater  than  $10,  the  groups  have  been  split  into  $10 

groups  by  smoothing. 


PERCENTAGE 

or  HOMES 

18 


CHART  VII! 


NUMBER 

OF  HOMES 


-2.000 


1.500 


1.000 


500 


0      10    20   30  40    5O    60    70    80    90   100  110   120  I3O  140  150  160  170  180  190200 
ESTIMATED   MONTHLY    RENTAL   VALUE    OF    HOME    -  DOLLARS 

Estimated   Rental   Value   of    Owned   Homes,    Wilmington, 

Delaware 

Distribution  of  Owned  Homes  according  to  Estimated  Rental  Value. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


187 


0) 

p 

G 
O 

-*-• 
bD 
C 


T) 

S 
o 


•a 


Number 
of  homes 


£a 

fi  o 


Estimated 
rental 


imated  m 
rental  val 


§O\f^fO"-'OO'^-l»-<v 
O\  ON  ON  00  "*  CS  -rH 


v*T-l  O  OMO  CS 


oooooooooo 

saaaeaaeas 


T*  iot^  OO  O\  O\ 


CS  IO  00  O  O  *-H 


^-t  ro  es  »-t 


8 


\OOMO 

T— I   V— (    CO 
tf   T-l    IO 


:  G 

dg 
i| 

j§^ 

ill 
?! 


188  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


CL> 
P 

I 

£ 
•  t-i 


1 

O 

ffi 


CO 

H 


£a 

£1 


I 


^ 


hly 


§00  lOt—  \O  ••-1  CN  VO  CO  • 
ON  ON  OOOfO^H 


TH  CO  \O  00  ON  ON  ON 


vO 
ON 


i  cs  cs  es  cs 


OiOOOOiOOOO 

•^H»-HCNOOlOt^O^OO 


^H  10  00  ^  T-I 


N   S 


P  •  • 

8  :  : 


o  ^ 

ro  T-I 


Value 
Value 
TOT 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


189 


CHART   IX 


5.000 


4,000 


3.000 


2.000 


1.000 


0      10    20    30  40    50    60    70    80    90  100   110  120  130  140   150  160  170  180  190  20O 
MONTHLY    RENTAL   VALUE    Of   HOME    -    DOLLARS 

Rental  Value  of  All  Homes,  Wilmington,  Delaware 

Distribution  of  All  Homes  according  to  Rental  Value. 
The  number  of  owned  homes,  distributed  according  to  estimated  rental  value 
(Chart  VIII),  has  been  combined  with  the  number  of  rented  homes,  dis- 
tributed according  to  rental  paid  (Chart  VII),  and  is  here  presented  as  a 

single  chart. 

census  data  were  tabulated  for  Wilmington  by  wards.  An  analysis 
of  these  data  is  valuable  as  showing  differences  in  composition  of 
the  family  and  in  value  of  homes  in  the  wards  having  a  large  in- 
dustrial population,  as  compared  with  the  wards  in  which  the 
higher-income  groups  live.  Wards  9,  10  and  12  were  selected  for 
purposes  of  this  comparison.  Ward  9  is  one  of  the  best  residen- 
tial districts.  The  houses  in  the  westerly  part  are  mainly  detached 
and  semi-detached.  The  northerly  and  easterly  parts  have  many 
two-story  row  houses  of  the  better  type.  A  large  part  of  the  city's 
growth  in  recent  years  has  been  in  this  ward.  The  population  of 
Ward  10  is  industrial.  The  ward  includes  a  number  of  industrial 
establishments.  In  Ward  12,  the  population  is  also  largely  indus- 
trial. There  are  many  two-story  row  houses.  The  ward  contains 
part  of  Union  Park  Gardens,  a  Government  war-time  development 
of  very  good  type. 

Table  VIII  gives  a  comparison  of  family  data  for  Wards  9,  10 
and  12,  together  with  similar  data  for  Wilmington  as  a  whole.    In 


190  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Table    VIII.      Comparison    of    Family   Types    in    Selected 
Wards,*   Wilmington,   Delaware. 


Ward 
9 

Ward 
10 

Ward 
12 

Entire 
city 

TOTAL  NUMBER  OF  FAMILIES   

5  727 

1,524 

2,440 

25,543 

Median  size  of  family  (related  persons)  : 
All  families  

2  89 

3.45 

3.29 

2.85 

Families  having  native  white  head  
Families  having  Negro  head  

Per  cent  of  families  having: 
Native  white  head  

2.80 
2.21 

83  4 

3.22 
1.80 

65  6 

3.09 
2.05 

68.9 

2.73 
1.95 

66.9 

Foreign  born  white  head  

14  0 

33  6 

24.8 

21.0 

Negro  head 

2  6 

8 

6  3 

12  1 

Per  cent  of  families  having: 
No  children  under  10    ... 

63  4 

53  8 

57  4 

63.5 

One  child  under  10    

20  6 

21  0 

19  3 

18.2 

Two  or  more  children  under  10  

16  0 

25  2 

23  3 

18.3 

Per  cent  of  families  living  in: 
One-family  dwellings 

85  6 

87  0 

87  8 

80  2 

Two-family  dwellings 

96 

9  3 

9  2 

10  1 

Multi-family  dwellings 

4  8 

3  7 

3  0 

9  7 

Per  cent  of  families  owning  homes  

62  2 

48  5 

49  4 

45.9 

Per  cent  of  families  renting  homes  

Per  cent  of  owned  homes  valued  at: 
Less  than  $1  ,  500 

37.8 
g 

51.5 

7 

50.6 

4 

54.1 
1  4 

Less  than    3,000 

4  0 

19  6 

8  5 

10  8 

Less  than    5,000 

19  7 

72  3 

44  2 

36  8 

Less  than    7  ,  500 

60  3 

93  2 

86  6 

69.8 

Less  than  10,000.  .    .            

82  6 

97  9 

96  1 

83.9 

$10,000  or  more  

17  4 

2  1 

3  9 

16.1 

Per  cent  of  rented  homes  renting  for: 
Less  than  $15  

4  3 

3.5 

1.3 

6.8 

Less  than    30 

32  9 

61  5 

41  7 

46  7 

Less  than    50  . 

73  6 

96  0 

92  5 

83.4 

Less  than  100  .... 

98  9 

99  6 

99  8 

98.6 

$100  or  more  

1  l 

4 

.2 

1.4 

Per  cent  of  families  having  radio  sets  .... 

69.5 

47.8 

59.5 

53.6 

*  Wards  10  and  12  are  industrial  sections  and  ward  9  better-class  residential. 

Ward  9  (better-class  residential)  83.4  per  cent  of  the  families  have 
a  native  white  head.  In  Ward  10  (industrial)  only  65.6  per  cent 
have  a  native  white  head,  while  33.6  per  cent  have  a  foreign  born 
white  head  and  0.8  per  cent  have  a  Negro  head.  In  Ward  9,  62.2 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


191 


PERCEN- 

or  HO 
50 

40 

30 
20 
10 
0 

rAGE                    *~nf\n  i     A 

VIES 

r 

\ 

1 

VAR 
WAR 

3  9 

D  10 

-- 

-- 

/ 

\ 

\    V 

I 

] 

\ 

s 

/ 

,/ 

V 

X 

X 

'-- 

^.^ 

O       O       O       O      O 


oooooo 


I       i       i       I       i 
ooooo 


oooo 

—     c\i<«)«o«>t^ 

MONTHLY  RENTAL    -  DOLLARS 


Comparison    of    Rentals 

in  Two  Selected  Wards, 

Wilmington,  Delaware 

Smoothed  distribution  of  rented 
homes  according  to  rental  paid 
for  Ward  9  (better-class  resi- 
dential) compared  with  similar 
distribution  for  Ward  10  (in- 
dustrial population). 


per  cent  of  the  families  own  their  homes,  and  in  Ward  10  only 
48.5  per  cent.  In  Ward  9,  19.7  per  cent  of  the  owned  homes  are 
valued  under  $5,000;  while  in  Ward  10,  72.3  per  cent  of  the 
owned  homes  have  a  value  of  less  than  $5,000.  In  Ward  9,  32.9 
per  cent  of  the  rented  homes  have  a  monthly  rental  under  $30, 
and  in  Ward  10,  61.5  per  cent  have  a  rental  under  $30.  In  Ward 
9,  the  median  size  of  the  family  (related  persons  only)  is  2.89 
persons,  while  in  Ward  10,  the  family  median  is  3.45  persons.  In 
Ward  9,  63.4  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of  families  have  no 
children  under  ten  years  of  age,  while  in  Ward  10  only  53.8  per 
cent  have  no  children  under  ten  years  of  age.  In  Ward  9,  only 
16  per  cent  of  the  families  have  two  or  more  children  under  ten 
years  of  age,  while  in  Ward  10,  25.2  per  cent  of  the  families  have 
two  or  more  children  under  ten.  In  Ward  9,  85.6  per  cent  of  the 
families  live  in  single-family  dwellings,  while  in  Ward  10  this 
percentage  is  87.  For  Wilmington  as  a  whole,  the  percentage  of 
families  living  in  single-family  dwellings  is  80.2. 

This  comparison  shows  clearly  the  much  lower  income  and 
rental  range  of  the  families  of  industrial  workers  as  compared 
with  families  in  the  better  residential  sections  or  with  families  for 
the  city  as  a  whole.  It  also  shows  somewhat  larger  families  and 
more  children  in  the  industrial  sections.  This  may  be  due  to  the 


192  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

larger  percentage  of  foreign  born.  In  industrial  Ward  10,  33.6 
per  cent  of  the  families  have  a  foreign  born  head,  while  in  Ward 
9  this  percentage  is  but  14. 

Cincinnati  School  Census  Data 

In  Cincinnati  in  1930,  52.33  per  cent  of  the  families  had  no  chil- 
dren of  school  age,  i.e.,  five  to  seventeen  years,  inclusive.  Of  the 
total  number  of  families,  26.6  per  cent  had  but  one  child,  12.2  per 
cent  two  children,  and  only  8.77  per  cent  of  the  families  had  three 
or  more  children.3 

The  Aging  of  the  Population 

With  the  declining  birth  rate  and  the  slowing  down  of  the  popu- 
lation growth  of  the  United  States,  the  proportion  of  the  popula- 
tion in  the  various  age  groups  under  forty  years  is  declining,  and 
the  percentage  in  the  age  groups  over  forty  years  is  gradually  in- 
creasing. The  percentage  of  young  people,  and  especially  of  chil- 
dren, is  decreasing,  and  the  percentage  of  older  people,  especially 
in  the  age  groups  from  fifty-six  to  seventy-five,  is  increasing. 
In  1920,  40.7  per  cent  of  the  population  were  children  under 
twenty  years  of  age.  In  1930,  this  percentage  had  decreased  to 
38.8  and,  when  the  ultimate  stationary  population  of  the  United 
States  is  reached,  it  is  expected  that  this  percentage  will  be  about 
29.  The  census  of  1930  shows  actually  fewer  children  under  five 
years  of  age  than  in  1920.  This  age  group  is  now  9.3  per  cent  of 
the  total,  whereas  in  1920  it  was  10.9  per  cent. 

II.    Present  Situation  and  Trend  as  to  Dwelling  Types 
The  Dwelling  Trend  as  Indicated  by  New  Construction 

The  United  States  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  has  compiled 
building  permit  statistics  for  257  identical  cities  showing  the 
number  and  percentage  of  new  homes  4  provided  in  one- family 
dwellings,  in  two-family  dwellings  and  in  multiple  dwellings  by 
new  construction  for  each  year  beginning  with  1921.  (Table  IX.) 


8  Information  supplied  from  an  analysis  of  Cincinnati  School  Census,  1930, 
by  Mr.  Harris  Ginberg,  Secretary-Treasurer  of  the  Cincinnati  Model  Homes 
Company,  and  a  member  of  the  Committee  on  Types  of  Dwellings. 

4  "Home"  as  used  here  means  a  suite  of  rooms  arranged  for  occupancy  by 
one  family.  It  may  be  an  entire  one-family  dwelling,  one  of  the  two  suites 
of  a  two-family  dwelling  or  an  apartment  in  a  multiple  dwelling. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


193 


Table  IX.    Number  and  Per  Cent  of  New  Homes  Provided 

for  in  the  Different  Types  of  Dwellings 

in  257  Identical  Cities. 


NEW  RESIDENTIAL  CONSTRUCTION  1921  TO  1930  INCLUSIVE* 


Number  of  new  homes  provided  in 

Per  cent  of  new  homes  provided  in 

Year 

One- 

Two- 

Multi- 

All 

One- 

Two- 

Multi- 

family 

family 

family 

classes  of 

family 

family 

family 

dwellings 

dwellings! 

dwellings  J 

dwellings 

dwellings 

dwellings! 

dwellings  J 

1921. 

130,873 

38,858 

54,814 

224,545 

58.3 

17.3 

24.4 

1922.      . 

179,364 

80,252 

117,689 

377,305 

47.5 

21.3 

31.2 

1923.      . 

207,632 

96,344 

149,697 

453,673 

45.8 

21.2 

33.0 

1924.      . 

210,818 

95,019 

137,082 

442,919 

47.6 

21.5 

30.9 

1925.      . 

226,159 

86,145 

178,918 

491,222 

46.0 

17.5 

36.4 

1926.      . 

188,074 

64,298 

209,842 

462,214 

40.7 

13.9 

45.4 

1927.      .. 

155,512 

54,320 

196,263 

406,095 

38.3 

13.4 

48.3 

1928.      .. 

136,907 

43,098 

208,673 

388,678 

35.2 

11.1 

53.7 

1929.      .  . 

98,164 

27,813 

118,417 

244,394 

40.2 

11.4 

48.5 

1930..    .. 

57,318 

15,145 

52,859 

125,322 

45.7 

12.1 

42.2 

*  Monthly  Labor  Review,  Washington,  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics,  U.  S.  Department  of  Labor, 
April,  1931,  p.  171. 

t  Includes  one-family  and  two-family  dwellings  with  stores, 
t  Includes  multi-family  dwellings  with  stores. 

The  terms  one- family  dwelling,  two- family  dwelling  and  multiple 
dwelling  conform  to  the  definitions  adopted  by  this  committee  with 
the  exception  of  the  mixed  occupancies  and  the  further  exception 
that  the  two-family  dwelling  classification  of  the  bureau  includes  a 
building  in  which  two  families  live  side  by  side  and  enter  by  a 
common  entrance.  A  store  and  dwelling  building  with  either  one 
or  two  families  is  included  with  the  two-family  dwellings.  A  store 
with  apartments  for  more  than  two  families  is  included  with  the 
multiple  dwellings. 

Of  the  new  homes  built  in  1929,  40.2  per  cent  were  in  one- family 
dwellings,  11.4  per  cent  in  two-family  dwellings  and  48.5  per  cent 
in  multiple  dwellings.  The  percentage  of  new  homes  in  one-family 
dwellings  decreased  from  58.3  in  1921  to  40.2  in  1929.  During 
the  same  period  the  percentage  of  new  homes  in  two-family 
dwellings  decreased  from  17.3  to  11.4.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
percentage  in  multiple  dwellings  increased  from  24.4  to  48.5. 

The  most  marked  decrease  has  come  in  the  construction  of  two- 
family  dwellings.  Table  IX  shows  that  17.3  per  cent  of  the  new 
homes  were  in  two-family  dwellings  in  1921  and  only  11.4  per  cent 
were  in  two-family  dwellings  in  1929.  During  this  period  the  two- 
family  dwelling  reached  its  peak  in  1924,  and  in  that  year  ac- 


194  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

counted  for  21.5  per  cent  of  the  new  homes  constructed.  Among 
the  large  cities  Buffalo,  Detroit,  Milwaukee  and  Boston  show  the 
erection  of  a  large  number  of  two-family  dwellings  throughout  the 
period  studied.  In  Buffalo,  in  1929,  51.5  per  cent  of  the  new 
homes  provided  were  in  two-family  dwellings.  In  Detroit  the  per- 
centage of  new  homes  provided  in  two-family  dwellings  increased 
from  17.9  in  1921  to  26.5  in  1929.  For  the  14  largest  cities,  how- 
ever, the  percentage  of  new  homes  in  two- family  dwellings  de- 
creased from  21.7  in  1921  to  10.3  in  1929. 

Large  numbers  of  two-family  dwellings  were  erected  in  1921  in 
certain  of  the  smaller  cities,  including  Bethlehem,  Pa. ;  Bayonne, 
N.  J. ;  East  Chicago,  Ind. ;  Everett,  Mass. ;  Kearney,  N.  J. ;  and 
Watertown,  Mass.  In  Bethlehem,  the  percentage  of  new  homes 
provided  in  two-family  dwellings  increased  from  3.7  in  1921  to 
49.2  in  1929.  In  Bayonne  this  increase  was  from  28.1  per  cent  to 
44.8 per  cent;  in  East  Chicago  from  31.0  per  cent  to  44.0  per  cent. 
On  the  other  hand,  in  many  of  these  smaller  cities  the  percentage 
of  new  homes  in  two- family  dwellings  declined. 

While  for  the  257  identical  cities  the  percentage  of  new  homes 
in  one- family  dwellings  decreased  from  58.3  to  40.2  between  1921 
and  1929,  the  trend  was  by  no  means  uniform  for  all  of  the  cities 
included.  Among  the  14  largest  cities  there  were  6  cities,  Balti- 
more, Boston,  Cleveland,  Detroit,  Pittsburgh  and  San  Francisco 
in  which  the  percentage  of  new  homes  in  one-family  dwellings  re- 
mained practically  stationary  or  actually  increased.5  Of  the  175 
independent  cities  of  over  25,000  many  show  substantially  no 
change  or  any  actual  increase  in  percentage  of  new  homes  in  one- 
family  dwellings,  although  the  percentage  for  this  group  of  cities 
as  a  whole  fell  from  79.4  per  cent  in  1921  to  71.2  per  cent  in  1929. 
(Table  X.) 

The  trend  toward  multi-family  house  construction,  which  was 
very  marked  from  1921  to  1928,  suffered  a  decline  in  1929  and 
1930.  (Table  IX.)  In  1921,  24.4  per  cent  of  the  homes  provided 
in  all  classes  of  new  dwellings  were  in  multiple  dwellings.  This 
percentage  of  new  homes  in  multiple  dwellings  increased  quite 
steadily  until  in  1928,  53.7  per  cent  of  the  new  homes  provided 


6  See  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics,  Bulletin  524,  Washington  (U.  S.  Depart- 
ment of  Labor),  U.  S.  Government  Printing  Office,  October,  1930,  pp.  24-30. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


195 


Table  X.     Per  Cent  of  New  Homes  Provided  in  Different 
Types  of  Dwellings  in  Various  Classes  of  Cities. 


NEW  RESIDENTIAL  CONSTRUCTION,  1921  AND  1929 


Class  of  city 

Year 

Total 
new 
homes 
provided 

Per  cent  of  new  homes  provided  in 

One- 
family 
dwellings 

Two- 
family 
dwellings* 

Multi- 
family 
dwellings  f 

14  largest  cities: 
Population  —  500,000 
or  moret  

1921 
1929 

1921 
1929 

1921 
1929 
1921 
1929 

1921 
1929 

1921 
1929 

1921 
1929 

1921 
1929 

112,273 
139,007 

140,223 
166,888 

23,930 
23,022 
164,153 
189,910 

35,737 
33,588 

19,553 
17,189 

7,498 
7,956 

62,788 
58,733 

44.2 
25.3 

50.3 
29.4 

50.1 

37.4 
50.2 
30.3 

79.3 
66.7 

79.8 
74.7 

78.6 
82.1 

79.4 
71.2 

21.7 
10.3 

19.4 
12.2 

24.6 
15.1 
20.1 
12.6 

9.5 
13.4 

11.4 
9.4 

11.3 

7.5 

10.3 
11.4 

34.0 
64.4 

30.3 
58.4 

25.3 
47.5 
29.7 
57.1 

11.2 
19.9 

8.8 
15.9 

10.1 
10.4 

10.3 
17.4 

Metropolitan  areas  §: 
31  central  metropoli- 
tan cities  
57  suburban  cities: 
Population  25,000 
or  more  ... 

TOTAL  —  31  central  and 
57  suburban  cities.  .  .  . 
Independent  cities: 
46  cities: 
Population  100,000 
or  more  
65  cities: 
Population  50,000- 
100,000  
64  cities: 
Population  25,000- 
50,000  

TOTAL  —  175  cities: 
Population  25,000 
or  more  

*  Includes  one-family  and  two-family  dwellings  with  stores. 

f  Includes  multi-family  dwellings  with  stores. 

t  Includes  Washington,  D.  C—  population,  1930—486,869. 

§  The  29  metropolitan  areas  recognized  by  the  census  in  1920.  Population 
of  central  city — 200,000  or  more  in  1920.  Two  of  the  areas,  Kansas  City  and 
Minneapolis-St.  Paul,  eaoh  have  two  central  cities — Kansas  City,  Mo.,  and 
Kansas  City,  Kans.,  in  the  case  of  the  former,  and  Minneapolis  and  St.  Paul  in 
the  case  of  the  latter.  Thus,  there  are  31  central  cities  for  the  29  metropolitan 
areas. 

were  in  multiple  dwellings.  In  1929,  this  percentage  fell  to  48.5 
per  cent  and  in  1930  to  42.2  per  cent.  The  year  1930  was  the  first 
since  1925  during  which  more  new  homes  were  provided  in  one- 
family  dwellings  than  in  multiple  dwellings.  It  is  too  soon  to  tell 
whether  this  decline  in  multiple  dwelling  construction  will  be  tern- 


196  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

porary  or  permanent.  The  general  depression  has  enormously 
reduced  all  building  operations.  The  number  of  homes  provided 
by  new  construction  in  1928  was  388,678  as  against  125,322  in 
1930.  The  average  number  of  new  homes  provided  in  all  classes 
of  dwellings  from  1922  to  1928  inclusive  was  431,729  per  year. 
This  was  a  period  of  great  building  activity.  The  years  1921  and 
1929  are  probably  best  for  comparative  purposes.  In  1921  accom- 
modations for  224,545  families  were  constructed  and  in  1929, 
accommodations  for  244,394  families. 

Statistics  for  the  first  six  months  of  1931  show  an  even  higher 
percentage  of  one-family  dwellings  than  in  1921.  Contract  records 
of  the  F.  W.  Dodge  Corporation  give  separate  statistics  for  one- 
family  houses  built  singly  and  one-family  houses  built  in  develop- 
ment projects  of  two  or  more  buildings  each.  The  development 
projects  have  declined  in  approximately  the  same  proportion  as 
have  apartments,  and  houses  erected  singly  have  been  continued  at 
a  better  rate  than  the  speculative  projects.  This  is  one  reason  for 
the  better  relative  showing  of  the  one-family  house  during  the 
depression  period. 

In  general.it  may  be  assumed  that  the  percentage  of  new  homes 
provided  in  one-family,  two-family  or  multiple  dwellings  bears 
some  relation  to  the  proportion  of  existing  homes  in  each  dwelling 
type.  However,  in  cities  in  which  the  proportion  of  the  various 
types  of  dwellings  is  rapidly  changing,  the  percentage  of  new  con- 
struction in  the  various  classes  may  bear  little  relation  to  the  per- 
centage of  the  various  types  actually  existing.  For  example,  in 
Chicago,  new  homes  provided  in  1929  were  distributed  as  follows : 
14.9  per  cent  in  one-family  dwellings ;  7.2  per  cent  in  two-family 
dwellings ;  and  77.9  per  cent  in  multiple  dwellings.  Statistics  of 
the  various  types  of  dwellings  existing  in  Chicago  in  1930  show 
13.4  per  cent  in  one-family  dwellings,  39.0  per  cent  in  two-family 
dwellings  and  47.6  per  cent  in  multiple  dwellings.  The  percentage 
of  existing  two-family  dwellings,  is,  therefore,  much  larger  than 
the  current  construction  of  two-family  dwellings ;  while  the  exist- 
ing supply  of  multiple  dwellings  is  much  smaller  than  the  present 
construction  of  multiple  dwellings.  Similarly,  in  St.  Louis  the 
1929  new  construction  shows  28.5  per  cent  of  the  homes  in  one- 
family  dwellings,  12.1  per  cent  in  two-family  dwellings  and  59.4 
per  cent  in  multiple  dwellings.  On  the  basis  of  existing  dwellings 
in  1930,  29.6  per  cent  of  the  homes  were  in  one-family  dwellings 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS  197 

(exclusive  of  doubles)  33.0  per  cent  were  in  two-family  dwellings 
(including  doubles)  and  38.4  per  cent  were  in  multiple  dwellings. 
In  both  St.  Louis  and  Chicago  it  seems  that  the  number  of  one- 
family  dwellings  is  remaining  quite  stationary  while  the  percentage 
of  homes  in  two- family  dwellings  is  decreasing  and  the  percentage 
in  multiple  dwellings  increasing,  according  to  figures  of  the  Bureau 
of  Labor  Statistics  in  the  bulletin  previously  cited. 

A  special  study  of  the  trend  of  multi-family  housing  has  been 
made  by  Coleman  Woodbury,  Research  Associate  of  the  Institute 
for  Economic  Research.6  His  analysis  of  the  building  data  com- 
piled by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  for  the 
period  1921  to  1928  indicates  that  the  strong  trend  toward  multi- 
family  housing  during  the  period  1921  to  1928  was  not  confined 
to  any  one  or  two  sections  of  the  United  States  but  was  felt  in  all 
districts  of  the  country ;  that  this  movement  cannot  be  explained  as 
a  concomitant  of  the  recovery  from  the  general  housing  shortage 
of  the  war,  nor  dismissed  as  a  phenomenon  characterizing  solely 
the  more  rapidly  growing  cities.  Moreover,  he  found  that  the 
movement  was  not  markedly  different  as  between  industrial  and 
commercial  cities.  His  study  shows,  however,  that  the  increase  in 
multi-family  construction  has  been  more  rapid  in  metropolitan  re- 
gions than  in  independent  cities  outside  of  the  influence  of  large 
metropolitan  centers. 

Accepting  the  conclusion  of  Mr.  Woodbury  that  the  increase  of 
multi- family  construction  has  been  more  rapid  in  metropolitan 
regions  than  in  the  independent  cities  outside  the  influence  of  such 
regions,  and  desirous  of  testing  further  the  relationship,  if  any, 
between  the  size  of  a  city  and  the  apartment  house  trend,  the 
United  States  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  building  permit  data  for 
1921  and  1929  were  carefully  analyzed.  (Table  X.)  The  cities 
were  divided  into  six  groups : 

1.  The  14  largest  cities  having  a  population  of  500,000  or  more. 

2.  The  31  central  cities  located  in  the  29  metropolitan  areas  recognized 
in  the  census  of  1920. 

3.  57  suburban  cities,  having  a  population  of  25,000  or  more,  located  in  the 
above  metropolitan  areas. 

4.  46  independent  cities  having  a  population  of  100,000  or  more. 

5.  65  independent  cities  having  a  population  of  50,000  to  100,000. 

6.  64  independent  cities  having  a  population  of  25,000  to  50,000. 


8  Woodbury,  Coleman,  "Multi-family  Housing  in  American  Cities,"  Journal 
of  Land  and  Public  Utility  Economics,  August,  1930. 


198  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Although  there  are  many  exceptions,  an  analysis  of  Table  X 
indicates  clearly  that,  in  general,  the  percentage  of  new  housing 
units  provided  for  in  multiple  dwellings  increases  directly  with  the 
population  of  the  city,  while  the  number  of  one- family  units  de- 
creases directly  with  the  population  of  the  city.  In  the  64  cities 
of  25,000  to  50,000  there  was  practically  no  increase  in  the  per- 
centage of  multi-family  construction  during  the  period  of  1921  to 
1929.  In  these  cities  only  about  10  per  cent  of  the  housing  units 
are  provided  for  in  multi-family  houses.  Of  the  31  large  metro- 
politan cities,  the  percentage  of  new  housing,  units  provided  for  in 
multiple  dwellings  increased  from  30.3  in  1921  to  58.4  in  1929. 
For  the  same  period  the  percentage  of  one-family  units  decreased 
from  50.3  to  29.4;  and  the  percentage  of  two-family  units  from 
19.4  to  12.2. 

The  trend  toward  multi-family  housing  is  almost  as  strong  in 
the  suburban  cities  located  in  metropolitan  regions  as  it  is  in  the 
large  cities  themselves.  For  57  suburban  cities  of  25,000  or  more 
population,  the  percentage  of  new  homes  in  multiple  dwellings 
increased  from  25.3  in  1921  to  47.5  in  1929.  As  compared  with 
these  suburban  cities,  the  46  cities  outside  of  the  metropolitan  areas 
having  a  population  of  100,000  or  over,  show  a  percentage  of  new 
units  in  multiple  dwellings  of  11.2  in  1921  and  19.9  in  1929. 

The  trend  toward  multi-family  housing  for  metropolitan  re- 
gions as  a  whole  is  doubtless  somewhat  less  than  is  indicated  by 
the  building  permit  statistics.  These  statistics  include  cities  in 
metropolitan  areas  having  a  population  of  over  25,000.  They  do 
not  include  unincorporated  areas  or  cities  and  villages  having  a 
population  of  less  than  25,000.  Doubtless  these  smaller  communi- 
ties have  a  higher  percentage  of  one-family  houses  than  the  region 
as  a  whole.  There  are,  however,  some  small  communities  of  less 
than  25,000  in  large  metropolitan  regions  that  have  a  considerable 
apartment  house  development. 

Only  in  the  groups  of  independent  cities  of  25,000  to  50,000 
was  there  no  trend  toward  multi-family  housing  during  the  period 
1921  to  1929.  For  these  smaller  cities  the  percentage  of  new 
homes  provided  in  multiple  dwellings  was  10.1  in  1921  and  10.4 
in  1929.  In  these  cities  the  percentage  of  new  homes  in  one-family 
dwellings  increased  from  78.6  to  82.1.  This  increase  was  entirely 
due  to  the  decrease  in  two-family  construction.  The  percentage 
of  new  homes  in  two- family  dwellings  declined  from  11.3  in  1921 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS  199 

to  7.5  in  1929.  In  the  65  independent  cities  of  50,000  to  100,000 
the  percentage  of  new  homes  in  multiple  dwellings  increased  from 
8.8  in  1921  to  15.9  in  1929.  During  the  same  period  the  percent- 
age of  new  homes  in  one-family  dwellings  decreased  from  79.8  to 
74.7;  and  the  percentage  of  new  homes  in  two-family  dwellings 
from  11.4  to  9.4.  In  the  group  of  independent  cities  of  100,000 
or  more,  the  percentage  of  new  homes  provided  in  multiple  dwell- 
ings increased  from  11.2  in  1921  to  19.9  in  1929.  During  the  same 
period  the  percentage  of  new  homes  provided  in  one-family  dwell- 
ings decreased  from  79.3  to  66.7.  This  was  the  only  population 
group  to  show  an  increase  in  the  percentage  of  homes  provided  in 
two-family  dwellings.  This  increase  was  from  9.5  per  cent  in  1921 
to  13.4  per  cent  in  1929. 

In  so  far  as  cities  outside  of  metropolitan  regions  are  concerned, 
the  percentage  of  new  homes  provided  in  multiple  dwellings  is 
small  in  comparison  with  the  number  provided  in  one-family 
dwellings.  The  percentage  of  new  homes  provided  in  multiple 
dwellings  in  1929  was  about  10  for  cities  of  25,000  to  50,000, 
about  16  for  cities  of  50,000  to  100,000,  and  about  20  for  cities  of 
100,000  or  more.  The  small  city  outside  of  the  influence  of  metro- 
politan centers  is  still  primarily  a  one-family  house  city.  The 
apartment  houses  have  made  some  progress  in  the  cities  of  50,000 
to  100,000  and  still  more  in  the  group  of  independent  cities  of 
more  than  100,000.  But  there  is  a  marked  difference  between  the 
importance  of  the  multiple  dwelling  in  all  these  groups  of  inde- 
pendent cities  as  compared  with  either  the  suburban  cities  or  the 
large  central  cities  of  the  metropolitan  regions. 

Some  Reasons  for  the  Apartment  Trend  in  Metropolitan 

Regions 

In  a  city  of  50,000  to  300,000  people,  the  surface  transit  lines 
radiate  in  all  directions  and  furnish  convenient  transportation  to 
homes  in  practically  every  section  of  the  city.  When,  however, 
the  city  becomes  a  part  of  a  large  metropolitan  region,  and  rapid 
transit  facilities  are  provided  with  opportunity  of  access  only  at 
stations  located  at  some  distance  from  one  another,  the  land  most 
conveniently  located  for  residential  purposes  is  limited  to  the 
area  within  about  a  quarter  mile  of  the  rapid  transit  and  suburban 
railroad  stations.  This  factor  is  doubtless  of  immense  importance 


200  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

in  the  marked  trend  in  metropolitan  centers  toward  the  multiple 
dwelling. 

Factors  that  have  increased  the  trend  toward  apartment  house 
living  in  metropolitan  regions  include  the  disappearance  of  the 
neighborhood  or  community  as  a  civic  and  social  center.  There  is 
less  pride  in  home  ownership  and  less  centering  of  the  activities  of 
the  family  in  the  home.  Convenience  of  location  and  simplifica- 
tion of  housekeeping  arrangements  are  prime  considerations. 

Many  families  that  move  to  the  suburbs  in  order  to  get  away 
from  the  noise  and  congestion  of  the  central  areas  are  quite  satis- 
fied to  live  in  a  suburban  apartment.  In  fact,  inasmuch  as  removal 
to  a  suburb  requires  the  spending  of  more  time  on  the  train,  it  is 
all  the  more  important  to  economize  on  time  in  going  to  and  from 
the  station  and  in  work  about  the  house. 

To  a  large  extent  the  modern  apartment  house  seems  to  have 
developed  not  because  families  could  not  obtain  one-family  houses 
but  because  the  one- family  houses  available  were  for  sale,  not  for 
rent,  or  were  obsolete  in  arrangement  and  equipment  or  were  not  in 
a  convenient  location,  or  were  not  in  socially  desirable  neighbor- 
hoods. A  one-family  home  in  a  highly  restricted  suburban  com- 
munity costs  more  than  many  families  can  afford.  They  can,  how- 
ever, secure  an  apartment  in  a  high-class,  modern  building  in  a 
socially  desirable  neighborhood. 

The  mobility  of  labor  is  greater  in  a  metropolitan  region  than 
in  an  independent  city.  The  worker  may  find  employment  in  any 
part  of  the  region.  A  shift  in  employment  from  one  suburb  to 
another  usually  means  a  shift  in  home  location.  Moreover,  the 
large  metropolitan  city  is  usually  an  administrative  center  for 
several  states.  The  officers  and  employees  of  corporations  and 
institutions  having  their  headquarters  there  are  often  transferred 
to  other  cities.  This  possibility  of  transfer  makes  it  unwise  for 
many  men  who  could  otherwise  do  so  to  invest  in  a  permanent 
home.  So  instead  of  buying  a  home  they  rent  an  apartment. 

Effect  of  High  Land  Values 

High  land  values  have  had  a  strong  influence  on  apartment 
house  construction  in  the  larger  cities.  The  land  in  the  old  one- 
family  house  sections  adjacent  to  the  business  center  acquires  a 
speculative  value  for  future  business  or  hotel  use  long  in  advance 
of  the  actual  approach  of  business  buildings.  The  prospective  en- 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS  201 

croachment  of  business,  together  with  the  increasing  traffic,  noise 
and  smoke,  makes  the  neighborhood  undesirable  for  one-family 
homes.  Nevertheless,  the  convenience  of  the  location  to  places  of 
work  at  the  center  makes  the  section  desirable  to  many  families. 
Multiple  dwellings  are  therefore  erected.  These  high  buildings, 
housing  many  families  and  covering  seventy  per  cent  or  more  of 
the  lot  area,  in  turn  still  further  increase  the  land  values. 

Home  versus  Apartment  Living 

In  an  inquiry  to  discover  the  reason  for  the  selection  of  an  apart- 
ment in  preference  to  a  one-family  house,  1,300  families  living  in 
apartments  in  Detroit  were  questioned.  Of  these  families,  28.1 
per  cent  stated  that  they  liked  apartment  living  very  much,  50.4 
per  cent  stated  that  they  were  fairly  well  satisfied,  and  21.5  per 
cent  stated  that  they  did  not  like  the  apartment  as  a  place  in  which 
to  live.  In  answer  to  another  query  as  to  whether,  if  it  were  pos- 
sible to  obtain  a  one- family  home  with  all  modern  improvements 
in  a  suburban  garden  community  at  a  cost  no  greater  than  the 
present  apartment  rental,  they  would  prefer  such  one-family 
house  to  an  apartment,  64.5  per  cent  stated  that  they  would  prefer 
such  a  one-family  home,  and  35.5  per  cent  that  they  would  still 
prefer  the  apartment.  Of  the  64.5  per  cent  that  indicated  a  prefer- 
ence for  the  one-family  home,  a  large  number  stated  the  welfare 
of  the  children  as  a  controlling  consideration.  Many  more  gave  as 
a  reason  open  space  and  opportunity  for  out-of-door  activity.  Of 
the  35.5  per  cent  that  still  preferred  the  apartment  under  these 
assumed  conditions,  most  of  the  reasons  had  to  do  with  con- 
venience, less  housework  and  responsibility,  and  more  leisure.  Of 
the  families  with  children,  76  per  cent  preferred  the  one-family 
house  and  only  24  per  cent  the  apartment.  However,  of  the  fami- 
lies with  the  wife  working  outside  the  home,  only  52.5  per  cent 
preferred  the  one-family  house,  and  47.5  per  cent  the  apartment. 
In  response  to  a  question  as  to  whether  living  in  an  apartment 
or  in  a  one-family  home  owned  by  the  occupant  would  tend  to 
promote  or  have  a  better  influence  on  neighborliness  and  neigh- 
borhood friendships,  physical,  mental  and  moral  growth  and  de- 
velopment of  children,  and  increase  of  civic  interest  and  spirit,  the 
answers  were  overwhelmingly  in  favor  of  the  one-family  house.7 


7  Herman,  S.  James,  Why  Do  You  Live  in  an  Apartment? — A  Study  of  a 
Sinister  Trend  in  American  Life,  Detroit,  Michigan  Housing  Association, 
1931. 


202  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Home  Ownership  versus  Renting 

A  questionnaire  to  determine  the  attitudes  of  families  in  the 
Chicago  region  toward  home  ownership  and  tenancy  was  dis- 
tributed by  Coleman  Woodbury,  and  an  analysis  of  the  results  pub- 
lished in  the  Institute's  Journal.  The  questions  were  answered  by 
1,882  families.  Fifty-three  and  nine-tenths  per  cent  of  the  families 
were  owners  and  46.1  per  cent  renters.  Of  the  home  renters,  60.3 
per  cent  lived  in  apartment  houses  or  apartment  hotels,  23.8  per  cent 
in  two-family  houses,  and  15.4  per  cent  in  one-family  houses.  Of 
the  families  included  in  the  survey,  29.7  per  cent  had  incomes  of 
$5,000  or  more,  33  per  cent  had  incomes  between  $1,800  and 
$3,000,  and  only  20.9  per  cent  had  incomes  under  $1,800.  It  is 
evident,  therefore,  that  the  families  selected  did  not  include  a  suf- 
ficient number  in  the  lower-income  groups  to  give  a  fair  cross- 
section  of  the  population. 

Among  the  reasons  given  for  home  ownership,  the  welfare  of 
the  children  ranked  first  and  the  safety  of  an  investment  in  a  home 
ranked  second.  Among  the  reasons  for  tenancy,  first  rank  seems 
to  be  given  to  the  economy  of  renting  as  compared  with  home 
ownership.  Almost  equal  importance,  however,  is  given  to  the 
greater  freedom  and  mobility  of  tenancy  as  compared  with  home 
ownership.  Closely  related  to  this  same  reason  was  that  of  the 
fixity  of  the  investment  in  the  home,  and  the  difficulty  of  realizing 
on  the  investment. 

Of  the  renters,  53  per  cent  stated  that  they  would  like  to  become 
home  owners,  and  only  14  per  cent  of  the  owners  admitted  a  desire 
to  sell  and  become  tenants.8 

Fewer  Children  in  Apartments 

Available  statistics  indicate  fewer  children  in  apartments  than 
in  one- family  houses.  A  study  of  modern  apartment  houses  in 
New  Rochelle  and  of  adjacent  one-family  houses  was  made  by 
Paul  A.  Bankson,  city  plan  engineer  of  New  Rochelle  in  1928. 
The  apartment  rentals  averaged  about  $30  per  room,  so  that  the 
housing  is  for  families  very  much  above  the  lower-income  levels. 
The  number  of  children  per  family  was  0.4  for  the  apartments 
and  approximately  1.5  for  the  houses.  In  other  words,  there  were 
almost  four  times  as  many  children  per  family  living  in  the  one- 


8  Woodbury,  Coleman,  "Apartment  House  Increases  and  Home  Owner- 
ship," Journal  of  Land  and  Public  Utility  Economics,  August,  1931. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS 


203 


Table   XI.     Correlation   of   Age   Groups   of   Children   and 
Types  of  Dwellings  in  Evanston. 


Age  groups 

Single-family 
dwellings 

Two-family 
dwellings 

Apartments 

0-5  years  

25% 

34% 

37% 

6-14  years  

49% 

47% 

41% 

15-20  years  

26% 

19% 

22% 

family  houses  as  in  the  apartments.  This  is,  perhaps,  an  excep- 
tional case  and  would  not  apply  to  the  whole  apartment  house  pop- 
ulation of  a  normal,  nonsuburban  city  where  any  considerable 
proportion  of  the  population  of  the  city  were  housed  in  apart- 
ments. 

An  inventory  of  housing  made  for  Evanston,  Illinois,  shows  46 
per  cent  of  the  families  living  in  one-family  dwellings,  16  per  cent 
in  two- family  dwellings  and  38  per  cent  in  apartments.  Of  a 
sample  of  12,798  children  under  twenty-one  years  of  age  in  Evan- 
ston, 57  per  cent  lived  in  one-family  dwellings,  17  per  cent  in  two- 
family  dwellings,  and  26  per  cent  in  apartments ;  that  is,  with  46 
per  cent  of  the  families  living  in  one-family  dwellings,  57  per  cent 
of  the  children  lived  in  such  dwellings.  A  smaller  number  of  chil- 
dren in  apartments  in  Evanston  is  also  shown  by  the  fact  that  the 
size  of  the  family  is  3.8  persons  for  one- family  dwellings,  3.6  per- 
sons for  two-family  dwellings,  and  2.9  persons  for  apartments.9 

Dr.  Herman's  10  investigation  covering  1,300  families  living  in 
apartments  in  Detroit  shows  50.8  per  cent  of  the  families  with  no 
children  and  49.2  per  cent  with  children.  Of  the  660  families  with 
children,  48.7  per  cent  have  but  one  child;  29  per  cent,  two  chil- 
dren; 15  per  cent  three  children;  and  only  7.3  per  cent  more  than 
three  children.  Of  the  families  in  which  the  homemaker  was  em- 
ployed outside  the  home,  77  per  cent  were  childless. 

A  study  of  1,882  families  in  the  Chicago  region  shows  a  much 
greater  proportion  of  childless  families  among  renter  families  than 
among  owner  families.  Twenty-two  per  cent  of  the  owner  fami- 
lies had  no  children,  and  44.7  per  cent  of  the  renter  families  had 
no  children.  Of  the  owner  families,  54.4  per  cent  had  two  or 


9  Hinman,  Albert  G.,  "An  Inventory  of  Housing  in  a  Suburban  City,' 
Journal  of  Land  and  Public  Utility  Economics,  May,  1931. 

10  Op.  cit. 


204  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

more  children,  and  29.7  per  cent  of  the  renter  families  had  two 
or  more  children.  Of  the  renter  families,  60.3  per  cent  lived  in 
apartment  houses,  23.8  per  cent  in  two-family  houses,  and  only 
15.4  per  cent  in  one-family  houses.  However,  the  difference  in 
number  of  children  among  home  renters  and  home  owners  is  pri- 
marily a  difference  between  families  living  in  multiple  dwellings 
and  families  living  in  other  types  of  dwellings.  Renters  living 
in  one-  and  two- family  dwellings  had  almost  as  many  children  as 
the  home  owners.  Only  29.1  per  cent  of  the  renters  of  one-family 
houses  were  childless,  while  45.5  per  cent  had  two  or  more 
children.11 

Children  of  Preschool  Age 

There  are  some  indications  that  the  apartment  is  considered  less 
harmful  to  very  young  children  than  to  older  children ;  at  least  a 
common  experience  seems  to  be  for  a  young  married  couple  to 
live  in  an  apartment  house  for  2  or  3  years  after  the  birth  of  their 
first  child.  When  the  child  needs  more  robm  for  play,  the  advan- 
tage of  the  one-family  house  becomes  more  marked.  This  fact  is 
brought  out  in  Mr.  Hinman's  analysis  of  a  house  survey  of 
Evanston.  Mr.  Hinman  states: 

"Another  interesting  fact  is  secured  by  dividing  these  children  and  young 
people  into  three  age  groups :  Up  to  five  years,  representing  roughly  the  pre- 
school group ;  six  to  fourteen  years,  the  grade  school  group ;  and  fifteen  to 
twenty  years,  the  high-school  and  junior  college  group.  ...  A  larger  pro- 
portion in  the  youngest-age  group  live  in  apartments  than  in  single-family 
dwellings,  while  the  case  is  exactly  the  reverse  in  the  older-age  group.  When 
children  are  very  young,  they  do  not  go  to  school  nor  play  out-of-doors  alone 
to  any  great  extent  and  they  can  sleep  in  the  same  room  with  their  parents. 
As  they  grow  older,  go  to  school,  play  out-of-doors  alone,  and  need  rooms 
of  their  own,  the  greater  amount  of  living  space  within  and  playspace  with- 
out a  single-family  dwelling  becomes  very  desirable.  This  is  probably  the 
explanation  of  the  situation. 

"While  type  of  dwelling  is  thus  adjusted  to  some  extent  to  the  ages  of 
children,  yet  in  general  the  large  family  and  many  children  do  not  accompany 
the  development  of  apartment  life.  Thus  one  might  ask  whether  the  apart- 
ment is  contributing  toward  the  oft-mentioned  declining  birth  rate  and 
smaller  family  or  whether  the  declining  birth  rate  and  smaller  family  are 
contributing  to  the  apartment  movement."  M 


uWoodbury,  Coleman,  "Apartment  House  Increases  and  Home  Owner- 
ship," Journal  of  Land  and  Public  Utility  Economics,  August,  1931. 
13  Op.  cit. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS  205 

In  Dr.  Herman's  study  of  the  reasons  for  the  apartment  house 
trend  in  Detroit,  covering  about  1,300  apartments,  it  was  found 
that  of  the  total  number  of  children,  29.6  per  cent  were  of  pre- 
school age,  52.4  per  cent  of  school  age,  and  18  per  cent  past  school 
age.  Here  the  percentage  of  children  of  preschool  age,  though 
higher  than  the  Evanston  percentage  for  one-family  houses,  is  not 
as  high  as  the  Evanston  percentage  for  apartment  houses.13 

Of  1,882  families  reported  in  the  Chicago  region,  28.6  per  cent 
of  the  owner  families  had  lived  in  their  present  home  for  less  than  5 
years,  and  77.7  per  cent  of  the  tenant  families  had  lived  in  the 
present  home  for  less  than  5  years.  As  60.3  per  cent  of  the  tenant 
families  lived  in  multiple  dwellings,  these  percentages  show  clearlv 
the  relative  impermanence  of  the  apartment  house  dweller.14 

The  Gainfully  Employed  Homemaker 

Dr.  Herman's  Detroit  study  of  1,300  families  living  in  apart- 
ments, shows  that  in  23  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of  families,  the 
wife  or  homemaker  is  employed  outside  the  home.15  In  Wilming- 
ton, Delaware,  the  United  States  census  for  1930  shows  the  home- 
maker  employed  outside  the  home  in  13.7  per  cent  of  the  total 
number  of  families  having  a  homemaker. 

Among  the  low-income  class  there  have  always  been  a  great 
many  married  women  wage  earners.  The  homemaking  and  child 
care  function  has  been  sacrificed  in  order  to  maintain  a  meager 
standard  of  living. 

At  present  in  the  middle-income  group,  more  and  more  married 
women  are  turning  to  gainful  occupations  outside  the  home.  The 
main  occupation  of  these  women  is  no  longer  that  of  homemaker. 
This  is  due  in  part  to  facilities  and  services  that  have  simplified 
the  job  of  housekeeping  and  in  part  to  the  desire  of  women  for  a 
career  and  for  economic  independence ;  also,  in  part,  to  the  neces- 
sity of  increasing  the  family  income  in  order  to  be  able  to  attain 
a  desired  living  standard. 

Multiple  Dwellings  in  Smaller  Cities 

The  increase  in  the  number  of  multiple  dwellings  in  cities  out- 
side of  the  large  metropolitan  regions  has  been  influenced  largely 


18  Ibid. 

14  Woodbury,  Coleman,  "Apartment  House  Increases  and  Home  Owner- 
ship," Journal  of  Land  and  Public  Utility  Economics,  August,  1931. 

15  Op.  cit. 


206  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

Table  XII.    House  Value,  Rentals,  and  Percentage  of  Fami- 
lies in  Each  Value  or  Rental  Group,  Middletown. 


Value  of  house 

Monthly  rental 

Per  cent  of  total  families 

Less  than  $2,500 

$10-$25 

27 

$2  ,  500-4  ,500      

25-  40 

44 

4,500-7,000  

40-  55 

22 

7  000  and  over 

55  up 

7 

100 

by  an  increase  in  the  number  of  higher-income  families  who  look 
upon  the  particular  city  as  a  more  or  less  temporary  residence,  and 
by  the  very  considerable  number  of  individuals  and  families  of 
adults  in  every  city  that,  for  one  reason  or  another,  find  the  modern 
apartment  more  suited  to  their  needs  than  the  one-family  home. 

The  present  trend  toward  a  nation-wide  organization  of  business 
and  industry  requires  the  shifting  of  executives  and  managers  from 
city  to  city.  This  doubtless  aids  the  trend  toward  multiple  dwell- 
ings. Desirable  one-family  houses  being  only  for  sale,  it  increases 
the  demand  in  each  city  for  high-class  apartments  to  serve  the 
needs  of  managers  and  executives  that  do  not  look  upon  the  city 
as  a  permanent  place  of  residence.  A  young  married  man  in  such 
an  organization  may  reduce  his  opportunities  for  advancement  by 
purchasing  a  home.  It  will  be  more  difficult  for  him  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  opportunities  that  would  require  removal  to  another 
city. 

A  study  was  made  by  Robert  S.  and  Helen  M.  Lynd  of  a  typical 
industrial  town  in  the  North  Central  states.16  Middletown,  the 
name  applied  to  the  town  selected,  has  a  population  of  38,000. 
Eighty-six  per  cent  of  the  families  live  in  one-family  dwellings,  10 
per  cent  in  two-family  dwellings,  1  per  cent  in  apartments,  and  3 
per  cent  in  dwellings  over  stores.  Seventy-five  per  cent  of  the 
homes  have  running  water,  and  66.7  per  cent  have  sewer  connec- 
tion. The  authors  state  that  most  of  the  workers'  houses  have  no 
furnaces.  The  house  lots  are  normally  40  feet  in  width.  The 
streets  in  the  poorer  residence  sections  are  unpaved.  The  esti- 


18  Lynd,  Robert  S.,  and  Helen  M.,  Middletoivn — A  Study  in  Contemporary 
American  Culture,  New  York,  Harcourt,  Brace  and  Company,  1929. 


FAMILY  TYPES  AND  HOUSING  TRENDS  207 

mated  value  of  the  house,  the  estimated  rentals,  and  the  percentage 
of  families  in  each  value  or  rental  group  are  shown  in  Table  XII. 
Middletown  is  doubtless  typical  of  many  industrial  cities  of  under 
50,000  population  located  outside  of  the  large  metropolitan  regions. 
There  is  little  demand  for  apartments.  The  one-family  dwelling 
is  the  predominant  type  for  all  classes  of  the  population. 


APPENDIX  II 

LAND  VALUE  AND  ITS  EFFECT  UPON  TYPES 
OF  DWELLINGS1 

The  continued  increase  in  the  cost  of  land  has  been  the  usual 
reason  advanced  to  explain  the  growing  intensity  of  the  use  of 
land.  In  other  words,  as  land  becomes  more  expensive,  it  appears 
that  less  land  can  be  set  aside  for  the  use  of  a  single  family.  Land, 
which  has  advanced  in  price  beyond  what  the  average  family  can 
afford  to  pay,  tends  to  be  withheld  from  use.  The  average  family 
is,  therefore,  either  compelled  to  seek  cheaper  land  or,  in  combina- 
tion with  other  families,  to  use  the  land  jointly  so  as  to  pay  the 
return  required  on  the  price  of  the  land.  Expensive  land,  there- 
fore, is  restricted  to  the  individual  use  of  families  who  can  afford 
to  pay  the  price,  or  to  the  joint  use  of  enough  families  in  a  lower- 
income  group  so  that  the  total  required  return  may  be  made  up  by 
the  group  of  families. 

This  tendency  of  land  to  exact  a  return  on  the  price  at  which 
it  is  held  has  been  largely  responsible  for  the  congestion  and  over- 
crowding of  our  urban  centers  during  the  past  century.  It  has 
also  had  a  direct  influence  in  changing  the  character  of  our  dwell- 
ings. The  reduction  in  the  size  of  lot  has  affected  the  design  of 
the  one-family  house,  restricting  its  width  and  limiting  the  desir- 
able arrangements  of  the  rooms.  Row  single-family  dwellings, 
semi-detached  houses,  two-family  houses  and  finally  multi-family 
forms  have  evolved  in  the  effort  to  make  the  land  yield  a  return 
commensurate  with  the  price  assigned  to  it.  A  great  many  indi- 
vidual homes  in  all  economic  grades  and  in  various  parts  of  the 
country  have  been  sold  for  land  value  only  and  replaced  by  more 
intensive  types  of  housing,  and  many  dwellings  which  are  no 
longer  desirable  for  those  who  can  afford  them  have  been  made  to 
yield  a  return  by  crowding  several  families  into  them. 

There  is  a  need  for  scientific  research  into  the  economic  rela- 
tionship between  land  values,  housing  types,  and  the  rental  equiva- 
lent. At  the  present  time  we  have  insufficient  knowledge  of  what 


aThis  subject  was  discussed  by  the  committee.  The  preparation  of  a 
statement  was  assigned  to  and  undertaken  by  Mr.  Arthur  C.  Holden,  a  mem- 
ber of  the  committee.  This  statement  was  reviewed  and  revised  by  the 
committee  and  adopted  as  an  appendix  to  its  report. 

208 


EFFECT  OF  LAND  VALUE  UPON  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS      209 

the  effect  of  the  advance  in  the  price  of  land,  if  continued  indefi- 
nitely, will  have  upon  housing  types  and  upon  rents.  Recent  de- 
velopments in  the  building  industry  indicate  that  much  scientific 
research  is  being  carried  on  with  a  view  to  reducing  the  cost  of 
construction.  It  is  too  soon  to  say  what  the  immediate  effect  of 
this  work  will  be  or  to  what  changes  it  may  ultimately  lead.  It  can 
be  said,  however,  that  the  recognition  by  the  building  industry  of 
the  necessity  for  reducing  the  cost  of  its  product  will  undoubtedly 
lead  to  parallel  studies  in  land  utilization.  The  building  industry 
is  bound  ultimately  to  recognize  that  it  cannot  succeed  in  reducing 
the  cost  of  its  product  if,  in  the  face  of  reducing  construction 
costs,  land  costs  continue  to  mount. 

Many  builders  have  taken  a  paradoxical  position  with  regard  to 
the  cost  of  land.  They  have  found  by  experience  that  loaning 
organizations  will  give  them  more  liberal  loans  on  high-priced  land 
than  on  low-priced  land  and,  therefore,  they  prefer  to  reduce  the 
size  of  the  lot  and  place  as  many  houses  as  possible  upon  expensive 
land.  It  is  self-evident  that  where  the  developing  builder  is  de- 
pendent upon  sale,  this  is  a  better  proposition  for  him  than  to  build 
a  smaller  number  of  houses  on  cheaper  land,  where  he  is  unable  to 
secure  an  advantageous  loan  and,  therefore,  compelled  to  enlist  a 
larger  proportion  of  his  own  capital. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  is  a  growing  tendency  on  the  part  of 
the  building  industry  to  avoid  expensive  land  which  has  already 
been  developed  and  to  seek  cheaper  land  where  the  development 
of  the  land  becomes  a  part  of  the  building  operation.  This  move- 
ment of  the  building  industry  in  search  of  cheaper  land  is  a  mani- 
festation of  the  natural  economic  forces  which  operate  to  keep 
down  the  price  of  land,  by  continually  bringing  new  land  into  the 
market  in  competition  with  already  developed  land.  Since  the 
advent  of  the  trolley  car,  American  cities  have  tended  to  grow  out 
into  the  suburbs  constantly  seeking  new  and  cheaper  land.  The 
popularization  of  the  modern  motor  car  with  the  good  roads 
which  have  been  necessitated,  has  brought  a  phenomenal  amount 
of  new  land  within  the  range  of  the  home  seeker.  This  has  had  a 
very  definite  effect  upon  land  nearer  to  the  urban  centers.  This 
new  land  has  competed  with  previously  developed  land  to  the  lat- 
ter's  disadvantage.  The  price  of  centrally  located  land  has  not  yet 
reflected  the  great  increase  in  the  amount  of  available  land,  though 
the  marketability  of  such  land  has  suffered. 


210  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

In  New  York  City,  where  land  values  have  reached  their  highest 
point,  certain  tendencies  are  more  apparent  than  elsewhere.  It  has 
been  found  that  land  cannot  be  developed  in  intensity  to  a  point 
where  its  desirability  suffers,  without  causing  the  value  of  the  land 
itself  to  suffer.  In  the  blighted  tenement  section,  known  as  the 
Lower  East  Side,  realty  values  have  been  falling  to  a  point  where 
the  holders  of  the  underlying  first  mortgages  have  found  it  advis- 
able to  organize  for  the  protection  of  their  interests.  In  these  days 
of  modern  rapid  transit,  realty  values  in  a  blighted  neighborhood 
cannot  be  maintained  in  the  face  of  an  increasing  supply  of  new 
land. 

It  is  in  New  York  City  that  another  modern  piece  of  equipment, 
namely,  the  high  speed  electric  elevator,  has  demonstrated  that  it 
has  an  effect  upon  land  values  very  different  from  that  which  at 
first  seemed  evident.  Of  course,  the  introduction  of  the  elevator 
made  it  possible  to  carry  buildings  to  greater  height  than  previously 
practical.  It  appeared,  therefore,  that  a  way  had  been  found  to 
justify  existing  prices  of  land  and  to  make  land  increasingly  valu- 
able. Now,  after  less  than  a  half  century  of  practical  experience 
with  the  skyscraper  and  less  than  thirty  years  of  experience  with 
the  residential  skyscraper,  it  has  become  evident  that  the  value 
which  appears  to  reside  in  the  land  upon  which  a  skyscraper  stands 
is  acquired  by  drawing  away  from  surrounding  land  a  large  part  of 
the  possible  use  to  which  it  might  be  put.  We  have  now  learned 
to  carry  buildings  high  enough  so  that  their  erection,  except  in  the 
case  of  certain  few  important  business  centers,  virtually  precludes 
the  possibility  of  developing  the  adjoining  land  in  a  similar  man- 
ner. We  may  conclude,  therefore,  that  those  economic  forces 
which  are  encouraging  developers  to  bring  new  land  into  use  and 
which  are  vastly  increasing  the  usability  of  lands  already  in  use 
are,  by  multiplying  the  available  supply,  in  reality  reducing  the 
values  we  have  set  upon  land,  and  showing  us  that  the  data  upon 
which  we  have  based  these  values  were  faulty  and  incomplete. 

The  public  does  not  get  the  benefit  of  those  economic  forces 
tending  to  increase  the  supply  of  land  because  such  a  large  number 
of  individuals  are  the  victims  of  misunderstanding.  The  public 
has  assumed  that  land  values  must  continually  rise  and  that  the 
continued  increase  in  the  intensity  of  the  use  of  land  is  justification 
of  its  price.  It  has  been  this  fear  on  the  part  of  the  public  that 


EFFECT  OF  LAND  VALUE  UPON  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS      211 

land  will  go  still  higher,  that  has  kept  up  the  demand  for  land,  and 
therefore,  kept  up  its  price. 

The  real  value  of  land  is  something  very  much  apart  from  price. 
It  represents  the  capitalized  value  of  the  greatest  possible  use  that 
can  be  made  of  land.  Land  cannot  be  used  to  a  greater  extent 
than  warranted  by  the  needs  of  society.  An  increase  in  the  sup- 
ply of  available  land  does  not  change  the  total  use  to  which  land 
is  put,  although  it  may  change  the  availability  of  one  piece  of  land 
in  comparison  with  the  availability  of  another.  The  average  value 
of  land,  however,  falls  when  the  supply  is  increased,  unless  society 
is  able  at  the  same  time  to  increase  the  use  which  it  can  make  of 
land.  The  increased  productivity  of  large  farms  in  the  Middle 
West  reduced  the  value  of  most  of  the  farm  lands  in  New  Eng- 
land. 

Our  modern  cities  are  living  demonstrations  that  unregulated 
development  brings  chaos  and  the  destruction  of  values.  Most 
city  land  is  carried  at  a  high  price  because  of  the  hope  that  po- 
tentially all  city  land  can  be  developed  up  to  the  level  of  the 
greatest  intensity  of  use.  Two  years  ago  some  German  architects 
made  a  tour  of  our  leading  cities.  They  photographed  our  sky- 
scrapers and  published  them  in  a  most  interesting  book.  They 
were  astonished  to  find  that,  almost  universally,  blighted  areas 
with  low  buildings  bordered  directly  upon  districts  built  up  with 
skyscrapers.  They  enjoyed  photographing  the  towering  bulk  of 
the  new  America  over  the  drab  roofs  and  alleys  which  furnished 
such  a  striking  contrast. 

Americans  have  realized  this  paradox.  They  have  appreciated 
the  necessity  for  controlling  the  skyscraper.  They  have  intro- 
duced zoning  as  a  means  for  controlling,  in  the  public  interest, 
the  density  of  the  use  of  land.  Zoning  has  stood  the  test  of  the 
courts.  At  the  outset,  the  attempt  to  regulate  by  zoning  was  con- 
fronted with  standards  of  density  already  prevailing  in  various 
localities.  In  districts  where  density  of  use  was  already  estab- 
lished and  the  price  of  land  high,  the  restrictions  possible  through 
zoning  could  not  be  drawn  so  rigorously  as  to  impose  immediate 
hardship.  On  the  other  hand,  in  adjoining  districts,  the  income 
from  properties  was  in  most  cases  adversely  affected  by  the  greater 
desirability  of  the  high  buildings.  As  a  result,  any  attempt  to 
impose  a  greater  restriction  met  with  opposition  because  it  ap- 
peared to  lessen  the  likelihood  of  recouping  from  a  future  intensive 


212  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

development.  Hence,  zoning  standards  have  of  necessity  been 
limited  by  expediency. 

Where  zones  limited  in  area  have  been  set,  in  which  high  density 
has  been  allowed,  these  zones  have  enjoyed  monopoly  values.  The 
price  of  land  has,  therefore,  tended  to  increase  and,  as  a  result, 
all  new  developments  have  tended  to  approximate  the  maximum 
allowed  by  law.  Where  high  densities  have  been  permitted  over 
large  areas,  including  undeveloped  areas  adjoining  skyscraper  dis- 
tricts, the  tendency  has  been  for  the  development  of  these  adjoin- 
ing areas  to  lie  dormant,  the  land  being  held  for  a  price  calcu- 
lated upon  maximum  permitted  density  which  obviously  cannot 
take  place  until  the  demand  for  space  becomes  adequate  to  war- 
rant the  development  of  a  whole  area  up  to  the  legal  limits  of 
density. 

Zoning  has  been  compelled,  in  order  not  to  be  held  discrim- 
inatory, to  treat  all  owners  of  similar  properties  alike.  The  size 
of  plot  has  produced  a  most  difficult  situation.  The  New  York 
zoning  ordinance,  which  was  the  original  model  zoning  measure, 
was  based  upon  plot  sizes  prevailing  in  1916.  Since  that  time, 
plot  sizes  have  greatly  increased.  As  a  result,  the  original  set- 
backs and  tower  provisions  applied  to  larger  buildings  have  been 
found  to  permit  a  bulk  which  the  designers  of  the  law  hardly 
dreamed  would  be  possible.  In  the  effort  not  to  discriminate 
against  the  small  lot,  too  many  zoning  regulations  still  permit  lot- 
line  liberties  which  are  both  detrimental  to  the  public  interest  and 
harmful  to  adjoining  property  owners.  Great  as  are  the  possi- 
bilities of  zoning  and  much  as  has  already  been  accomplished, 
present  allowed  standards  of  density,  in  too  many  instances,  are 
still  far  beyond  the  limits  of  desirability.  Opinion  still  lags  be- 
hind economic  facts.  The  price  of  land  still  exercises  far  more 
control  over  zoning  than  the  standards  set  by  zoning  have  yet 
been  able  to  exercise  over  price.  A  control  which  will  tend  to 
keep  down  the  price  and  prevent  exploitation  will  encourage  bet- 
ter standards  of  use  and,  as  a  result,  better  types  of  housing. 

There  is  the  need  for  a  new  type  of  planning  and  development 
and  possibly  even  a  new  principle  to  be  introduced  into  zoning  regu- 
lations. This  will  compel  the  planning  of  neighborhoods  in  larger 
units.  It  will  curb  the  destructive  forces  which  still  are  generated 
under  present  usage.  Under  the  new  method  of  regulation,  less 
emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  restricting  individual  plots  and,  in- 


EFFECT  OF  LAND  VALUE  UPON  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS      213 

stead,  a  premium  will  be  put  upon  group  and  neighborhood  plan- 
ning. As  a  prelude  to  this,  it  may  be  expedient  to  tighten  restric- 
tions upon  individual  plots  to  the  end  that  these  restrictions  may 
be  relaxed  in  cases  where  owners  either  unite  or  cooperate  to 
utilize  land  advantageously  by  concentrating  buildings  only  where 
desirable  conditions  are  created  by  providing  also  for  adequate 
open  spaces,  and  by  planning  whole  neighborhoods  so  as  to  pro- 
vide permanent  light  and  air  and  permanent  desirability.  In 
brief,  this  means  the  revamping  of  much  of  our  zoning  theory  and 
the  rewriting  of  standards  in  the  interest  of  the  public  benefit  in- 
stead of  in  the  interest  of  the  exploitation  of  individual  plots  of 
land.  Such  standards  will  have  a  very  definite  effect  upon  the 
type  of  dwelling  in  which  the  Americans  of  the  future  are  to  live. 

But  such  standards  cannot  be  achieved  unless  there  is  also  to  be 
a  revision  in  our  present  practice  of  land  taxation.  Tax  asses- 
sors have  seen  in  high  buildings  an  indication  of  higher  land  values. 
They  have  been  alert  to  increase  assessments  not  only  upon  the 
land  on  which  high  buildings  stand,  but  also  upon  adjoining  prop- 
erty. There  is  little  doubt  but  that  these  adjoining  properties 
have  felt  the  pressure  of  the  higher  taxes  and  as  a  result  have  been 
held  for  prices  adequate  to  compensate  the  owners  for  the  expense 
of  carrying  them.  Hence  our  method  of  assessing  properties  has 
had  its  influence  in  retarding  their  development  and  then  forcing 
the  ultimate  development  to  the  limits  of  allowed  density.  The 
English  system  which  bases  its  tax  rate  on  the  use  value  of  the  land 
has  a  less  burdensome  effect  upon  those  who  are  carrying  proper- 
ties and  does  not,  at  least  to  such  an  extent  as  our  own  system,  in- 
fluence owners  to  overdevelop. 

Open  land  is  a  distinct  advantage  to  a  community,  especially  if 
properly  maintained.  Too  frequently  the  American  tax  assessor 
forces  the  destruction  of  open  spaces.  Over  and  over  again  we 
hear  the  story  that  a  golf  course,  a  farm,  or  a  nursery  is  to  be  di- 
vided up  into  building  lots  because  high  taxes  have  made  their 
maintenance  impossible.  Were  the  tax  based  upon  use  or  earn- 
ings, the  open  space  might  be  maintained.  It  is  to  the  public 
interest  to  assist  semi-public  organizations  to  maintain  open  spaces 
within  the  great  centers  of  population.  The  principle  of  tax 
limitation  which  has  been  tried  for  the  purpose  of  stimulating 
housing  and  other  desirable  enterprises  might  very  well  be  applied 


214  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 

to  organizations  which  will  contract  to  maintain  desirable  open 
spaces. 

There  is,  however,  a  principle  which  must  be  enacted  into  law 
so  that  the  principle  of  tax  limitation  may  not  be  abused  and  made 
a  means  for  the  systematic  evasion  of  taxes  on  properties  carried 
over  long  periods.  Many  communities  have  had  unhappy  experi- 
ences with  tax  exempt  properties.  Churches,  hospitals,  and  re- 
ligious and  educational  institutions,  as  is  well  known,  have  long 
been  exempt  from  the  realty  tax.  These  organizations  are  per- 
mitted, however,  to  sell  their  properties  without  compensation  to 
the  community  for  the  assistance  they  have  had  through  tax 
exemption.  There  is  the  growing  need  for  an  increment  tax  to 
be  levied  upon  tax-exempt  properties  at  the  time  of  their  sale. 
The  imposition  of  such  a  tax  would  tend  to  equalize  the  tax  bur- 
den. It  would  serve  as  a  deterrent  upon  sales.  It  would  give 
owners  adjacent  to  a  desirable  open  project,  such  as  a  golf  course, 
or  a  private  park,  a  reasonable  assurance  of  its  continuance  and, 
in  the  event  of  partial  or  total  sale,  the  increment  tax  would  tend 
to  equalize  the  tax  burden.  Under  such  a  provision,  private 
parks  and  open  spaces  should  be  stimulated  and  living  conditions 
improved. 

There  is  a  crying  need  for  research  in  the  field  of  land  economics 
and  the  study  of  its  effect  upon  building  types  as  well  as  general 
city  development.  Definite  data  are  lacking  for  presentation  in 
this  report.  The  following  important  observations  are  recorded 
by  the  committee  as  suggestions  leading  to  more  definite  studies : 

1.  The  real  or  economic  value  of  a  piece  of  land  is  the  capitalized  value  of 
its  earning  power  considered  in  relation  to  all  other  available  land. 

2.  The  market  price  of  a  piece  of  land  does  not  necessarily  give  an  accurate 
index  of  its  real  value,  as  other  factors,  such  as  opinion  or  an  artificially 
stimulated  demand,  may  temporarily  affect  the  price. 

3.  Speculation  in  new  land  and  in  old  land  capable  of  more  intensive  use 
has  created  a  temporary  market  for  the  sale  of  certain  lands  out  of  line  with 
their  true  value. 

4.  The  overdevelopment  of  a  piece  of  land,  when  it  leads  to  congestion  and 
undesirability,  ultimately  reacts  to  reduce  the  value  and  ultimately  the  price 
of  that  land. 

5.  That  land  is  most  stable  in  value  which  is  improved  in  such  a  way  that 
the  improvement  upon  it  does  not  tend  to  grow  less  desirable,  either  through 
the  depreciation  of  the  building  itself  or  the  depreciation  of  the  neighborhood 
in  which  it  stands. 

6.  High  land  values  tend  to  limit  the  range  of  improvements  upon  resi- 


EFFECT  OF  LAND  VALUE  UPON  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS      215 

dential  land  which  are  possible  without  sacrificing  the  desirability  of  the  land. 

7.  Low  land  values  tend  to  widen  the  range  of  possible  improvements  upon 
residential  land,  and  make  it  possible  to  offer  superior  facilities  at  a  lower 
price  with  a  likelihood  of  finding  a  greater  number  of  families  able  to  afford 
the  accommodations  offered. 

8.  In  addition  to  the  natural  economic  forces  which  are  tending  to  keep 
down  land  values,  a  growing  understanding  of  the  new  housing  science  and 
the  more  stable  return  to  be  derived  from  building  for  desirability  and  for 
long-range  investment  should  lessen  the  desire  to  speculate  in  land.     This 
will  influence  the  stabilization  of  land  values  at  lower  levels. 

9.  There  is  a  need  for  research  that  will   work  out  definitely   desirable 
types  of  buildings  which  will  be  economic  in  the  various   ranges   of  land 
values,  which  will  be  capable  of  large-scale  administration,  which  will  main- 
tain their  desirability  and  which  will  attract  capital  for  investment  on  an 
income  basis.     Already,  progress  has  been  made  along  these  lines  as  ex- 
emplified by  large-scale  housing  projects  such  as  the  development  of  the  City 
Housing    Corporation   at    Sunnyside,    Long    Island,    and   Radburn   in    New 
Jersey,  that  of  the  Buhl   Foundation  in   Pittsburgh,  and  the  work  of  the 
Amalgamated  Garment  Workers  in  New  York. 


APPENDIX  III 

DIAGRAMS  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TYPES 
AND  VARIETIES  OF  DWELLINGS1 


ONE-FAMILY  DWELLINGS 

Intended  for  the  occupancy  of  a  Sirujle  Family  from 
basement  to  roof,  with  independent  access  to  the  land. 

a.  DETACHED 

With  open  space  on  all  four  aides. 

K  SEMI-DETACHED 

One  wall  of  the  house  is  a 

party  wall  built  on  the  lot  line. 

Open  space  on  the  remaining  three  sides. 


c. 


ROW 


both  side  walls  are 
parftj  walls  built  on  the  lot  line. 
Open  spaces  at  front  4,  rear. 


d.  CROUP  Row 

5et  backs  $.  variations  of  mass 
permit  light  on  three  sides  and 
preserve  independent  use  of  UruL 


1  This  appendix,  prepared  by  Mr.  Arthur  C.  Holden,  a  member  of  the  com- 
mittee, sets  forth  his  conception  of  the  types  and  varieties  of  dwellings.  It  is 
not  in  entire  accord  with  the  views  of  the  members  of  the  committee.  (See 
reference  at  the  bottom  of  page  147  and  the  top  of  page  150,  Chapter  III.) 

216 


DIAGRAMS  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  217 


TWO-FAMILY  DWELLINGS 

TUJO  Families  placed  one  above  the  other,  usually 
uiih  access  to  the  land  enjoyed  jointly. 


a.  DETACHED 

With  open  spate  on  all  Poor  sides. 

b.  SEMI-DETACHED 

Two  2rFamil«j  House*  joined  b«j  a  |>artij  *all 
onthelot  line  with  li^ht  4-  air  on  three  sides 
and  separate  entrances  for  each 


c.  ROW. 

Three  or  more  2-  Family  Houses  joined  by 
party  vial's    on  the  lot  lines.  This   variety 
is  related  to  the  multi-  family  duelling 

d.  GROUP  ROW 

Three  or  more  Z,-  Family  Houses  joined  txj 
party  walls  and  uta^^ered  to  provide  l«ght 
<V  oir  at  sides    as  well  as  front  $  r*Qr- 

e.  MIXED  USE 

frequently  devoted  to  mix«d  use,  the  first  floor  being  occupied 
uhollw  orpartialfu    bu    shops    or  other  non  residential   use. 


218  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


MULTIPLE  DWELLINGS 

Intended  for  the  use  of  3  or  more  Famlltas,  usually 
with  common  use  of  .stair  halls,  entrances  4  open  spaces. 
121  STAGE 

NARROW  LOT  VARIETIES 

Developed  from  Detached  4  R°w  2-Family    House 


3- FAMILY 

An  expansion  of  the 
£•* Family  house. 


4 -FAMILY 

- Family  houses   served 
b«j  common  entrance  4  'tair  hoi  I. 


6-  FAMILY 

Two 3- family  houses  served  04 
common  entrances  $  stair  halls. This 
and  its  4(.si-orij  van  ant  for  8  families 
are  still  common  throughout  1he  U  S. 


Row  FLATS 

The  row  flat,  built  up  to  the  lot  line, 
with  unlisted  interior  rooms,  out lou«di 
itself  by  provoking  legislation   setting 
minimom  s'izes  for  courts 


DIAGRAMS  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS  219 


MULTIPLE  DWELLINGS 


STAGE 

CITY  PLOTTAGE  VARIETIES 

Developed  by  new  arrangements  of  outside  walls 
and  interior  rooms  through  more  intensive  planning, 
influenced  by  establishing  of  le^d  minimum  standards 
for  egress  and  sizes  of  courts  and  yard*. 

VARIATIONS  ARISE  DUE  To:- 
A.  ARRANGEMENT  OF  THE  BUILDINGS  ON  THE,  PLOTTAGE,. 


"L"-Plan  "T^-Plan  "  IF-  Plan 

B.  METHODS  OF  INTERIOR  ACCESS  AND  EGRESS. 

HORIZONTAL  ACCESS  -For  low  build  Iny.usualty  of  nonfireproof 
con  struct  ion,  th«  first  tendency   h/as  to  aconomae.  in. 
stairs  and  elevator*  by  using    lon<3  interior  public  halls 
for  accai.a    to  individual 


VERTICAL  ACCES5  .-Tall  fireproof  oj>artmnts  hav«  been 
produced  bij  the  steel   frame  and    the  elevator 
with  the  recent    tendency  to  eliminate    lon^  interior 
public  halls  in  both  hi^h  and  low  buildings. 


220  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


MULTIPLE  DWELLINGS 

32  STAGE 
LARGE -SCALE,  PROJECTS 

The    Vorieti«»    ares  — 

A. GARDEN  APARTMENTS. 

Concent  rot  ion  of  Courts  and  \arcU 
into  large  open  spaces  is  possible, 
facilitating  the  planning  of  apartments 
two  room*  deep  with  permanent  li^ht 
and  o'tr  circulation. 

B,  FlRE  PROOF  AND 

TOWER.  APARTMENTS  . 

Possibility  of  increased   height 
permits  greater  open  spaces   between 
individual  tower  op  art  me  ni  units. 


c.  SUBURBAN  APARTMENTS. 

True   .Suburban   apartments    of 
garden  or  tower    t^pe    ore    often 
confused  with  apartment* 
for  city   plottage 

(shoun  above)  which  are 

invading  the    suburbs. 


INDEX 


Academy  Housing  Corporation,  71 

Achinstein,  A.,  61fn 

Adams,   Thomas,    155fn,    166fn 

Age  of  breadwinners  at  time  of  home 
purchase  and  in  1930,  789  Buffalo 
families,  88-89,  (table)  89 

Age  of  houses,  Buffalo,  789  prop- 
erties (table),  81 

Amalgamated    Bank,   64,    71 

Amalgamated  Clothing  Workers 
Credit  Union,  64 

Amalgamated  Dwellings,  70-71 

Amalgamated  Garment  Workers,  215 

Amalgamated  Housing  Corporation : 
61,  63,  65;  projects  of,  70-71 

Apartment  houses :  adaptation  of, 
for  children,  164 ;  as  related  to 
community,  42-43 ;  building,  prob- 
lems in,  36-37 ;  buying,  problems 
in,  36-37 ;  community  need  for,  42- 
43 ;  cost  of,  to  city,  43 ;  demand 
for,  reasons  for,  161-62;  fireproof 
and  tower  (diagram),  220;  garden 
(diagram),  220;  lot  coverage  re- 
strictions for,  43;  suburban  (dia- 
gram), 220.  See  also  Dwellings, 
multiple 

Apartments:  advantages  of,  172; 
number  and  percentage  of,  in  Buf- 
falo (table),  78;  number  of  chil- 
dren in,  202-5;  number  of  pre- 
school age  children  in,  204-5 ;  rea- 
sons for  living  in,  201 ;  rental 
market  for,  41-42;  trend  toward, 
2,  197-99;  trend  toward,  reasons 
for,  199-200 

Architectural  Record,  161fn 

Assessment,  present  method  of,  as 
cause  of  increased  density,  213-14 

Atlanta,  Ga.,  136 

Attics,  number  of,  in  789  Buffalo 
houses,  79-80 

Baltimore,  Md.,  62,  194 

Bankson,  Paul  A.,  202 

Bathrooms,  number  of,  in  789  Buf- 
falo houses  (table),  81 

Bayonne,  N.  J.,   194 

Bedrooms,  number  of,  in  houses  of 
789  Buffalo  families  (table),  81 

Berkeley,  Calif.,  60,  66 

Berlin  Statistical  Bureau,  67 

Bethlehem,  Pa.,  194 

Better  Homes  in  America:  56; 
demonstrations,  low-cost  houses  in, 
74-75 


Birmingham,   Ala. :    135,    136 ;    low- 
cost  housing  in,  73 
Blighted  areas:   frequency  of,  adja- 
cent to  skyscrapers,  211 ;  rehabili- 
tation of,  study  recommended,  174 
Booms,  real  estate,  16-17 
Boston,  Mass.,  31,  66,  151,  170,  194 
Bridgeport,  Conn.,  group  two-family 

houses  in  (illus.),  facing  150 
Briefs,   property,   advantages   of,    11 
Brissenden,  P.  F.,  58fn 
Brooklyn  Garden  Apartments,  71 
Brumbaugh,  Martin  A.,  47fn,  76fn, 

lllfn 

Budget:  family,  effect  of  home  pur- 
chase on,  789  Buffalo  families,  98- 
99,  (chart)  100,  (table)  99;  studies 
recommended,  53 

Budgeting  for  home  purchase,  23-24 
Buffalo,  N.  Y.:  46,  47,  49,  53,  151, 
194;  case  study  of  ten  home  pur- 
chasing families  in,  126-34;  case 
study — summary  tabulation,  132- 
33;  frontage  of  lots  in  789  prop- 
erties, 78-79,  (table)  79;  garage 
data,  789  properties,  79,  (table)  80 ; 
population  of,  76;  reasons  for  se- 
lection of,  for  study,  46;  two- 
family  income  bungalows  in  (il- 
lus.), facing  147;  types  of  houses 
in,  1930,  (table),  78 
Buffalo  home  ownership  study:  76- 
125 ;  analysis  of  data,  102-25 ;  con- 
clusions, 48-53;  conclusions,  quali- 
fication of  some,  suggested,  lllfn- 
113fn;  conditions  of  sampling  in, 
76-77;  description  of  property 
studied,  77-81 ;  family  occupation, 
earning  and  composition,  88-97 ; 
financing,  82-88 ;  history  and  cost 
of  property,  81-82;  house  materials 
in,  78;  summary,  122-25 
Buhl  Foundation,  161fn,  173,  215 
Business  cycle  and  home  ownership, 
12-18 

Cambridge,  Mass.,  31 

Camp,  summer,  as  illustrating  open 

building,  155-56 
Carpenter,  Niles,  47fn,  126fn 
Cellars,  number  of,  in  789   Buffalo 

houses,  79-80 

Chester,  Pa.,  low-cost  housing  in,  74 
Chicago,  111.,  59,  60,  62,  63,  196,  197, 

202,  203,  205 

221 


222  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Children :  as  primary  consideration 
in  housing,  162-64 ;  correlation  of 
age  groups  of,  and  types  of  dwell- 
ings, Evanston  (table),  203;  num- 
ber of,  in  apartments,  202-5 ;  num- 
ber of,  in  renter  families,  Chicago, 
202-3;  preschool  age,  number  of, 
in  apartments,  204-5 

Cincinnati,  Ohio:  low-cost  housing 
enterprises  in,  72;  school  census 
data,  192 

Cincinnati  Model  Homes  Company, 
192fn 

City    Housing    Corporation,    215 

City  planning :  as  safeguard  to  home 
purchase,  6,  26-27;  effect  of,  on 
land  values,  153-54;  study  of,  from 
home  ownership  point  of  view, 
recommended,  8 

Cleveland,  Ohio:  142,  194;  low-cost 
housing  in,  72-73 

Community :  as  related  to  apart- 
ment house,  42-43 ;  bearing  of,  on 
good  housing,  152-53,  170-71 ;  de- 
velopment through  supervisory 
board,  recommendation  for,  10; 
improvement  through  individual 
cooperation,  29-30 ;  maintenance  as 
protection  to  home  ownership,  6 

Construction,  new  residential :  1921- 
1929,  showing  types  of  dwellings 
in  various  classes  of  cities  (table), 
195;  1921-1930,  types  of  dwellings 
provided  in  (table),  193 

Cost:  of  dwellings,  factors  in,  158; 
of  houses,  789  Buffalo  properties, 
82,  (table)  83;  of  living  studies, 
recommended,  53 ;  of  owned  single 
houses  and  two-family  houses,  789 
Buffalo  properties  (chart),  84;  of 
property,  relationship  of,  to  family 
income,  114;  reduction  in  housing, 
various  methods  of,  69-70 

Curran,  Thomas  M.,  7fn,  25fn 

Dallas,  Tex.,  74 
Davie,  M.  R.,  60fn 
Deed  restrictions,  6,  27-28 
Definitions:    of   housing   types,    147- 

151 ;   of  terms  used  in  classifying 

families,  177 
Dependents,  number  of,  year  prior  to 

home   purchase   and   in    1930,    789 

Buffalo  families,  95-97,  (table)  97 
Des  Moines,  Iowa,  31 
Detached    houses.      See    Dwellings, 

multiple ;    Dwellings,    one-family ; 

Dwellings,  two-family 
Detroit,   Mich.,  60,   194,  201,  201fn, 

203,  205 


Dinwiddie,  Emily  W.,  48fn,  143fn 
Division  of  Building  and  Housing,  8, 
46fn,  74,  76fn,  135fn,  146fn,  162fn 
Dodge  Corporation,  F.  W.,  196 
Douglas,  P.  H.,  58,  58fn 
Dunbar,  Paul  Laurence,  Apartments, 

Dwellings :  classification  of  (draw- 
ings), 148-49;  cost  of,  various  fac- 
tors in,  158-60,  171 ;  cost  of,  clas- 
sification of,  159-60;  old,  rental 
market  of,  42 ;  quality  of,  factors 
in,  158;  rental,  types  of,  40-42; 
rented,  field  for,  study  suggested, 
173 ;  standards  for,  170 ;  type  of, 
relation  to  total  costs,  159,  160; 
types  of,  in  Buffalo  (table),  78; 
types  and  varieties  of,  150-52 ; 
values  and  rentals  in,  and  percent- 
age of  families  in  each  value  or 
rental  group,  "Middletown" 
(table),  206 

Dwellings,  multiple :  administration 
of,  study  suggested,  173 ;  city  plot- 
tage varieties  (diagrams),  148, 
149,  219;  detached  (diagram), 
148;  detached,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(illus.),  facing  175;  development 
of,  causes,  153;  effect  of,  on  one- 
family  districts,  165-67;  field  of, 
study  suggested,  174;  high  land 
values  as  cause  of,  200-1 ;  in 
smaller  cities,  causes  of  increase  in, 
205-7;  large-scale  projects  (dia- 
grams), 220;  narrow  lot  varieties 
(diagrams),  218;  rental  market 
for,  41-42;  rental  problems  of 
small,  38 ;  row  lot-line,  New  York, 
N.  Y.  (illus.),  facing  151;  row  or 
lot-line  (diagram),  149;  semi-de- 
tached (diagram),  149;  semi-de- 
tached, Washington,  D.  C.  (illus.), 
facing  175;  trends  in,  194-96; 
trends  toward,  197-200.  See  also 
Apartment  houses ;  Apartments 

Dwellings,  one-family :  advantages 
of,  171 ;  advantages  of,  for  chil- 
dren, 162-64;  arrangement  of,  to 
provide  common  services,  151-52; 
detached  (diagram),  148,  149,  216; 
detached  (illus.),  facing  146, 
frontispiece ;  field  of,  study  sug- 
gested, 174;  group  (illus.),  facing 
174;  group-row  (diagram),  216; 
group  and  row  (diagram),  149, 
216 ;  group  and  row,  Chatham  Vil- 
lage, Pittsburgh  (illus.),  facing 
31;  number  of  children  in,  202-4; 
possible  adaptation  of,  for  small 
families,  164 ;  reasons  for  living  in, 


INDEX 


223 


201 ;  rental  market  for,  40-41 ;  row 
(diagram),  216 ;  row,  Washington, 
D.  C.  (illus.),  facing  30;  semi- 
detached (diagram),  149,  216; 
semi-detached,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(illus.),  facing  147;  trends  in,  194, 
196-97;  types  (diagrams),  148, 
149,  216 

Dwellings,  two-family :  converted 
from  one-family  houses,  Buffalo 
(illus.),  facing  147;  decline  in 
popularity  of,  151,  170,  193-94;  de- 
cline of,  study  recommended,  172 ; 
detached  (diagram),  148,  217;  de- 
tached, New  England  (illus.),  fac- 
ing 147;  group,  Bridgeport,  Conn, 
(illus.),  facing  150;  group-row 
(diagram),  149,  217;  market  for, 
41;  mixed  use  (diagram),  217; 
row  (diagram),  217;  row,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  (illus.),  facing  151; 
semi-detached  (diagram),  149, 
217;  semi-detached,  St.  Louis  (il- 
lus.), facing  151 

Dwellings,  types  of  :  145-220  ;  (draw- 
ings), 148-49,  216-20;  advantages 
of  various,  32 ;  as  filling  social 
needs,  162-67 ;  changes  in  propor- 
tions of,  196-97 ;  classification  of, 
150-52;  community  burdens  of 
various,  168 ;  conclusions  on,  169- 
72 ;  correlation  of  age  groups  of 
children  with,  Evanston  (table), 
203 ;  definitions,  193 ;  diagrams 
and  descriptions,  216-20 ;  effect  of 
land  value  on,  153-54,  208-15 ;  fac- 
tors in  choosing  among,  32 ;  in  new 
residential  construction,  1921  to 
1930  (table),  193;  needed  by  vari- 
ous family  types,  175-92;  present 
situation  and  trend,  192-207; 
studies  recommended,  172-74 ; 
trends  in,  in  various  classes  of 
cities,  1921  and  1929  (table),  195 

Earnings :  average  annual,  of  wage 
earners,  various  groups,  58 ;  loss 
of,  1930  and  1931,  58-59;  of  prin- 
cipal breadwinner,  year  prior  to 
home  purchase,  and  in  1930,  789 
Buffalo  families,  92-94,  (table) 
93.  See  also  Income 

East  Chicago,  Ind.,  194 

Education :  need  for,  in  recondition- 
ing, remodeling,  and  modernizing, 
143-44;  of  home  buyers,  recom- 
mended, 55-57 

Ely,  Richard  T.,  14fn 

Employment :  full-time,  ratio  of,  dur- 
ing 1930,  to  year  prior  to  home 


purchase,  Buffalo  home  ownership 
study  (table),  122;  mobility  of, 
as  cause  of  apartment  trend,  200; 
number  of  weeks  of,  by  principal 
breadwinner,  Buffalo  home  owner- 
ship study,  120-21 ;  number  of 
weeks  of,  by  principal  breadwinner, 
year  prior  to  home  purchase  and 
1930,  789  Buffalo  families,  90-92, 
(chart)  91,  (table)  92;  and  in- 
come, Buffalo  home  ownership 
study,  118-22 

Evanston,  111.,  203,  204,  205 

Everett,  Mass.,  194 

Expenditures,  family,  effect  of  home 
purchase  on,  50-51 

Fall  River,  Mass.,  31 

Families  :  classification  of,  for  hous- 
ing needs,  175-76;  dependents  in, 
year  prior  to  home  purchase  and 
1930,  789  Buffalo  families,  95-97, 
(table)  97;  home  purchasing,  case 
study  of,  Buffalo  area,  126-34 ; 
home  purchasing,  special  advan- 
tages of,  Buffalo  study,  51-52; 
housing  needs  of  various  types  of, 
171 ;  number  of  children  under  10 
in,  in  Wilmington,  Del.  (chart), 
180;  number  of  children  under  21 
in,  in  Wilmington,  Del.  (chart), 
180 ;  number  of  gainful  workers  in, 
in  Wilmington,  Del.  (chart),  181; 
number  of  lodgers  in,  in  Wilming- 
ton, Del.  (chart),  181;  number  of 
related  persons  in,  in  Wilmington, 
Del.  (chart),  180 

Family :  composition  of,  in  Wilming- 
ton, Del.,  177-82,  (table)  178-79; 
composition  of  neighborhoods, 
study  suggested,  173;  expenditures 
and  housing,  58-68;  median  size, 
Wilmington,  Del.  (table),  182; 
size  of,  and  number  of  rooms,  Buf- 
falo home  ownership  study,  122; 
solidarity  as  prerequisite  to  home 
purchase,  131-34;  types,  compari- 
son of,  by  wards,  Wilmington,  Del., 
184-92,  (table)  190;  types,  hous- 
ing needs  of  various,  175-92;  types 
and  housing  trends,  175-207 

Farband  Housing  Corporation,  71 

Farm :  housing,  168-69 ;  ownership, 
decrease  in,  2 

Federal  government,  furnishing  of 
home  ownership  information  by, 
recommended,  7 

Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  Act,  9fn, 
55fn 

Financing,  home:  agencies,  types  of, 


224  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


amortized  and  nonamortized  first 
mortgages,  610  Buffalo  properties 
(table),  115;  agencies,  types  of, 
amortized  and  nonamortized  sec- 
ond mortgages,  402  Buffalo  prop- 
erties (table),  116;  agencies,  types 
of,  increase  in,  recommended,  55; 
agency,  types  of,  Buffalo  home 
ownership  study,  summary,  125; 
extra  expenses  in,  48-49;  factors 
making  for  varying  costs  in,  82- 
85;  precautions  necessary  in,  24- 
25;  recommendations  for  reducing 
cost  of,  8-9,  54-55;  789  Buffalo 
families,  82-88;  source  of  down 
payment  for,  789  Buffalo  families, 
97-98,  (table)  98.  See  also  Mort- 
gages ;  Mortgage  costs 

Ford  Motor  Company,  60 

Forward,  The,  64 

Frisbee,  Ira  N.,  18fn 

Garage :  data,  789  Buffalo  properties, 
79,  (table)  80;  for  tenants,  38 

Ginberg,  Harris,  192fn 

Government :  aid  to  housing,  possi- 
bilities of,  57;  Federal,  furnishing 
of  information  on  home  ownership 
by,  recommended,  7 ;  home  owners' 
interest  in,  30 

Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  31 

Gries,  John  M.,  Ifn,  7fn,  25fn 

Group  houses.  See  Dwellings,  mul- 
tiple ;  Dwellings,  one-family ; 
Dwellings,  two-family 

Groups,  social,  housing  needs  of,  161- 
62 

Guradze,  — ,  67fn 

Haenszel,  William  M.,  76fn 
Halbert,  Blanche,  47fn,  69fn 
Heating,  central,  for  single-family 

houses,  151 

Heller   Committee  for   Research   in 
Social  Economics  of  the  University 
of  California,  60,  60fn,  64,  65 
Henderson,  Y.,  60fn 
Herman,  S.  James,  201fn,  203,  205 
Hinman,  Albert  G.,  203fn,  204 
Holden,  Arthur  C,  208fn,  216fn 
Home :  building,  precautions  in,  22- 
23 ;   buyer,   general   advice  to,   5 ; 
buyer,  weakness  of  position  of,  in 
home  purchase,  49 ;  definition  of, 
192fn ;   modernizing,  effect  of,   on 
property  values,   29 ;    owners,    in- 
terest of,  in  government,  30.     See 
also  Financing,  home 
"Home  Finance  and  Taxation,"  9fn, 
55fn 


Home  ownership :  advantages  and 
satisfactions  arising  from,  789  Buf- 
falo families,  99-101,  (table)  101 ; 
advantages  of,  1,  3;  analysis  of 
business  conditions  needed  to  safe- 
guard, 12;  as  savings  incentive, 
5-6,  19;  central  coordinating  com- 
mittee on,  recommendation  for,  1 1 ; 
compared  with  renting,  3-4;  com- 
parison of,  in  Cleveland,  Ohio,  and 
Ohio  nonfarm  homes,  137-42, 
(table)  137;  disadvantages  and 
dissatisfactions  arising  from,  789 
Buffalo  families,  101-2,  (table) 
102 ;  effect  of,  on  home  care,  29 ; 
enhancement  of  investment  in, 
through  community  improvement, 
29-30 ;  extra  financing  expenses  a 
deterrent  to,  48-49,  88;  factors 
making  for,  3 ;  family  solidarity  as 
aid  to,  56 ;  increase  in,  with  higher 
home  values,  136 ;  need  of  informa- 
tion to  stabilize,  4-5;  percentage 
of,  in  U.  S.,  2;  proportion  of,  and 
renting,  by  valuation  classes  in 
1930,  135-42;  relation  of,  to  in- 
come, 64-65;  relation  of,  to  value, 
urban  and  rural  nonfarm  homes — 
selected  states  (table),  140-41;  re- 
lation of,  to  values,  selected  cities 
(table),  138-39;  rural  nonfarm 
homes,  137-42;  safeguards  in,  6; 
study  of  trends  of,  recommended, 
8;  surveys,  recommended,  53; 
various  aids  to,  for  low-income 
groups,  study  suggested,  54;  versus 
renting,  reasons  for,  202 ;  and  the 
business  cycle,  12-18 

Home  ownership  and  leasing :  1-44 ; 
problem  of,  1-2;  recommendations 
concerning,  7-11;  trends  in,  2-3 

Home  purchase :  accumulation  of 
savings  through,  5-6 ;  advantages 
of  certain  Buffalo  families  in.  51- 
52 ;  advice  on,  need  for,  18 ;  bud- 
geting of,  23-24;  case  studies  in, 
need  for,  53-54;  case  studies  of 
ten  families  making,  Buffalo,  126- 
33 ;  consequences  of,  98-102 ;  edu- 
cation on,  need  for,  56 ;  expert  in- 
spection before,  need  for,  22 ;  fac- 
tors making  for  success  in,  131 ; 
family  solidarity  as  prerequisite  to, 
131-34;  favorable  time  for,  19-20; 
feasibility  of,  for  low-income 
groups,  52-53 ;  importance  of  legal 
advice  in,  28-29;  inadvisability  of, 
for  some  families,  134;  inequality 
of  bargaining  strength  of  buyer  in, 
49;  information  to  safeguard,  need 


INDEX 


225 


for,  4-5 ;  minimum  income  level 
at  time  of,  119-20;  not  a  specula- 
tion, 26;  protection  of  investment 
in,  6;  suggested  precautions  in, 
18,  19-30 

Homemakers,  gainfully  employed : 
number  of,  in  apartments,  205 ;  oc- 
cupations of,  in  Wilmington,  Del. 
(table),  181 

"Homemaking,  Home  Furnishing 
and  Information  Services,"  144fn 

Homes:  distribution  of,  by  owner- 
ship and  rental  groups,  1930, 
(chart),  137;  median  value  of,  in 
Wilmington,  Del.,  182;  propor- 
tions of,  by  value  or  rental  classes 
and  proportions  owned — selected 
cities  (table),  138-39;  proportion 
of  urban  and  rural  nonfarm,  by 
ownership  and  rental  classes  and 
proportions  owned — selected  states 
(table),  140-41;  rental  value  of 
all,  in  Wilmington,  Del.,  (chart) 
189,  (table)  188;  rented,  rental 
paid  for,  in  Wilmington,  Del., 
(chart)  186,  (table)  185 

Homes,  owned:  annual  rental  value 
of,  in  Wilmington,  Del.,  182-84; 
estimated  rental  value  of,  in  Wil- 
mington, Del.,  (chart)  186,  (table) 
187;  value  of,  in  Wilmington,  Del., 
(chart)  184,  (table)  183;  and 
rented,  proportion  of,  by  valuation 
classes,  1930,  135-42 

Hoover,  Herbert,  President  of  the 
United  States,  1,  9fn,  55fn 

Houghteling,  L.,  60,  60fn,  62,  63 

"House  Design,  Construction  and 
Equipment,"  21fn,  157fn 

"Household  Management  and  Kitch- 
ens," 52fn 

Household  operation,  expenditures 
for,  65-67 

Houses  :  detached ;  group ;  row ; 
semi-detached.  See  Dwellings, 
multiple ;  Dwellings,  one-family ; 
Dwellings,  two-family 

Houses  :  single,  with  amortized  mort- 
gages— relation  of  monthly  mort- 
gage cost  to  family  income,  381 
Buffalo  properties  (table),  109; 
single,  with  unamortized  mort- 
gages— relation  of  monthly  mort- 
gage cost  to  family  income,  254 
Buffalo  properties  (table),  110; 
year  of  construction  of,  of  789 
Buffalo  houses  (table),  81;  and 
apartments,  number  of,  in  Buffalo, 
1930  (table),  78.  See  also  Apart- 
ment houses;  Apartments;  Dwell- 


ings; Dwellings,  multiple;  Dwell- 
ings, one-family;  Dwellings,  two- 
family;  Dwellings,  types  of; 
Homes 

Housing:  community  essentials  for, 
165;  definition  of,  in  budget 
studies,  59-61;  essentials  of,  152- 
53;  expenditures,  effect  of  family 
size  on,  62;  factors  of  variability 
in  amount  spent  for,  61 ;  farm  and 
village,  168-69;  land  cost  as  im- 
portant factor  in,  156-57;  low-cost, 
possibilities  of  various  types  of, 
56-57 ;  multi-family,  study  of  trend 
toward,  197-99;  needs  of  various 
groups,  160-62;  new  interest  in  so- 
cial consequences  of,  145-46;  proj- 
ects, low-cost,  69-75;  proportion 
of  income  spent  for,  59-68;  rural, 
168-69 ;  terms,  diagrams  and  defi- 
nition of,  147-51 ;  trends  and  family 
types,  175-207 

"Housing  and  the  Community,  Home 
Repair  and  Remodeling,"  29fn 

"Housing  Objectives  and  Programs," 
9fn,  55fn 

Improvements,  municipal,  as  factor 
in  home  purchase,  25 

Income :  annual  family,  year  prior  to 
home  purchase,  and  1930,  789  Buf- 
falo families,  94-95,  (chart)  96, 
(table)  94;  auxiliary,  Buffalo 
families,  118-19;  distribution  of, 
data  on,  56-58 ;  family,  relationship 
of,  to  cost  of  property  (tables), 
112,  113;  family,  relationship  of, 
to  property  price,  114;  family,  and 
mortgage  costs,  summary,  122-24; 
groups,  classification  of  housing 
needs  of,  160-62;  level,  minimum, 
for  home  purchase,  119-20;  mort- 
gage cost  as  percentage  of,  124-25 ; 
need  for  stabilization  of,  4;  of 
principal  breadwinners  living  in 
single  houses  (table),  120;  of  prin- 
cipal breadwinner,  relation  of,  to 
age,  121-22;  proportion  of,  spent 
for  housing,  59-68;  total  family, 
relation  of,  to  father's  earnings, 
59;  and  employment,  118-22;  and 
mortgage  costs,  107-14 

Income  and  the  home,  relationship 
of:  45-144;  summary,  46-53;  gen- 
eral considerations  and  recommen- 
dations, 45-57 ;  introductory,  45-46 ; 
research  needs,  53-54;  scarcity  of 
data  on,  45.  See  also  Families; 
Financing,  home 

Industrial :  decentralization,  probable 


226  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


increase  in,  169 ;  housing,  increased 

interest  in,  41 ;  housing,  rural,  169 
Information  on  home  purchase,  need 

for,  4-5,  56 
Inspection:    expert,   need   of,   before 

home     purchase,     22 ;     of     rented 

quarters,  32 
Institute    for     Economic     Research, 

197,  202 
Insurance,  home:  as  factor  in  home 

purchase,  25  ;  as  safeguard  to  home 

purchase,  28;  further  needs  in,  9- 

10;  study  of,  recommended,  9-10; 

types  of,  28 

Jackson,  Miss.,  73 

Jemison  Companies,  73 

Jersey  City,  N.  J.,  31 

Jewish    National    Workers    Alliance 

of  America,  71 

Johnson,  B.  Eleanor,  47fn,  58fn 
Journal  of  Land  and  Public  Utility 

Economics,  202 

Kansas  City,  Kans.,  195 
Kansas  City,  Mo.,   195 
Kearney,  N.  J.,  194 
Keister,  Alfred  S.,  48fn 
King,  W.  L,  58,  58fn 

Lake  Wales,  Fla.,  17 

Land:  cost,  as  underlying  factor  in 
housing,  156-57;  costs,  determina- 
tion of,  by  density  of  occupancy, 
154-55;  costs,  reduction  of,  157-58; 
economic  value  of,  definition  of, 
214;  economics,  research  suggested 
in,  214-15;  increase  in  available 
urban,  effect  of,  209;  overcrowd- 
ing, as  basic  housing  evil,  145 ;  re- 
lation of,  to  dwelling  types,  174; 
speculation  in,  as  underlying  bad 
housing,  169;  undue  occupancy  of, 
as  cause  of  decline  of  two-family 
and  row  dwellings,  study  of,  172; 
use  of,  improved  practices  now 
possible  in,  170 

Land  values :  effect  of,  on  types  of 
dwellings,  208-15;  effect  of  city 
planning  and  zoning  on,  153-54; 
high,  as  cause  of  apartment  trend, 
200-1,  208;  increased,  as  cause  of 
overcrowding,  208 ;  real,  definition 
of,  211 ;  reduction  in,  through  ad- 
ditional supply,  210 ;  relation  of, 
to  housing  types,  research  needed, 
208-9 ;  stability  of,  effect  on  dwell- 
ing types,  153-54 

Landlord,  problems  of  the.  36-39 


Large-scale  apartment  projects  (dia- 
grams), 220 

Large-scale  housing  projects,  re- 
search needed  in,  215 

Lavanburg  Foundation,  72 

Leasing:  compared  with  ownership, 
3-4;  contracts  in,  39;  dates,  stag- 
gering of,  10,  34,  38-39;  impor- 
tance of  legal  advice  in,  36;  land- 
lord's problems  in,  38 ;  long-term, 
advantages  of,  34-35 ;  problems, 
study  of,  recommended,  10-11 ;  pro- 
visions for  repairs  in,  35-36 ;  safe- 
guards in  terms  of,  34-35 ;  serv- 
ices included  with,  35 ;  terms  de- 
sirable in,  34-35 ;  time  of,  33-34 ; 
trends,  study  of,  recommended,  8 

Location  for  home,  factors  determin- 
ing, 21,  33 

Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  12-13 

Lots :  cost  of,  as  primary  factor  in 
housing  problem,  156-57;  frontage 
of,  in  789  Buffalo  properties,  78- 
79,  (table)  79 ;  overcrowding  of, 
evils  of,  156;  reasons  for  increase 
in  number  of,  13-14 ;  sizes,  re- 
duction in,  as  result  of  high  land 
values,  209 ;  speculation,  influence 
of,  on  home  owner's  investment, 
14;  vacant,  economic  drain  of  ex- 
cessive number  of,  14 ;  vacant, 
probable  proportion  of,  13 

Low-cost  housing:  projects,  69-75; 
various  forms  of,  study  suggested, 
54  > 

Low-income  groups :  housing  for, 
studies  of,  suggested,  171 ;  housing 
needs  of,  160-61 ;  possibilities  of 
various  types  of  housing  for,  56- 
57 ;  problems  of,  in  home  pur- 
chase, 52-53 

Ltitge,  — ,  67,  68 

Lynd,  Helen  M.,  206,  206fn 

Lynd,  Robert  S.,  206,  206fn 

Mail-order  company,  house  building 

plan  of,  74 

Manhattan  Housing  Corporation,  71 
Metropolitan    Life    Insurance    Com- 
pany,  72 

Miami,  Fla.,  16,  17 
Michigan  Housing  Association,  201fn 
"Middletown" :  house  values,  rentals, 
and  percentage  of  families  in  each 
value  or  rentalgroup  (table),  206; 
types  of  dwellings  in,  206-7 
Milwaukee,  Wis.,  135,  136,  194 
Mining  towns,   special   problems   of, 

169 
Minneapolis,  Minn.,  195 


INDEX 


227 


Mississippi  State  Board  of  Develop- 
ment, 73 

Mobile,  Ala.,  16 

Modernizing,  recommendations  on, 
143-44.  See  also  Reconditioning 

Morehouse,  Edward  W.,  14fn 

Mortgage  cost:  according  to  meth- 
ods of  payment  of  first  and  second 
mortgages,  789  Buffalo  properties 
(table),  105;  as  a  percentage  of 
income,  Buffalo  home  ownership 
study,  124-25 ;  monthly,  relation  of, 
to  family  income — single  houses 
with  amortized  mortgages,  381 
Buffalo  properties  (table),  109; 
monthly,  relation  of,  to  family  in- 
come— single  houses  with  unam- 
ortized  mortgages,  254  Buffalo 
properties  (table),  110;  on  home 
properties,  619  Buffalo  families, 
103-7 ;  relation  of,  to  size  of  family 
income,  111-14;  and  family  income, 
summary,  122-24;  and  income,  107- 
14;  and  purchase  price,  Buffalo 
home  ownership  study,  125;  and 
purchase  price  of  property,  103-7 

Mortgages  :  amortization  of,  "Buffalo, 
789  families,  85,  (table)  86; 
amortized,  relation  of  monthly 
payments  to  cost  of  properties  pur- 
chased in  1922  or  later,  396  Buffalo 
properties  (table),  108;  first,  l-,3- 
and  5-year,  renewal  charges  on,  176 
Buffalo  properties  (table),  117; 
first,  number  amortized,  610  Buf- 
falo properties,  115;  first,  renewal 
charges,  495  Buffalo  properties, 
116,  (table)  117;  first,  types  of 
financing  agencies,  610  Buffalo 
properties  (table),  115;  holders  of, 
789  Buffalo  properties,  86-87, 
(table)  86;  long-term,  as  aid  to 
financing,  54-55 ;  number  of  years 
written,  789  Buffalo  properties,  87- 
88,  (table)  87;  precautions  neces- 
sary in  assuming,  24-25;  redis- 
counting  of,  suggested,  55  ;  renewal 
charges  on,  related  to  type  of  fi- 
nancing agency,  114-22;  second, 
number  amortized,  402  Buffalo 
properties,  115;  second,  renewal 
charges,  495  Buffalo  properties, 
116-18;  second,  types  of  financing 
agencies,  402  Buffalo  properties 
(table),  116;  short-term,  renewal 
charges  on,  118;  third,  789  Buffalo 
properties,  88;  unamortized,  rela- 
tion of  monthly  payments  to  cost 
of  properties  purchased  in  1922  or 


later,  218  Buffalo  properties 
(table),  106 

Multiple  dwellings.  See  Apartment 
houses;  Apartments;  Dwellings, 
multiple 

Multiple  listing  of  properties,  recom- 
mended, 11,  55 

Municipal  improvements  as  factor  in 
home  purchase,  25 

Nashville,  Term.,  72 

National  Bureau  of  Economic  Re- 
search, Inc.,  58,  58fn 

National  Committee  on  Wood  Utili- 
zation, 7fn,  23fn 

Neighborhood:  activities  as  protec- 
tion to  home  ownership,  6;  dis- 
appearance of,  as  cause  of  multiple 
dwelling  trend,  200 ;  importance  of, 
in  home  purchase,  20-21 ;  unit, 
encouragement  of,  through  zoning 
changes,  212-13;  unit,  importance 
of,  in  housing,  165,  172;  unit,  need 
for  varied  housing  types  in,  165-67 

Neighborhoods,  family  composition 
of,  175-92 

Neill,  Thomas,  47fn,  126fn 

New  Orleans,  La.,  62,  66 

New  Rochelle,  N.  Y.,  42,  43,  202 

New  York,  N.  Y. :  31,  153,  158,  165, 
210,  212,  215;  low-cost  housing 
enterprises  in,  70-72;  row  of  lot- 
line  multiple  dwellings  in  (illus.), 
facing  151 

New  York  State  Board  of  Housing, 

Nienburg,  B.,  60,  60fn,  61,  61fn 
Notestein,  Frank  W.,  90 

Occupation  of  principal  breadwinner : 
at  year  of  home  purchase  and  1930, 
89-90,  (table)  90;  and  number  of 
weeks  employed  in  1930,  602  Buf- 
falo families  (table),  121;  and 
number  of  weeks  employed,  year 
prior  to  home  purchase,  605  Buf- 
falo families  (table),  121 

Octavia  Hill  Association,  72 

One-family  houses.  See  Dwellings, 
one-family;  Houses 

Open  spaces :  destruction  of,  through 
high  taxation,  213-14;  importance 
of,  155 

Overcrowding,  lot,  evils  of,  156 

Peixotto,  J.,  60,  60fn,  68,  68fn 
Perkins,  N.  S.,  7fn,  23fn 
Phelan,  V.  B.,  7fn,  29fn 
Philadelphia,     Pa.:     154;     low-cost 
housing  in,  72,  74 


228  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


Philadelphia  Housing  Association, 
43,  72,  144fn 

Phipps,  Society  of,  72 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.:  60,  63,  65,  161fn, 
173,  194,  215 ;  group  and  row  one- 
family  houses,  Chatham  Village 
(illus.),  facing  31 

"Planning  for  Residential  Districts," 
146fn,  166fn 

Population :  aging  of,  192 ;  composi- 
tion of,  as  related  to  housing  needs, 
160-62;  forecasts,  value  of,  12-13 

Price :  of  houses,  Buffalo  properties, 
purchased  prior  to  1922,  82 ;  of 
houses,  789  Buffalo  properties 
(table),  83;  of  property  and  mort- 
gage costs,  Buffalo  home  owner- 
ship study,  125 ;  property,  relation 
of,  to  family  income,  114;  pur- 
chase, of  home  properties,  with 
average  down  payment  and  face 
value  mortgages,  619  Buffalo  fam- 
ilies, 103 

Property  briefs,  advantages  of,  11 

Radburn,  N.  J.,  215 

Real  estate :  boards,  multiple  listing 
and  making  of  property  briefs  by, 
recommended,  11;  market,  possi- 
bility of  improved  organization  of, 
55;  need  for  securing  expert  ad- 
vice on  conditions  in,  18 

Real  estate  values :  cycles  in,  15,  16- 
17;  long-term  trends  in,  15-16; 
random  movements  in,  17-18;  sea- 
sonal variation  in,  15 

Recommendations:  on  home  owner- 
ship and  leasing,  7-11;  on  recon- 
ditioning, remodeling  and  modern- 
izing, 143-44;  on  relationship  of 
income  and  the  home,  53-57;  on 
types  of  dwellings,  168-74 

Reconditioning:  possibilities  of,  49- 
50,  55-56;  recommendations  on, 
143-44 

Regional  Plan  of  New  York  and  Its 
Environs,  Committee  on,  166fn 

Rent  surveys,  value  of,  43-44 

Rentals :  amount  of,  factors  in,  32- 
33 ;  comparison  of,  in  two  selected 
wards,  in  Wilmington,  Del. 
(chart),  191;  general  considera- 
tions governing,  39-44;  in  Wil- 
mington, Del.,  182-84;  paid  by 
mine  workers,  61 

Renters :  improved  accommodations 
for,  problem  of,  2;  percentage  of, 
in  U.  S.,  2;  problems  of,  in  com- 
munity development,  10 ;  propor- 


tions of,  in  various  cities,  31 ;  types 
of,  39-40 

Renting :  advantages  of,  31 ;  prob- 
lems of,  31-44;  services  included 
with,  35 ;  versus  owning,  problems 
of,  31 ;  versus  owning,  reasons  for, 
3-4,  202.  See  also  Leasing 

Repairs:  cooperation  of  tenant  in. 
35-36;  provision  for,  in  lease,  35- 
36 

Research  suggested:  7-11,  172-74; 
blighted  areas,  rehabilitation  of, 
174;  budgets,  family,  53;  city  plan- 
ning, as  related  to  home  ownership, 
8;  cost  of  living,  53;  dwellings, 
multiple,  administration  of,  173; 
dwellings,  multiple,  field  for,  174; 
dwellings,  one-family,  field  for, 
174;  dwellings,  rented,  field  for, 
173 ;  dwellings,  two-family  and 
row,  decline  of,  172 ;  dwellings, 
types  of,  community  burdens  of 
various,  168,  173-74;  dwellings, 
types  of,  comparison  of,  for  vari- 
ous income  groups,  173 ;  dwell- 
ings, types  of,  comparison  of  costs, 
173;  dwellings,  types  of,  relation 
of  land  costs  to,  174 ;  family  types 
and  housing,  167 ;  home  ownership, 
aids  to,  for  low-income  groups, 
54;  home  ownership,  as  based  on 
census  material,  8 ;  home  owner- 
ship, surveys,  53 ;  home  ownership, 
trends  of,  8 ;  home  purchase,  case 
studies,  53-54;  income  and  the 
home,  48,  53-54;  insurance,  home, 
9-10 ;  land  economics,  214-15 ;  land 
values,  relation  of,  to  housing 
types,  208-9;  large-scale  housing 
projects,  215;  leasing  problems, 
10-11;  leasing,  trends  of,  8;  low- 
cost  housing,  various  forms  of,  54; 
low-income  groups,  housing  for, 
171 ;  neighborhoods,  family  com- 
position of,  173 ;  subdivision  con- 
trol, 8 ;  zoning,  as  related  to  home 
ownership,  8 

Rhyolite,  Nev.,   17,   17fn,   18 

Richmond,  Va.,  73 

Riggleman,  John  R.,  18fn 

Rockefeller,  John  D.,  Jr.,  72 

Rooms,  number  of,  in  789  Buffalo 
houses,  80,  (table)  80 

Row  houses.  See  Dwellings,  mul- 
tiple ;  Dwellings,  one-family ; 
Dwellings,  two-family 

Rural :  housing,  168-69 ;  industrial 
housing.  169 


INDEX 


229 


St.  Louis,  Mo.:  196,  197;  semi-de- 
tached two-family  houses  in  (il- 
lus.), facing  151 

St.  Paul,  Minn.,  195 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  135,  136 

San  Francisco,  Calif.,  59,  64,  65,  66, 
194 

Savings :  amount  of,  among  wage  and 
salaried  workers,  66-67;  neglect 
of,  by  home  purchasing  families, 
134 

Schmidlapp,  Jacob  B.,  low-cost  hous- 
ing enterprise  of,  72 

Schwabe,  Herman,  67,  67fn,  68 

Seattle,  Wash.,  low-cost  housing  in, 
74 

Semi-detached  houses.  See  Dwell- 
ings, multiple;  Dwellings,  one- 
family;  Dwellings,  two-family 

Service:  form  for  tenants'  reports 
on,  37;  importance  of,  in  apart- 
ment house  management,  37-38 

Skyscrapers,  effect  of,  on  surround- 
ing land  values,  210 

"Slums,  Large-Scale  Housing  and 
Decentralization,"  69fn,  161fn 

Social :  groups,  housing  needs  of, 
161-62;  needs  as  met  by  various 
types  of  dwellings,  162-67 

Stabilization  of  home  values,  need 
of,  4 

Stanton  Housing  Corporation,  71 

Statistisches  Reichsamt,  67 

Studies  recommended.  See  Research 
suggested 

Subdivision :  control,  study  of, 
recommended,  8;  increased,  rea- 
sons for,  13-14 

Sunnyside,  N.  Y.,  215 

Sydenstricker,  Edgar,  90 

Taxation:  land,  need  for  change  in 
method  of,  213-14;  local  organiza- 
tion for  providing  information  on, 
recommended,  10 

Taxes :  as  factor  in  home  purchase, 
25-26;  relation  of,  to  family  in- 
come, 124-25 

Tax-exempt  properties,  need  for  in- 
crement tax  at  sale  of,  214 

Taylor,  James  S.,  Ifn,  lllfn,  113fn, 
135fn 

Tenants,  problems  of,  31-36 

Transportation  problem  as  cause  of 
multiple  dwelling  trend,  199-200 

Trends :  in  dwelling  types  in  1929, 
193-94;  long-time,  in  real  estate 
values,  15-16 

Two-family  houses.  See  Dwellings, 
two-family ;  Houses 


Types  of  dwellings,  145-220.  See 
also  Dwellings,  types  of;  Houses 

United  States  Bureau  of  Labor  Sta- 
tistics, 59fn,  60fn,  62,  62fn,  122, 
193,  194fn,  197 

United  States  Bureau  of  Standards, 
Ifn,  7fn,  29fn,  76fn 

United  States  Bureau  of  the  Census, 
167 

United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, 7 

United  States  Department  of  Com- 
merce: 7,  8,  10,  23,  23fn,  25fn, 
46fn,  56,  74,  135fn,  146fn,  162fn; 
further  service  on  home  ownership 
by,  recommended,  7-8;  issuing  of 
home  ownership  bulletins  by, 
recommended,  7-8;  leasing  prob- 
lems, continued  study  of,  by, 
recommended,  10-11;  small  house 
survey,  74 

United  States  Department  of  Labor, 
59fn,  60m,  193,  194fn 

United  States  Housing  Corporation, 
group  two-family  houses  built  by, 
in  Bridgeport,  Conn,  (illus.),  fac- 
ing 150 

University  of  Buffalo,  47fn,  126fn 

University  of  California,  60fn,  66 

Values,  home:  in  Wilmington,  Del., 
182-84;  need  of  information  to 
stabilize,  4-5;  relation  of  home 
ownership  to,  136,  142 

Values,  real  estate:  cycles  in,  15, 
16-17;  long-term  trends  in,  15-16; 
random  movements  in,  17-18;  sea- 
sonal variation  in,  15 

Values  of  homes:  comparison  of,  in 
Cleveland,  Ohio,  and  nonfarm 
homes,  137-42,  (chart)  142;  dis- 
tributed by  classes,  selected  cities 
(table),  138-39;  distributed  by 
classes,  urban  and  rural  nonfarm 
homes,  selected  states  (table), 
140-41;  in  four  cities,  135-36, 
(table)  135;  in  Wilmington,  Del., 
182-84;  owned,  Wilmington,  Del., 
(chart)  184,  (table)  183;  urban 
and  rural  nonfarm,  certain  states, 
136-37,  (table)  137 

Village :  housing,  168-69 ;  summer, 
as  illustrating  open  housing,  155-56 

Wages.     See  Earnings ;  Income 
Washington,   D.   C. :    135,    136,    151, 
157,  170,  195;  detached  multi-fam- 
ily houses  in   (illus.),  facing  175; 
row    one-family    houses,    Burleith 


230  HOME  OWNERSHIP,  INCOME  AND  TYPES  OF  DWELLINGS 


(illus.),  facing  30;  row  two-family 
houses  in  (illus.),  facing  151; 
semi-detached  apartment  houses  in 
(illus.),  facing  175;  semi-detached 
one-family  houses  in  (illus.),  fac- 
ing 147 

Watertown,  Mass.,  194 
Whitten,  Robert,  155fn,  166fn,  175fn 
Williams,  Faith  M.,  47fn,  58fn 
Wilmington,    Del.:    167,    176,    205; 
analysis  of  census  data  in,  176-92 
Woodbury,  Coleman,  197,  197fn,  202, 
202fn,  204fn,  205fn 


Yale  University,  62,  65 

Zimmerman,  C.  C,  60,  60fn,  65,  66 
Zoning:  as  protection  to  home  own- 
ership, 6,  26-27;  desirable  changes 
in,  to  effect  neighborhood-unit 
planning,  212-13;  effect  of,  on 
land  values,  153-54,  212;  growth 
of,  to  control  building  density,  211- 
12;  standards,  limitations  of,  211- 
12;  study  of,  from  home  owner- 
ship point  of  view,  recommended,  8